HomeMy WebLinkAboutCAG2022-008 - Original - King County - East Valley Highway Slump Repair Settlement - 01/13/2022Nancy Yoshitake for Mark Madfai Public Works
01/03/2022 01/10/2022
12/14/2021
R20069
N/A
King County Contract
Original
East Valley Highway Slump Repair
This is a reimbursement/Settlement agreement with King County for the City
to be reimbursed for the repair of the slump in EVH caused by the sewer
settlement.
$800,000 Other
This replaces the agreement previously signed as minor changes were made
since the agreement was approved for signature through council.
Modifications were made to section 4 by the County and approved by the
City.
1/3/22 1/4/22
Page 1 of 5
SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS
BETWEEN KING COUNTY AND CITY OF KENT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF
84TH AVENUE EAST VALLEY HIGHWAY SLUMP REPAIR WORK
This Settlement Agreement and Release of Claims (the “Settlement Agreement”) is made and
entered into by and between King County, a home-rule charter County and political subdivision
of the State of Washington (“King County” or the “County”) and the City of Kent a municipal
corporation of the State of Washington (the “City”). The County and City may be referred to
herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”
RECITALS
A. A portion of the City street located approximately north of the intersection of 84th
Avenue South (East Valley Highway) and South 222nd Street, in the City of Kent Washington,
(hereinafter the “Street Settlement Area”) has experienced unusual settlement.
B. A section of County sewer pipeline between Manhole 57G and Manhole 57H crosses
beneath the Street Settlement Area. This sewer pipeline also experienced unusual settlement and
damage.
C. The City has made repairs to the street in the vicinity of the Street Settlement Area and
has sent the County invoices totaling $42,758.10 for said repairs (the “City Repair Invoices”).
The County denies any liability for either the settlement in the Street Settlement Area or for the
City Repair Invoices.
D. On or about September 30, 2015, the City and County entered into an interagency
agreement to jointly fund certain subsurface explorations in the vicinity of the Street Settlement
Area and the sewer pipeline settlement, including the construction of five borings, temporary
installation of five monitoring wells, and the preparation of a geotechnical data report.
E. In February 2017, the County completed repairs to the sewer pipeline in the area between
Manhole 57G and Manhole 57H using a cured-in-place pipe (CIPP) method.
F. King County applied for and received from the City, a street use permit for the County’s
CIPP project (the “City Permit”) to complete a repair of the sewer pipeline using in situ pipe
lining. The repair of the sewer pipeline was completed to King County’s satisfaction.
G. In an effort to resolve disputes with the City regarding repairs to the street in the vicinity
of the Street Settlement Area and the City Repair Invoices, the County, without admitting any
liability, offered to repair the sidewalk, curb and gutter and grind and overlay the roadway
asphalt in the vicinity of the County’s sewer pipeline work in exchange for a release and
discharge of claims from the City. The City asserted that the scope of the street repairs proposed
by the County was inadequate.
H. The Parties now desire to resolve their current disputes regarding repairs to the street in
the vicinity of the Street Settlement Area and the City Repair Invoices.
Page 2 of 5
AGREEMENT
Now, therefore in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the promises contained herein, the
Parties agree as follows:
1. City Street Repair Work. The City shall finalize the construction documents for the 84th
Avenue East Valley Highway Slump Repair work, the Plans and Specifications of which are
attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference (hereinafter referred to as
the “City Street Repair Work”). The City shall publicly bid the City Street Repair Work in
accordance with the City’s public contracting procedures and award the City Street Repair Work
to the lowest responsible, responsive bidder based on the lowest overall bid price. The
successful, selected bidder shall be referred to below as the “Contractor.” The City shall
administer the City Street Repair Work contract, including accounting and payment to the
Contractor, maintain the City Street Repair Work records and complete the City Street Repair
Work in accordance with Exhibit A and any applicable state and federal laws.
1.1. Bidding and Public Works Requirement. Any contract issued for the
construction of the City Street Repair Work shall comply with all applicable public works and
procurement laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, applicable performance and
payment bond, prevailing wage, nondiscrimination, retainage, insurance, and workers
compensation requirements. The City shall provide the County with a copy of the construction
documents and the bid documents from the Contractor.
1.2. Schedule for City Street Repair Work. The City agrees that within twelve
Months, or as soon thereafter as reasonably possible, the City shall construct the City Street
Repair Work in a good and workmanlike manner. Time is of the essence in this Settlement
Agreement.
1.3. Responsibility for City Street Repair Work. The City shall be fully
responsible for the City Street Repair Work, including the acts and omissions of its Contractor,
subcontractors and persons directly or indirectly hired by them, as the City is for the acts and
omissions of persons employed by the City. No action taken by the County shall make the
County responsible for the acts or omissions of any such contractor, subcontractor or their
employees; provided, however, neither the County nor its employees, agents, or contractors are
authorized to, nor shall, direct or advise any aspect of the City Street Repair Work.
2. Reimbursement for City Street Repair Work. The County agrees to reimburse the
City for the “Cost of City Street Repair Work,” as defined herein, up to a maximum not-to
exceed amount of $800,000. The term “Cost of City Street Repair Work” shall have the
following meaning:
2.1. Actual payments made by the City to its Contractor, engineering staff and
consultants for the construction of the City Street Repair Work, performed in accordance with
Page 3 of 5
the requirements of this Settlement Agreement. The individual work items and the current
estimated costs for the City Street Repair Work is set forth in Exhibit B, attached and
incorporated herein by this reference.
2.2. The term “Cost of City Street Repair Work” shall not include any cost not
specifically and expressly described in Section 2.1, including, but not limited to the following:
Salaries and other compensation of the City’s personnel for design of the City Street Repair
Work; the City’s expenses not related to the City Street Repair Work; costs due to the fault or
negligence of the City, its Contractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or
for whose acts any of them may be liable, including, but not limited to, costs for the correction of
damaged, defective or nonconforming work, disposal and replacement of materials and
equipment incorrectly ordered or supplied, and making good damage to property not forming
part of the City Street Repair Work; and costs associated with City Street Repair Work that has
been rejected as not complying with this Settlement Agreement.
2.3. Changed Conditions. The Parties acknowledge that there may be
unforeseen conditions during the construction of the City Street Repair Work such as
construction disputes and claims, changed conditions and/or changes in the construction work, or
that the bid of the lowest, responsible, responsive bidder may exceed the maximum not-to exceed
amount of $800,000. If the cost of the City Street Repair Work exceeds the maximum not-to-
exceed amount of $800,000 for any unforeseen or changed conditions, then the additional cost
shall be the sole responsibility of the City.
3. Invoices.
3.1. The City shall provide invoices showing progress payments made to the
Contractor during the previous month and for costs of City engineering staff and consultants on
the City Street Repair Work to the County on a monthly basis. Invoices shall be sent to the
following County address:
Rowena Johnson
Rowena.Johnson@kingcounty.gov
(206) 477-5851
The City’s invoices shall be based on the progress payments made by the City to the Contractor
and for City engineering staff and consultants for the City Street Repair Work, without mark-up.
The total of all invoices for the City Street Repair Work shall not exceed the maximum not-to
exceed amount of $800,000. Invoices shall be documented to the reasonable satisfaction of the
County. Properly documented invoices shall be paid by the County within forty-five (45) days of
receipt by the County. Payment by the County shall not constitute agreement as to the
appropriateness of any item or acceptance of the work so represented.
3.2. Audit. The County reserves the right to audit the invoices
and supporting documentation for purposes of compliance with this Settlement Agreement for a
period of six years following the completion of the City Street Repair Work under this
Settlement Agreement. All books, records, documents, and other material relevant to this
Page 4 of 5
Settlement Agreement will be retained by the City for six years. The County, the Office of the
State Auditor, and federal auditors shall have full access and the right to examine any of these
materials during this period subject to compliance with governmental regulations.
4. Release and Discharge. In consideration of the County’s agreement to reimburse
the City for the City Street Repair Work as set forth in Section 2 above, the City hereby releases
and discharges the County from any and all claims, actions, liabilities, causes of action, damages,
costs, expenses, losses, charges, demands for compensation, attorneys’ fees and engineering fees
of whatever kind or nature which concern or relate to the street settlement, the Street Settlement
Area, the City Street Repair Work, any and all invoices tendered to the County regarding the
street settlement, including the City Repair Invoices, and the City Street Repair Work.
Additionally, the City agrees that the County’s payment of the amounts set forth in this
Settlement Agreement shall fully satisfy and discharge the County’s obligations under the City’s
Permit.
The City represents that it is not aware of any unresolved claims, actions, liabilities, causes of
action, damages, costs, expenses, losses, charges, or demands for compensation caused by the
County’s repaired sewer pipeline or any other section of County sewer pipeline.
Notwithstanding the release set forth in this section 4 above, the City does not release any
claims, actions, liabilities, causes of action, damages, costs, expenses, losses, charges, demands
for compensation, attorneys’ fees or engineering fees of whatever kind or nature for any future
damage caused by the County’s repaired sewer pipeline or any other section of County sewer
pipeline in or outside of the Street Settlement Area or outside of the public right-of-way. The
City’s release in this Section 4 also does not extend to any new claim, related to damage outside
of the Street Settlement Area and public right of way, alleged by a third party. As to any future
or new claim(s) the County reserves any and all of its defenses.
5. Denial of Liability. It is understood and agreed to by the Parties that this settlement is a
compromise of a disputed claim, and that the payment and the release set forth in this Settlement
Agreement shall not be construed or asserted as an admission of liability, wrongdoing, or fault
by either Party.
6. Attorneys’ Fees and Costs. Each Party shall bear all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred
by them in connection with this Settlement Agreement, and the matters referred to herein.
7. No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Settlement Agreement is for the benefit of the
Parties hereto only and is not intended to benefit any other person or entity, and no person or
entity not a party to this Settlement Agreement shall have any third-party beneficiary or other
rights whatsoever hereunder.
8. Modifications by Written Agreement Only.This Settlement Agreement may be amended
only by a written instrument executed by each of the Parties hereto.
Page 5 of 5
9. Entire Agreement. This Settlement Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the
Parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes any and all prior
negotiations (oral and written), understandings and agreements with respect thereto.
10. Authority to Bind. In executing this Settlement Agreement, each Party acknowledges that
the person signing on its behalf has the authority to bind the Party for whom they sign.
11. Headings Not Controlling. The paragraph headings included herein are for reference
only and are not a part of this Settlement Agreement. The headings shall not control or alter the
meaning of this Settlement Agreement as set forth in the text.
12. Equal Participation in Drafting. The Parties have each participated and had an equal
opportunity to participate in the drafting of this Settlement Agreement. No ambiguity shall be
construed against either Party based upon a claim that such Party drafted the ambiguous
language.
13. Counterparts. This Settlement Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original, and all counterparts together shall constitute but one
and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has executed this Settlement Agreement by
having its authorized representative affix his/her name in the appropriate space below:
CITY OF KENT
By:____________________ Date _________
Title: City of Kent Mayor
KING COUNTY
By:____________________ Date _________
Title: King County Wastewater Treatment
Division Director
Exhibit A - Final Plans and Specifications for the 84th Avenue East Valley Highway Slump Repair
work (the City Street Repair Work)
Exhibit B - Final estimated costs for the City Street Repair Work
D... Sign Envelope ID: 813AC252-1326 EC7-B7EC-5586220FB9EB
KEN T
W A S H I N G T O N
CITY OF KENT
DANA RALPH - MAYOR
MEMBERS OF CRY COUNCIL
MARLI LARIMER SATWINDER KAUR LESTHOMAS TONI TROUTNER
BILL BOYCE BRENDA RNCHER ZANDRIA MICHAUD
CHAD BIEREN - DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS KIM KOMOTO - CITY CLERK
KELLY PETERSON - DEPUTY DIRECTOR PAT FTZPATRICK - CRY ATTORNEY
OF PUBLIC WORKS
PUBLIC WORKS PROJECT
84TH AVE S EAST VALLEY HWY
SLUMP REPAIR
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
"I
KeowwhaYs bCIOW. PROJECT NUMBER 15-3009
Call neimeyeu ft
SHEETINDEX
NO. SHEET TITLE
1 COVER SHEET
2 GENERAL TESC NOTES LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS
3 CONSTRUCTION BID SCHEDULE AND CONSTRUCTION NOTES
4-5 PROJECT DETAILS AND SECTIONS
6 ROADWAY PLAN AND PROFILE
7 ENLARGED DRIVEWAY PLAN
8 WATER CONNECTION DETAILS
9 PAVEMENT RESTORATION AND CHANNELIZATION PLAN
1
�
G
i
4
�I-
-
C I T K 5 O
PROJECT
KEN LOCATION
�
r
VICINITY MAP SHEET T of 10
NOT TO SCALE r ^ \ s-aos ra., van.. same snaata n.asis-soa5 � cow. aava.a T �♦ xo.
D... Sig, Envelope ID: 813AC252-1326 EC7-137EC-SS86220FB9EB
GENERAL NOTES:
1 MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WIN THE 2022 EDITION OF THE WSDOT STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS AND THE KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR THIS PROJECT,
Z ALL EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL REMAIN IN SERMCE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL LOCATIONS OF
EXISTING UTILI ES SAVAILABLE RECORDSKOWN A D SHOULD THEREFORE BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATE OHEREON HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED BY FIELD SURVEY NLY AND OBTAINED
FROM
NECESSARILY COMPLETE IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY BE THE CONTRACTOR TO DEPENDENTLY
VERIFY THE ACCURACY OF ALL UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN AND TO FURTHER UISCOVER AND AVOID ANY
OTHER UTILITIES NOT SHOWN HEREON WHICH MAY BE AFFECTED BY THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THIS PLAN.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE UNDERGROUND UTILITES LOCATION SERVICE (811 OR
1-800-424-5$55) AT LEAST TWO WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. THE OWNER OR HIS
REPRESENTATIVE AND THE ENGINEER SHALL BE CONTACTED IMMEDIATELY IF A CONFLICT EXISTS
ALL ITEMS OF WORK NOT LISTED IN THE BID PROPOSAL WHICH ARE SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS
AD ARE REWIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK iNAT IS SHOWN SHALL BE CONSIDERED INCIDENTAL TO THE
USTED BID ITEMS WHETHER SHOWN AS INCIDENTAL OR NOT.
4. CAUTION - EXTREME HAZARD - OVERHEAD AND UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL SERMCE LINES ARE
GENERALLY NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THE
EXTENT OF ANY HAZARD CREATED BY OVERHEAD OR UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL POWER IN ALL AREAS
AND SHALL FOLLOW PROCEDURES DURING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED BY LAW AND REWLATION. PRIOR
TO CONSTRUCTION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MEET WITH UTILITY OWNERS AND DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF
HAZARD AND REMEDIAL MEASURES AND SHALL TAKE WHATEVER PRECAUTIONS THAT MAY BE REWIRED.
S. IDENTIFICATON. LOCATION, MARKING AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR UNDERGROUND FACILITIES OR UEEL TES IS
GOVERNED BY THE PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 19,122. REVISED CODE OF WASHINGTON.
6. STATIONS OR DISTANCES NOTED FOR STORM SEWER CATCH BASINS AND SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES
ARE SHOWN TO THE CENTER OF STRUCTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PIPE LENGTHS AND SLOPES ARE
CALCULATED FROM THE INSIDE EDGE OF THE STRUCTURES.
T. ALL TREES AND VEGETATION WITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITS SHALL BE REMOVED AS NOTED. ALL OTHER
TREES SMALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT REMAINING
TREES FROM DAMAGE RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES INCLUDING DAMAGE TO ROOT SYSTEM,.
ANY TREES DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT
CONTRACTORS EXPENSE.
5. THE COSTS FOR GENERAL RESTORATION AND CLEAN UP REQUIRED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
SPECIECACONTRACT TPRICE OF OTIERRBID ITEMSAEXCEPTCFOR DTHOSE ITEMS
ONSIERED NINCLUDED
TAL TO 11N THELPROPOSAL,
D INCUDED IN THE UNIT
9. THE CONTRACTOR STALL COMPLY WIN ALL PUBLIC CON HENCE AND SAFc-TV. INCLUDING CG151RIICTON
SEWEDOF WORT! AND PERFORMANCE MEASURES AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 1-07.0 OF THE KENT
SPECIAL PR -SONS
10. PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ATTEND A PRE -CONSTRUCTION
CONFERENCE WITH CITY OF KENT INSPECTION PERSONNEL.
11. ALL EXISTING PRIVATE SIGNS WITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITS REWIRING RELOCATION SHALL BE RELOCATED
AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
12. UNLESS ONE WISE NOTED. "REMOVE" SHALL MEAN REMOVAL AND PROPER DISPOSAL OFF -SITE BY THE
CONTRACTOR AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE.
13. UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE THE CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MEANS, METHODS AND
SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION AND FOR THE SAFETY OF THE WORKERS.
14. ANY SAW CUTS INTO EXISTING ASPHALT OR CONCRETE SHALL BE ALONG NEAT, CONTINUOUS, PLANED,
SAWED OR WHEEL CUT LINES.
15. CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL LANDSCAPED AREAS ON -SITE AND ADJACENT TO THE SIZE THAT
WERE DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION TO ORIGINAL CONDITION UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE
ENGINEER.
16. IT IS ILLEGAL UNDER WASHINGTON STATE ADMINISTRATIVE CODE 332-120 TO WLLRLLY OES70Y
SURVEY MARKERS. STAKES MARKS, AND OTHER REFERENCE POINTS SET BY CITY FORCES, N[ EXISTING
CITY. STATE OR FEDERAL MONUMENTATION. SHALL BE CAREFULLY PRESERVED BY THE CONTRACTOR THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF IT BECOMES APPARENT THAT A SURVEY
MARKER WILL BE DISTURBED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR WILL ALLOW AMPLE TIME FOR
CITY SURVEY DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL TO ACQUIRE ADEQUATE INFORMATION SO THAT THE MONUMENT
MAY BE REPLACED IN ITS ORIGINAL POSITION AFTER CONSTRUCTION.
17. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP STREETS CLEAN AT ALL TIMES BY STREET SWEEPING WHEN NECESSARY,
OR WHEN DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
10. THE PLANS MARKED "ISSUED -FOR -CONSTRUCTION'. THE APPROVED TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS, THE
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND KENT SPECIAL PROM90NS SHALL BE DN THE JOB SIZE WHENEVER
CONSTRUCTION IS IN PROGRESS.
19. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT AND SUPPORT ALL EXISTING UTILITIES, STRUCTURES, FOUNDATIONS,
AD STREET LIGHTING POLES DURING CONSTRUCTION. ANY DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION WILL BE FIXED
ON THE CONTRACTOR EXPENSE WIN NO ADDITIONAL COST.
20. THE CONTRACTOR G RESPONSBLE FOR REFERENCING AND DOCUMENTING ALL EXISTING PAVEMENT
MARKINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REINSTALL ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS TO THE EXISTING LOCATIONS.
WATER SYSTEM NOTES:
1. ALL NEW WATER MAIN PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL HAVE A FOAM PIPE PIG RUN THROUGH THEM PRIOR
TO BEING FLUSHED, DISINFECTED, AND TESTED.
2. ALL MATERIALS USED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE NEW AND
UNDAMAGED.
3. THE ACTUAL PROFILE OF THE WATER MAINS IS TO BE ADJUSTED AS NECESSARY TO AVOID OTHER
UTILITIES AND TO PROVIDE MINIMUM COVER ALL WATER MAINS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COVER OF 48
INCHES BETWEEN THE TOP OF THE WATER MAIN AND THE FINISHED GRADE. WHERE UTILITY CONFUCTS
OCCUR. WATER MAINS SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO CLEAR,
4. UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS, ALL VERTICAL DEFLECTIONS SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED
BY UTILIZING AVAILABLE PIPE DEFLECTIONS OF WATER MAIN JOINTS GRAVITY BLOCKS WILL NOT BE
REWIRED. A MINIMUM OF ONE FOOT VERTICAL SEPARATION SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN ALL
UTILITIES
5. SEE KENT STANDARD PLAN 3-9 FOR THRUST BLOCKING DETAILS.
6. SEE KENT STANDARD PLAN 3-10 FOR SERVICE CONNECTION DETAILS.
TESC NOTES:
1. THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE TESC MEASURES, INCLUDING CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE,
REPLACEMENT. AND UPGRADING OF THE TESC FACILITIES, IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR
UNTIL ALL CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED AND ACCEPTED BY THE CITY.
2. ALL CLEARING LIMITS SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED AND/OR FLAGGED ON THE SITE TO ENSURE THAT
NO DISTURBANCE OCCURS BEYOND THE PROJECT UMITS OR IN SENSITIVE AREAS. MARKED CLEARING
LIMITS SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE COURSE OF
CONSTRUCTION.
3. THE TESC FACILITIES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN SET MUST BE CONSTRUCTED IN CONAINCTION WITH OR
PRIOR TO ALL CLEARING AND GRADING ACTIVITIES. AND IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO ENSURE THAT
SEDIMENT LADEN WATER DOES NOT ENTER THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM/GREEN RIVER, OR VIOLATE STATE
TER OUAUTY STANDARDS. THE TESL FACILITIES MUST BE FUNCTIONAL BEFORE OTHER LAND
DISTURBING ACTIMTES TAKE PLACE.
4. THE TESC FACIUTES SHOWN ON NIS PLAN SET ARE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ANTICIPATED
SITE CONDITIONS DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, THESE TESC FACIUTIES SHALL BE UPGRADED
(EG. ADDITIONAL SUMPS, RELOCATION OF DITCHES AND SILT FENCES. ETC.) AS NEEDED FOR
UNEXPECTED RAINFALL EVENTS AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
5. THE TESC FACIUTIES SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR DAILY, OR AS DIRECTED BY THE
ENGINEER. TESC FACILITIES SHALL BE MAINTAINED AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE THEY CONTINUE TO
RNCTION AND OPERATE AS INTENDED. WHEN TEMPORARY CONTROL DEVICES ARE NO LONGER
NEEDED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE THEM AND IMMEDIATELY WORK TO STABILIZE THE AREAS
THEY OCCUPIED AS THE ENGINEER DIRECTS.
6. ANY EXPOSED AREAS THAT HAVE BEEN STRIPPED OF VEGETATION, INCLUDING ROADWAY
EMBANKMENTS, SHALL BE STABILIZED WITH APPROVED TESL METHODS (E.G. SEEDING, MULCHING,
NETTING. EROSION BLANKETS. ETC.) WITHIN 2 DAYS DURING THE WET SEASON (OCTOBER 1 THROUGH
APRIL 30) AND WITHIN T DAYS DURING THE DRY SEASON (MAY 1 THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30) OR AS
DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
T. ALL TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL BMPS SHALL BE CLEANED WHEN SEDIMENT
REACHES 1/3 THE CAPACITY OF THE BMP. ALL SEDIMENTS REMOVED DURING THE CLEANING
OPERATION WILL BE PREVENTED FROM ENTERING INTO THE CITY'S STORMWATER SYSTEM OR ANY
SURFACE WATER SYSTEMS (WETLANDS, STREAMS, CREEKS, ETC).
6. SWEEPING MAY BE REOUIRED TO ENSURE THAT TRACK -OUT DOES NOT OCCUR OFF OF THE SIZE AND
ALL PAVED AREAS ARE KEPT CLEAN FOR THE DURATON OF THE PROJECT.
9. WHERE STRAW MULCH FOR TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL IS REQUIRED, IT SHALL BE APPLIED AT A
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 3 INCHES
10. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FAIL TO INSTALL THE REOUIRED TESC MEASURES, OR TO PERFORM
MAINTENANCE IN A TIMELY MANNER, OR FAIL TO TAKE IMMEDIATE ACTION TO INSTALL ADDITIONAL
APPROVED PROTECTIVE MEASURES. ALL PINES, COST OF CLEANUP, COSTS FOR DELAYS AND
DOD -TIME SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR.
11. THESE TESC REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY TO ALL AREAS OF THE SITE SUBJECT TO CONSTRUCTION
ACTIVITY, INCLUDING CONTRACTOR CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT FACILITIES, CONTRACTOR STAGING AREAS,
CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL PARKING AREAS, EOUIPMENT AND MATERIAL STORAGE/LAYDOWN AREAS,
AND OTHER AREAS UTILIZED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR COMPLETION OF THE WORK
11 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY NPDES
CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER GENERAL PERMIT.
13. AT NO TIME WILL CONSTRUCTION RUNOFF BE ALLOWED TO ENTER PRIVATE STORMWATER PONDS AND
BIOSWALES ADJACENT M THE CONSTRUCTION ZONE.
14. F STORM THAT
RBID RM WATER AT CANNOT BE CONTAINED ONSTE THROUGH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION
PRACTICES OR OTHER TESC MEASURES SHALL BE TREATED TO COMPLY WITH THE KING COUNTY
WASTEWATER TREATMENT DIVISION DISCHARGE REOUIREMENTS
U.
V Public
KENT Eng
LEGEND:
O CONSTRUCTION NOTE
VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD 1968
1145 BID ITEM CALLWT HORIZONTAL CONTROL. W
STATE PLANE COODINATE
SECTION LETTER OR SYSTEM -NORTH ZONE
B DETAIL NUMBER NAp83/91
X DRAWING SHEET NUMBER WHERE
SECTION OR DETAIL TAKEN. NO
DRAWING NUMBER INDICATED IF
INDICATES DIRECDRAWN ON THE SAME DRAWING
TION
OF CUTTING PLANE
SECTION LETTER OR
DETAIL DETAIL NUMBER
DRAWING SHEET NUMBER WHERE
SECTION OR DETAIL TAKEN. NO
DRAWING NUMBER INDICATED IF
DRAWN ON THE SAME DRAWING
NEW FEATURES
®
APPEAR 801D
STORM SEWER MANHOLE - --
❑
STORM KKR CATCH BASIN ---
Q
SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE -
C)
SHRUB
O
DECIDUOUS TREE -E -
EVERGREEN TREE
®
WATER METER
N
WATER VALVE 0
Ill
GAS VALVE c
�+ p
SIGN r
->
UTILITY POLE & GUY v
POWER VAULT/CABINET F
m
TELEPHONE PEDESTAL
®Qm
TELEPHONE MANHOLE
0 m
JUNCTION BOX, TYPE I.II,III
Q- }(
STREET UGHT/LUMINAIRE
G
LIGHT ASSEMBLY - - - -
d
FIRE HYDRANT
WARD POST
=
MAIL BOX
®
TRAFFIC SIGNAL
®
SIGNAL CONTROLLER --------
ABBREVIATIONS:
ABAN
ABANDONED
AVAR
AS
AIR VAC AIR RELEASE
ASSEMBLY
BE C
CB
BACK OF CURB
CATCH BASIN
CL
CENTERLINE
DCDA
DOUBLE CHECK DETECTOR
ASSEMBLY
DI
D/W
DUCTILE IRON PIPE
DRIVEWAY
E
ELEV
EAST
ELEVATION
EXST, EX.
FOG
EXISTING
FACE OF CURB
FL
HORZ
FLANGE JOINT
HORIZONTAL
PROPERTY LINE
CONSTRUCTION BASELINE
R/W UNE
BUILDING OR STRUCTURE
EDGE BE EXIST. PAVEMENT
WATERLINE
SANITARY SEWER LINE
STORM DRAIN LINE
GAS LINE
UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINE
UNDERGROUND POWER CONDUITS
FIBER OPTIC LINE
OVERHEAD POWER LINE
RETAINING WALL
TOP OF SLOPE
TOE OF SLOPE
DITCH CENMRLNE
FENCE, CHAIN LINK
PENCE. WOOD BOARD
FENCE. SILT PENCE
PAVEMENT SAWCUT AND REMOVAL
ICV
LNDG
IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE
LANDING
LF
ME
LINEAR FEET
MAIL BOX
MH
MJ
MANHOLE
MECHANICAL JOINT
N
NIC
NORTH
NOT IN CONTaS
ROW, R/VI
RIGHT OF WASIDEWA
S�SOUTHLK
STA
TRANS.
W RT
STATION
TRANSITION
WESTCIAL
NOTFORCONSTRUCTION
GENERAL TESC NOTES 84TH AVE S EAST VALLEY HWY 2 aF 9
LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS SLUMP REPAIR „.,, ,�._„.
D... Si9D Envelope ID: 813AC252-13264EC]-BTEC 86220FB9EB
CONSTRUCTION BID SCHEDULE: NNOIA�LL BID ITEMS ARE SHOWN ON THIS SHEET.
SEE KENT SPECIAL FRONSIONS FOR ALL BID ITEMS.
SCHEDULE I - STREET
BID ITEM NO,
SPEC. SECTION
DESCRIPTION
1000
1-09.7 WSDOT
MOBILIZATION
1005
2-01.5 N.
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
1010
2-02.5 KIP
REMOVE EXISTING ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
101)
2-02.5 KIP
REMOVE EXISTING CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY (REINFORCED)
1020
2-02.5 KIP
REMOVE CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK
1025
2-02.5 KIP
REMOVE CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER
10.
2-02.5 KIP
REMOVE CEMENT CONCRETE EXTRUDED CURB
10%
2-02.5 KIP
SAW CUT EXISTING ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
1075
4-03.5 KIP
GRAVEL BORROW, INCLUDING HAUL AND COMPACTION
1.0
KIP
CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE, 5/8" MINUS
1095
KIP
HMA CLASS 1/2% PG 58V-22
1118
KIP
HOT PLANT MIX FOR TEMPORARY PAVEMENT PATCH
1140
KSP
CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY, 8" DEPTH, REINFORCED
1145
KIP
N-05.5-
CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK
1205
KIP
CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER
1210
KIP
CEMENT CONCRETE EXTRUDED CURB
1225
KSP
ADJUST EXISTING MANHOLE COVER TO FINISHED GRADE
-0
KSP
ADJUST EXISTING IRRIGATION BOX i0P TO FINISHED GRADE
1235
J-15.5 KIP
LA IGATION O% A ADJU 0
GlEn AD
1240
)-15.5 KSP
AOJUSi EXISTING METER BOX TO FINISHED GRADE
12.
B-20.5 KIP
ADJUST EXISTING JJNCTION BOX TO FINISHED GRADE
1270
8-20.5 KSP
REPLACE EASING LUMINAIRE FOUNDATON
1315
8-28.5 KIP
POTHOLE UTUTES
1355
04.4(1) WSDOT
MINOR CHANGES
SCHEDULE II - WATER
BID ITEM NO.
SPEC. SECTION
DESCRIPTION
2020
7-09.5 KIP
REMOVE AND REPLACE B" DIA. DI CL 52 WATER MIAN PIPE
2030
7-11.5 KIP
REMOVE AND REPLACE 6" DOUBLE CHECK DETECTOR ASSY.
25
J-11.5 KSP
FIRE WATCH
20403G
)-12.5 KIP
REPLACE AND REPLACE 8" GATE VALVE
2050
7-13.5 KIP
EXPOSE 16- DIA. WATER MAIN PIPE
2060
7_13.5 KIP
REPAIR 16" DIA. CEMENT CONCRETE PIPE
MO
)-ORS WSDOT
SHORING OR EXTRA EXCAVATION CLASS B
2260
FOUNDATION MATERIAL, CLASS I AND II FOR WATER MAIN
2270
PIPE ZONE BEDDING FOR WATER MAIN
22B0
BANK RUN GRAVEL FOR TRENCH BACKFILL
SCHEDULE IV - STORM SEWER
BID IT:N NO.
SPEC. SECTION
DESCRIPTON
.15
7-04.5 KIP
DUCTILE IRON STORM SEWER PIPE, 12 INCH DIAM., CLASS 50
4080
7-05.5 KSP
CATCH BASIN. TYPE 1
4120
7-05.5 KIP
VANED CATCH BASIN PRAME AND GRATE
4T 25
2-02.5 KIP
REMOVE EXISTING STORM CATCH BASIN OR MANHOLE
4135
2-02.5 KIP
REMOVE ENKING STORM SEWER PIPE OR CULVERT
4145
2-02.5 KIP
REMOVE EXISTING CATCH BASIN OR MANHOLE
4250
2-OB.S MOOT
SHORING OR EXTRA EXCAVATION CLASS B FOR STORM SYSTEM
4260
2-GRS WSDOT
FOUNDATION MATERIAL CLASS AND II FOR STORM SYSTEM
42J0
J-OB.S KIP
PIPE ZONE BEDDING FOR STORM SYSTEM
ID
J-DIES KIP
BANK RUN GRAVEL FOR TRENCH BACKFILL FOR STORM SYSTEM
SCHEDULE V - TRAFFIC CONTROL
50M
1-10.5 KSP
TRAFFIC CONTROL LABOR
5010
1-10.5(2) WSDOT
CONSTRUCTION SIGNS CLASS A
.15
1-TOES KSP
TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR
.20
1-10.5 KIP
TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
5030
1-10.5 KIP
PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN (PCMS)
5035
1-10.5 KIP
SEQUENTIAL ARROW SIGN (SAS)
SOJ5
1-10.5 KSP
PERMANENT CHANNELIZATION
SCHEDULE VII - TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
7015
S-01.5(2) KIP
INLET PROTECTION
7020
8-01.5(2) KIP
STRAW MULCH HAND APPLIED
)025
8-01.5(2) KIP
CLEAR PLASTC COVERING
7030
8-01.5(2) KIP
ESC LEAD
)055
EROSYON/WATER POLLUTON CONTROL
70BO
STREET CLEANING
SCHEDULE MR - ROADSIDE RESTORATION
8010
TOPSOIL TYPE A
BDIS
BARK OR WOOD CHIP MULCH
8020
CLEAN ROCK MULCH
8030
EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEM REMOVAL, REPAIR AND OR MOD.
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
(SEE PLAN AND PROFILE ON SHEETS 6 FOR LOCATIONS).
OI APPROXIMATE UM- OF GROUND SETTLEMENT. REMOVE AND
REPLACE CURBS. SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, PAVEMENT, STORM
SEWER AND ADJUST ALL UTUTES TO GRADE WITHIN THIS AREA.
OOPEN AND EXPOSE WATERLINE 25-IN EACH DIRECTON FOR
INSPECTION BY WATER DEFT.
City oFKent CONSTRUCTION BID SCHEDULE I 84TH AVE S EAST VALLEY HWY r'ol=DH
.�- N Public Works Divisinent AND CONSTRUCTION NOTES SLUMP REPAIR NO
Na RFwsax 6r D.Tc an wmew °° q•M�9t KENT Engineering D vlslon
D... Sig, Envelope ID: 813AC252-13264EC]-RTEC5 86220FB9EB
45
45
R/W
DRIVEWAY I SIDEWALK, CURB AND GUTTER
32' FROM FACE OF GUTTER
I
O9" 1205 NEW CURB
f095 AND GUTTER
6' DEPTH HIF CLASS 1085
I
t0B0 6" Mlry j t145 4"
PGSBV-22 UFTS SHALL NOT
NO
E%CEI D25'. ROPER TO
ALL JOINTS SHPLL BE
TACK SEALED AND
SPECS 5-04.3(7)
SANDED
4040
1.5%
J cJ
}0.
- I'- =
1060 2" MIN III-IIIIF� III- SAWCUT AND REMOVE 1010
ASPHALT 1' BEYOND 1050
G ASPHALT
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
CONCRETE
1075 TRAVEL BONROW
rq TRENCH WIDTH
35
P OPO ED RAW
35
0 FILL SLUMP
1080 8" CRUSHED L SLUMP
II I
VAR M NOTES"
IOR S D E6" "u
E IISTIG GP 9DE
TOP COURSE (5/8' MINUS)
BY ENG NEER —UNDISTURBED SOIL
1.
ALL AND SURFACING DEPTHS
SHOWN
= 62. 36: 9
22W TRENCH E%CAVATION BACK
42. FILL AND COMPACTION PER
6- PIPE ZONE BEDDING 22)0 2.
ARE COMPACTED OFPTNS
COMPC
REMOVE ALL EASTNO ASPHALT MATERIAL
SPECIFICATIONS
42T0
OUTSIDE OF SAW CUT LINE.
PIPE PIPE
0 D. 3
DEPTH AND ALIGNMENT OF IES
UTILTION
3090 _ _ _ _ _ _ _
e0 TO s0 b 90 JO 20 -f0 0 l0 20 JO
�30
9a w
6'
IFYI-OEXISTING
AN
VMY. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LOCATION AND
NOPFT ENGINEER OF ANY CONLLCM.
RI
CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE APPROPRIATE
r-
DAE�SUftES TO PROTECT UTILITIES
FROM
TYPICAL ROADWAY SECTION %A�
_ ,
89TH AW S AT TACOMA SCREW DRIVEWAY
5
STATION 12+sD
SCALE r=2o
45
TYPICAL
SCALE: NTS
PIPE TRENCH DETAIL
45
SDCB TYPE 1
STA
RIM: 36.)86.22
45
10
a
40
E
'..
2 IE N : 2. ,1
12 E E 32D10
S
IN
€
40
s D9
Fl-STA +68.80
2 E OU N+3z B9 ELE 36.04
E%ISTINC GRADE PROPOSED GflADE
r (E Os
40
p
N .32.
e N1s '1
35
.
35
taa,LF tz' DP sDssADDiY:
35
r 1"-' ).2 36
30
-
_
-
30
PR 0 G DE
S C ADE
OFF -59 9. �J 42
25
_ _ -
' 15 LF 12 CP SO 5=0.0068
-- - -
MATCH INVERT
OF
25
20
EXISPNG
PIPE
20,.6
C
30
60 >0 60 6o w JO w -,O O to zo To
.o so 103O
12+00
TYPICAL ROADWAY SECTION�B�
STORM PROFILE
84TH AVE S AT LES SCHWAB DRIVEWAY
STATION 13+10
5
SCALE. H.1'=20'.
SCALE: 1"-20'
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
M.
.zza
,:
CityfKeRt
D
�Pablic Works Department
KENT Engine6Tivg Dwi
PROJECT DETAILS AND SECTIONS
84TH
AVE S EAST VALLEY HWY
SLUMP REPAIR
`
�I
,<�-y. 1
Sig. Envelope ID: 813AC252-13264EC7-S7EC
86220FS9EB
STA 11.68.80
STA 11+BO
STA 12+00
STA 12+20
q0
40
q0
40 40
40 40
40
39
39
39
S 39 39
39 39
39
36It
38
38
L9
38 38
38 38 0
38
37 ) %
37
37
t.5 10
_ - 37 37
37 37
1 s
_ 37
36
36
36
38 36
___ . 1
36 38
F- 36
Pt=- 7.32N
_} Ow XIS
J) 59 G G ADE
}6. Y
%IS G ADE /
.3O'
e}) %ISII G ME
35
35
PR
35
GR
35
PR
35 35
'GR DE
PRO OSE ORA E
35 35
PRO OS SRq E
34 -- 1.11'
34
34
DF -4 30,
34 34 0 ' -4 28'
34 34
— .25'
34
33
33
33
EL fi.5
33 33 EL- fi.5 '
33 33 EL
36.a '
33
32.w s0 w w z° t0
0 10 z0 30 w 60 b32
32 so
-so -w -ao -zo -10 °
10 zo w w so ao32 32go -s° -w -x -zo
-10 o w z0
m ao w so32 32� _50 -w
-x -z° -w
o 10 z0 m w w 6032
STA 12+40
SrA 12+50
STA 12+85
40
-
40
40
40 40
40
39
39
39
39 39
39
38
38
38
38 38
38
37
37
37 _
- _ 37 37
ta=
,Z e%
37
36
,5 _ i. `2 %
36
38
296
36 38
/
1.
}i
/
36
J /
35
-3682'e ISn G ADE
35
35
/ -36 )2'8 ISn G ADE
35 35
ON
`
-3868' IS C G ADE
R SED. A
35
34 _ 00.
R6.
ROP. SED
34
34 O .DO' 34 34
0 -- .6
OF --4 .21•
34
33 EL
33
33 EL 36.
33 33
EL 35.
-- n4
EL 36.1 '
33
32-89 -70 -s0 -s0 -w -x
-z0 -10 0 10 zo m w w m`..
328°. -70 -so
-zo -w o 10 z0 w w s0 e°32 32
10 z0 0o a° s0
STA 13+00
SrA 13+20
SrA 13+40
ao ao
ao
STA
ao
13+50
ao
Qa
ao
ao
39
39
39
39 39
iO 39
o dOEM
39
39
38
38
38
o 38 38
38
o w
38
38
37
37
37
37 37
37
37
019
37
36 3836
98
338
-
A
36
36
7.21
#-57
-- .28'
ON36
35
35
-3851' 9 G G ADE
35 35
ED A
-36_. IST G DE35 35
OP SED GRA
35OEM
NONNI
35
34 C'
34
34 .OFF
34 34
OFF -4) 5'EL
34
34
ONEINAMEEMENE
34
35..'
33
33
EL=
33 33 33
EL= 5.74
33
33
NEEN32
33
32a0 7° so s0 -w -w
-
-z0 -10 ° 10 zo w w s0 eo32
32 ao -70 -so -so -10
-
-
-30 -zo -10 0 10 z0 %0 ao m eo32 32fi0 -� _w -x -z0
-10 0 10 z0 0o a° s0 ao12
J2w
-
-x -%0 -w -zo -10 ° 1° za s0
- -
NOT FOR DONSTRNOTON
s"""wrezv
D._
,�,
City of Kent
Public Works Department
KENT Engin -ring Dwi
PROJECT
DETAILS AND SECTIONS
84TH AVE
S EAST VALLEY HWY
SLUMP REPAIR
°P
IFF-I
�/.
x .5
- -
DOCu5ig0 Envelope ID: 813AC252-1326 4EC]-B]EC 88220FB9EB
EX. R �
I SE 1 /4, SEC. 12, T 22 N, R 4 E, W.M. njD ENO COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY
INSTALL NEW DCDA LES SCHW REM$T-3 L AND R MENI
AND EPIFAC.3'
INCHWAOPLLC
\\III
BEGIN CURB.
]]59B0-0031 BLDG EX R ABOVE GROUND PER LB ROP DROP LL STA:13+4 F :Q. L
S D E - EX, t2 CP SD
SIG TACO MA SCREW X 5 ECIFlCATON$ BACK OF SIDEWALK
K EWALH STALL NEW DCEn 22101 IMTH AYES 51.
OFF4]3- L 2212384TH AYES SPECIFICATIONS j a OFF:4).3' L
STA1 66.60, TSB KENT LLC ABOVE GROUND PER 10RA! STAI ENDDCU
m
RAISE TO A RAISE TO FINISXED END CURB. GUTTER AND DW
GUTTER AND SW END CURB, GUTTER AND SW 3 FINISHED j - MADE REM— AND REPLACEMENT
GRADE
REMOVAL
AND REPLCEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT EX. POWER VAULT MATCH AT NEPREST JOINT
NEARESTT NEAREST JOINT MATCH 0� / TO BE RAISED BY E $TI G - STA:13+5051 OFF403' L
NL
STA,11+68BC
F
OFF.403 2+2D 69. 0FF403' L EXISTING 1030 �THERS E SS 1010 FLOWU EL 3542RX OW SEPARATOR
OWLNE EL-3601 1 3S 1050 M
020� V £
RI SDCB iTPE 1
RIM' 1B.1�9
I -- I IF 'l) 8 — 1
F 31 W
`
E 326 12' N
EX. 24 RCP
METRO SEWER
O
Y o� FINISHED ISW W E) 1020 Ex. 11 TYPE I
EGGS TYPE
t020 W ---RE": 3599
1020 N CA GRADE 35. : 3 2' E&W
EltlSTING R/W
- -
-� _ DA X UMITSDC I-PAYO' __x DRWY G R/W
102s 5'� 38 J E%IS1W
1 _ _
-_-
E%. III
- - ,-- F
,t -
'•
- t-
- EX SIDEWALK
- - —�
__ ____ _ -1♦ V Ek SDCB T E IX (4 _ - —3� 5 EX SDCB TYPE 2 5-
,_ SEE SHEET 4 OR sl > SSAWCUT EXISTING 0 B ���� AGEI 1 M31 59 �12 E&W 1 SSPHALTETYP.NG I 025 EM31.592012' W
STCRM PROFILE. u I ASPHALT, TYP I 1 _ //�
a E
_
°F9A-p n
O 0 T D _
W
^CP $D m - -- l EX 21' CP SD E 2 CP S
`,
DE%STING2060
SEE SHEET 9 FOR X $EE SHEET 9 FOR SEE��."N
L TRENCH,T�r— i WATER CONNECTION ) T 2 WATER CO NECTON DESHEET 3 CP WA
DETAILS IE: 31.]3 21 N&S 2060 DETAILS
EX 16'NE�=_
CHAN LIZATON
84THAVE N (EVH)-----���-_--_----------—------
----3+00
i1+00 WHIST BPSELINE C/L 12+00 Nt'14'02'E 1050 14+00
_ — _
�84TH AVE S (E.) - t o 841H AVE 5 (ENT)
STA: 11+00.00 _ - STA: 14+00.G0
- G.
_ E:1295049.22
E:1295042.T6 -- _
50
! � � 1
-I
13
BECIN CURB GUTTER ANDI - IrEXISTING. GRADE AT CURB I R
y_ B \ S DEWALN REPLACEMENT / CENTERUNEY— — — EXIS 'GRADE— — — — — 12' TIE 5 322L
y PROPOSED GRADE
I A 1 N: 32 9 A — G FLOWIINE 112':IE OUT E 321 _ AT CURB GRADEE
__._-----_--L._-__L-_-_
I _ _ 50
- 45
-
D CURB. GUTTER AND
I d d6 $IUI REPLACEMENT 40
'
40
35
-0329.
_-,�------� ------ _ _. _ ..
W SO EX SD H E O6
1._ - - -� -- ... :i BE. REMOVED �.. _.._ T;_ 2 32'
2' E 2 3_00= i
T 12 IL N W 3- 00 --
I
-, _------- 35
_ 30
E I"'
0 05
B3535l
2 E 0 E 3 5 25
il2 IE IN W 3 SR p Y N 0
30
25
20
20
15
EX METRO 241' RCP $EWER 5=0, 1 .
I 15 II
1 2+00 1 3+00 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
x
A-T SCAT
Ciry of Kent
Public Works Department
ROADWAY PLAN AND PROFILE 84TH AVE S EAST VALLEY HWY » s of 9
SLUMP REPAIR
KENT Engineering Division
D.G.SigO Envelope ID: 813AC252-13264ECT-BTEC 86=139EB
SE 1/4, SEC.
12, T 22 N, R 4 E, W.M.
I
I
I
_
I
MATCH EXISTING
ENO CURB PND
SPHALT DRIVEWAY
STp. 12+25.81
1
x
1f'JBBOLWI
TACOM NTLLC
P21T�.1 BEH VES MATCH E%ISTNG
- MATCH EXISTING 1090
El ItOFF.
12 0
m�
w
74.771
T ES SIHMNUSi
rl L IRE
I LS PROP DROP LLD
MATCH EXISTING
22101 84TH AVE S
1210
/ 08
J
r
z
1210
END WRB AND
ASPHALT DRIVEWAY
1095
MATCH EXISTING
1080
10
1095 50
EX. SSM fi
RI
/ 6
IA '29
1145
STA. 12+33.12
OFF. 62.00'L END CURB WA
ASPHALT DRIVEWAY
s
8020 _
I'
H 29
1205
SW. N&S
—LATER E G
STA. 12+5R1J
OFF 62.00'L
1�� 1225
/ MATCH EXISTING 1145
END CURB
1220 1235
END CURB AND
®
STA. 12+16.32
OFF. 57.25'L
1230
123
BEGIN CURB AN
1240 R 2 50'
e\\
ASPHALT DRIVEWAY
STA. 13+32.25
OFF. 57.OSL
0020 6'
DCOA
ASP
1240 WA LT 50
0
BE
D
SALTTA D1 62
OFF 292.20E
29
/
G
OFF 53022Lu �'V
+� BEON ASPHALT
ORI4EWAY
ASPHALT
DEC.ST13 220
5 A MATCH
E%NG
11
o
S 59 ..- °/R
8.00'
-
DCDA
_ 45
1050
E
s
•
__
0 2 L G 3%8
--
OFF 42 290
2L
-- —— ---_ ___�___
EXISTING R _
_ �
%ISTINC R/-- _.
1140 _-
_
1140
<
_
g
- 4 9GE
a e
I
I %-
1140
e
MAX
—w
r
1
iMnx A%
°
w a
c —i IMA
a Mn$ IMA%
A
4
X MaA
e
'A
°
_ . -..
•
DRIvcwA
RAMPY
COMMERC Dfl VEWAT.-_
I
_-5.___ -��-DRIVEWAY.
RAMP
" DRIVEWAY �- - s COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY- —' _DRVEWA _-
RAMP a. ...—_ c o— RAMP _
- _ - __. e _ - o _.—
Gr
1145
1205
OF RAMP
z
„--e.
i0P OF RAMP
POF R STA. 13+44.81
A. 1 +624B OFF. 40.T5L
STOFF240.2YL 84TH AVE S EVH
STOP
T
12+20,59
. 40.]5L
x I
I
o
TOP OF RAMP
STA, T2+2J6
OFF. 4n 7 0.29 s
eI
w
D
1145
1I
SE E DETAIL 1 ON
SHEET 6 FOR
WATER CONNECTION
SEE DETAIL 2 ON
SHEET 8 FOR
' WATER CONNECTION
u
�m
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MH
Citty ofKent
P.M. Works DeparDnent
�
KENT Engineering Division
ENLARGED DRIVEWAY PLAN
84TH AVE S EAST VALLEY HWY
SLUMP REPAIR
I
ar 9
rz{_ _
D... Sig, Envelope ID: 813AC252-13264EC)-B)EC558B22OFSSEB
N, R 4 E, W.M.
11
Ex BIDG � ml I EX. 8" DI WATER
� 1
))59SC ftl E%. 12" CP SDI
A SCREW
TACOM\`III
TSP KENT LLC
22123 B4TH AVE 3
�31
1
ETA :1I'll .34, OFF:85)3' L
CONNECT TO EX B' DI MAIN
2020
1 WATER PIPE
"" ----
AS—
OR ND
8' DCIA
r
-
2030 EX. DR
1230
25
D
c
\
1240
F 33
E%I-- R
-- 0
--T
---
103 LF 12' CP 0
STORM PIPE L' 35 -
2050 SOCB TYPE 1—
_ �RM: CSN BM
210
v 12" IE N S 3210 s
12' IE OUT E 3210
-
2 8"
220 29 LF DI4015
1 I
I 415
IF5 CP I 1
>E CP WATER PIPE
` METRO SEWER
s 4135 STORM M PIP
\ 2040 I
2050 _
FIO-5-01 SAWCUT LIMITS 2060
00
I r
I I
I EX 21" CP SD I 1
EX SOMH
1- RIM 3634 1 1-
' i CIE 32.00 12' CP W I I
0 '0 0
- _-_
84TH AVE S EVH
_-
1225
_- -___- --
E%. i6" CONCRETE
STEEL CnINDER WATER
STA:12+20.33, OFF:21.35' L
GONgtET NIDITTO EEL CWJNOER MAIN
1-8' DI GATE VALVE (MJ%R)
WATER MAIN CONNECTION DETAIL
AT NEW DCDA ON 84TH AVE S 7
SCALE: 1"=5'
SE 1/4, SEC. 12, T 22 N, R 4 E, W.M.
C . B" DI WATER
-
STA:12+)1.35, OFF:)1.5Y L
I I MNN
�I I
ml CONNECT TO E%. B' DI
1
))5980
BTIRE %
LS PROP DROP LLC
22101 BOTH AVE S
v
IB LF B" DI 2020
WATEg PIPE
/
1
NEW. ROVE 203
/
GR-1)
8' DCDA
5 IF 8" DI 20M
WATER PIPE
1225 EX SSM6
RIM: 9
SW ) B.
1240
- B
24 LF B' DI 2020
WATER PIPE `
E%. DRW
BTA 12+9726, L
0
1-8' DI 90' SEND (MJ%MJ)
ND (MJ,MJ
THRUST BLOCHING E%ISTING R/V!
2q3
r
I
SSTA 12+)1.14, OFF:44.27' L
�-6c
EX 24" RCP
METRO SEWER
1-8' DI 90' BEND (M—)
THRUST BLOCKING
2040
19 LF W DI 2020
WATER PIPE
I
I
3
2050
1050 EAWCUT LIMITS i 2060
EX 21' CP SO
1 1
w—�_w�-w
---.--_
I6' CONCRETE STEEL C INDER WATER I
STA:12+9).16, OFF: 2I.OT L
84TH AVE 3 EVH
CONNECT
CONCRE ETSTEEL CYUNDER MAIN
1-5' DI GATE VALVE (MJ%FL)
WATER MAIN CONNECTION DETAIL
AT NEW DCDA ON 84TH AVE S 7
SCALE: 1"=5'
CiZEF ry of Kent
.0 Public Works Uepart-It WATER CONNECTION DETAILS 84TH AVE S EAST VALLEY HWY a aF s
KENT Engineering Divi SLUMP REPAIR _
DOGUSigO Envelope ID: 813AC252-13264EC]-13]EC5 86MIDFB9EB
SE 1/4, SEC. 12, T 22 N, R 4 E, W.M.
]]5980SCR REMOVE ASPHALT AND
—SIN004o
TACO SCREW EXTRUDED CURB
TSP KENT LLC REMOVE ASPHALT AND 3 y�\ � STA:12+J3.81,
2212884TH AVES F%TRUOED C RB W REMOVE ASPHALT AND OFF:J4.B' L
CURB Y
LES SCHWAB LIRE
LS PROP DROP LLC
22101 B4TM AVES
E%TRUDED \
STAG SiAO285813 1. I.
0 L
E AS- AND v
TRUDED CURB
3OFF
57.0' L , aPl
CL] 1
95
u 0
1020
(___
EX15nNC R/W
5- 36
-'
-__ _
EXISTING R/W'
..-
..
1 PA SIA.NG UMITS I
1I A
7
S A 13+50 51
OFF:393' L ' e
- -Z
PAVNG LMiS
STA:11 41 58, 0 .3] 3' L _
OFF 3J3 L
0
k
p
- D
�
1095
ww
,
84TH AVE N(EV
I
I1+00� CONST BASELINE CA ///- 12+00 Nt'14'02"E _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _3+0 - _
�841H AVE5(EVH) -- PAVNG UNITS J-------------
sTA: n+aaoo BT" .�3'9 PAVEMENT RESTORATION PLANJI�
- _P V50
5TA:13+50.49.
—oPPn.r L -
14+00
84111 AK 5(ENI) /
SrA: la+oo.GS
N:1500J].16
E:1295042T6 SCALE: 1'=10'
I
N1503J].09
E1285049.22
]]598oaosl SE 1/4, SEC. 12, T 22 N, R 4 E, W.M.
nsoeoaoa
TACOMA SCREW
3
LE88CKWAB TIRE
TSP KENT LLC
2212384TH AYES n TING PARKING STALLS
E WHITE EDGE LINE
PAINT
LS PROP DROP LLC
221GI 84TH AVER
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50]5
t-H
___-__----___-._-_
E%.STING R/W
BEGIN RPM SKIP LANE LINE 50]5
STA:11+88.80, OFF:28.2' L
BEGIN RPM SKIP LANE UNE SODS -
STA:11+88.)9,. OFf:f),I' L
BEGIN RPM TWLR LANE LINE 50]5 END RPM
STA12+15.99, OF-3F L STA:13+
84TH AVE N (EVH)It+00
50]5 END RPM SKIP LANE LINE
STA:I3+SOS, OFF:28.1' L
50]5 END RPM SKIP LANE LINE
BTA:13+50.49, OFF.1].2' L
AIN AND PROTECT
�5.5'LTEXILANE UNES
CUNST BASEUNE CA 12+00 N1-14_O2"E _ _ 1300 -
"I AVES(ENi) _-_______I_____ ______
_ _ _ _ _ _
_
sTA: 11+00.00 CHANNELIZATION PLAN
N:1500]J.16
E:1295.-S SCALE: I"=10'
-
11i
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
,w...
.aN:.Ear
e' r
Ciry of Kent
Public Works Dep6rtrnent
KENT Engineering Division
PAVEMENT RESTORATION AND
CHANNELIZATION PLAN
84TH AVE S EAST VALLEY
SLUMP REPAIR
HWY
s 9 cF 9
„
"P%1M0i „„p,°,„,�„°^""A�
_ 1
CITY OF KENT
KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON
KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR
East Valley Highway Slump
Repair
Project Number: 15-3009
BIDS ACCEPTED UNTIL
, 2021
11:00 A.M.
BID OPENING IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING
DELIVER TO
CITY OF KENT, CITY HALL
220 4th Avenue S., Kent, WA 98032-5895
CHAD BIEREN, P.E.
PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR
PRELIMINARY
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
INDEX
Section 1 Bidder’s Package
Section 2 Payment and Performance Bond
and Contract
Section 3 Table of Contents
Section 4 Kent Special Provisions
Section 5 Kent Standard Plans
Section 6 Prevailing Wage Rates
CITY OF KENT
KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON
KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR
East Valley Highway Slump
Repair
Project Number: 15-3009
BIDS ACCEPTED UNTIL
, 2021
11:00 A.M.
BID OPENING IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING
DELIVER TO
CITY OF KENT, CITY HALL
220 4th Avenue S., Kent, WA 98032-5895
CHAD BIEREN, P.E.
PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR
ORDER OF CONTENTS
Invitation to Bid
Contractor Compliance Statement
Declaration – City of Kent Equal Employment Opportunity Policy
Administrative Policy 1.2 – Minority and Women Contractors
City of Kent Equal Employment Opportunity Compliance Statement
Proposal
Subcontractor List (over $1 million) – HVAC, Plumbing, and Electrical
Subcontractor List (over $1 million) – Structural Steel Installation and Rebar
Installation
Contractor’s Qualification Statement
Statement that Bidder Has Not Been Disqualified
Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes
Proposal Signature Page
Bid Bond Form
Combined Declaration Form
Non-Collusion, Minimum Wage
Change Order
Bidder’s Checklist
Payment and Performance Bond
Contract
Table of Contents
Kent Special Provisions
Kent Standard Plans
Prevailing Wage Rates
INVITATION TO BID
Notice is hereby given that the City of Kent, Washington, will receive sealed bids at the City
Clerk’s office through , 2021 up to 11:00 a.m. as shown on the clock on the
east wall of the City Clerk’s Office on the first floor of City Hall, 220 4th Avenue South, Kent,
Washington. All bids must be properly marked and sealed in accordance with this “Invitation to
Bid.” Bids must be delivered and received at the City Clerk’s office by the above-stated time,
regardless of delivery method, including U.S. Mail. All bids will be opened and read publicly aloud
immediately following 11:00 a.m. for the City of Kent project named as follows:
East Valley Highway Slump Repair
Project Number: 15-3009
The City of Kent will conduct the bid opening at the time and date as scheduled,
however, due to the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) and its impacts the bid
opening process will take place as follows:
Bidders shall call the City Clerk at (253) 856-5725 to drop off bids. The City Clerk will
read the bids out loud from the Clerk’s office. Individuals can stand in the lobby
outside the Clerk’s office during the bid opening to hear the bid results, but must
stand 6 feet or more apart.
The project consists of raising the existing road slump with asphalt and overlaying the area. The
driveway, sidewalk, curb and gutter will also be removed and raised to finished grade. 120’ of
storm sewer pipe and a catch basin will be removed and replaced. 110’ of 8” diameter waterline
will be removed and replace. Two DCDA vaults will be replaced with above ground vaults. 100’ of
16” Concrete pipe watermain will be exposed and it’s condition will be evaluated.
Should a contract be executed, it is the contractor’s responsibility to comply with all
COVID-19 workplace health and safety measures established by the state Department
of Labor & Industries or otherwise imposed by the Governor, the state Department of
Health, or the Local Health Officer of Seattle-King County Public Health, or subsequent
modifications to such health and safety measures as those authorities may issue,
including providing all needed personal protective equipment.
The Engineer’s estimated range for this project is approximately $(insert range). Bid documents
may be obtained by contacting City of Kent Engineering Department, Nancy Yoshitake at 253-
856-5508. For technical questions, please call Drew Holcomb at 253-856-5561.
Bids must be clearly marked “Bid” with the name of the project on the outside of the envelope,
addressed to the City Clerk, 220 4th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032-5895. Only sealed bids will
be accepted. No facsimiles or electronic submittals will be considered.
Each bid shall be in accordance with the plans and specifications and other contract documents
now on file in the office of the City Engineer, City of Kent, Washington. Plans and
specifications can also be downloaded at no charge at KentWA.gov/doing-
business/bids-procurement. Copies of the WSDOT Standard Specifications are available for
perusal only.
Apprentice Utilization Requirements are mandatory for all public works estimated to cost one
million dollars or more, in which case no less than 15% of the labor hours must be performed by
apprentices. KCC 6.01.030.
A cashier’s check, cash or surety bond in the amount of 5% of the bid must be included with the
bid.
The City of Kent reserves the right to reject any and all bids on any or all schedules or alternates
or to waive any informalities in the bidding and shall determine which bid or bidders is the most
responsive, satisfactory and responsible bidder and shall be the sole judge thereof. Note: The
award of the contract will not occur until the City of Kent has reviewed all bids for
responsiveness and responsibility determinations and the Kent City Council has formally
awarded the contract.
No plea of mistake in the bid shall be available to the bidder for the recovery of his/her deposit
or as a defense to any action based upon the neglect or refusal to execute a contract.
Bidders must submit with their initial bid a signed statement as to whether they have previously
performed work subject to the President’s Executive Order No. 11246.
No bidder may withdraw his/her bid for a period of sixty (60) days after the day of bid opening.
Dated this day of , 2021.
BY:
Kimberley A. Komoto, City Clerk
Published:
Daily Journal of Commerce on , 2021
Washington State Office of Minority and Women’s Business Enterprise on , 2021
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
(President’s Executive Order #11246)
Date
This statement relates to a proposed contract with the City of Kent named
East Valley Highway Slump Repair
Project Number: 15-3009
I am the undersigned bidder or prospective contractor. I represent that –
1. I have, have not, participated in a previous contract or
subcontract subject to the President’s Executive Order #11246 (regarding equal
employment opportunity) or a preceding similar Executive Order.
NAME OF BIDDER
BY:
SIGNATURE/TITLE
ADDRESS
(Note to Bidders: The information required in this Compliance Statement is
informational only)
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 2 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
DECLARATION
CITY OF KENT EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY POLICY
The City of Kent is committed to conform to Federal and State laws regarding equal
opportunity. As such, all contractors, subcontractors and suppliers who perform work
with relation to this contract shall comply with the regulations of the City’s equal
employment opportunity policies.
The following questions specifically identify the requirements the City deems
necessary for any contractor, subcontractor or supplier on this specific contract to
adhere to. An affirmative response is required on all of the following questions for this
contract to be valid and binding. If any contractor, subcontractor or supplier willfully
misrepresents themselves with regard to the directives outlined, it will be considered a
breach of contract and it will be at the City’s sole determination regarding suspension
or termination for all or part of the contract;
The questions are as follows:
1. I have read the attached City of Kent administrative policy number 1.2.
2. During the time of this contract, I will not discriminate in employment on the basis
of sex, race, color, national origin, age, or the presence of all sensory, mental or
physical disability.
3. During the time of this contract, the prime contractor will provide a written
statement to all new employees and subcontractors indicating commitment as an
equal opportunity employer.
4. During the time of the contract I, the prime contractor, will actively consider hiring
and promotion of women and minorities.
5. Before acceptance of this contract, an adherence statement will be signed by me,
the Prime Contractor, that the Prime Contractor complied with the requirements as
set forth above.
By signing below, I agree to fulfill the five requirements referenced above.
By:
For:
Title:
Date:
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 3 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
CITY OF KENT
ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY
NUMBER: 1.2 EFFECTIVE DATE: January 1, 1998
SUBJECT: MINORITY AND WOMEN SUPERSEDES: April 1, 1996
CONTRACTORS APPROVED BY Jim White, Mayor
POLICY:
Equal employment opportunity requirements for the City of Kent will conform to
federal and state laws. All contractors, subcontractors, consultants and suppliers of
the City must guarantee equal employment opportunity within their organization and,
if holding contracts with the City amounting to $10,000 or more within any given
year, must take the following affirmative steps:
1. Provide a written statement to all new employees and subcontractors indicating
commitment as an equal opportunity employer.
2. Actively consider for promotion and advancement available minorities and women.
Any contractor, subcontractor, consultant or supplier who willfully disregards the City’s
nondiscrimination and equal opportunity requirements shall be considered in breach of
contract and subject to suspension or termination for all or part of the contract.
Contract Compliance Officers will be appointed by the Directors of Planning, Parks,
and Public Works Departments to assume the following duties for their respective
departments.
1. Ensuring that contractors, subcontractors, consultants, and suppliers subject to
these regulations are familiar with the regulations and the City’s equal employment
opportunity policy.
2. Monitoring to assure adherence to federal, state and local laws, policies and
guidelines.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 4 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
CITY OF KENT
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
This form shall be filled out AFTER COMPLETION of this project by the Contractor
awarded the contract.
I, the undersigned, a duly represented agent of
Company, hereby acknowledge and declare that the before-
mentioned company was the prime contractor for the contract known as East Valley
Highway Slump Repair/Project Number: 15-3009 that was entered into on the
(Date) , between the firm I represent and the City of Kent.
I declare that I complied fully with all of the requirements and obligations as outlined
in the City of Kent Administrative Policy 1.2 and the Declaration City of Kent Equal
Employment Opportunity Policy that was part of the before-mentioned contract.
By:
For:
Title:
Date:
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
PROPOSAL
To the City Clerk
City Hall
Kent, Washington 98032
The undersigned hereby certifies that
has examined the job site and construction details of the work as outlined on the
plans and described in the specifications for the project named East Valley Highway
Slump Repair/Project Number: 15-3009 for the City of Kent, Washington, and has
read and thoroughly understands the plans and specifications and contract governing
the work embraced in this improvement and the method by which payment will be
made for that work and hereby proposes to undertake and complete the work
embraced in this improvement in accordance with the bid and contract, and at the
following schedule of rates and prices:
NOTE TO BIDDERS:
1. All bid items are described in the Kent Special Provisions (KSP) or the Standard
Specifications (WSDOT). Reference the Section No. listed in this proposal, where
the bid item is described.
2. Proposal items are numbered in sequence but are non-continuous.
3. Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid must be shown.
4. Should bid items with identically worded bid item descriptions, marked with
asterisk (*), appear in more than one schedule of the proposal, the bidder must
bid the same unit price on corresponding items for each schedule. If the Contractor
enters different unit prices on these items, the City will unilaterally revise the bid
amounts to the lowest unit price on each corresponding item and recalculate the
Contractor’s total bid amount. The corrected total bid amount will be used by the
City for award purposes and fix the amount of the contract bond.
EXAMPLE
SCHEDULE I - STREET
ITEM
NO.
SECTION
NO.
APPROX.
QUANTITY
ITEM UNIT
PRICE
TOTAL
AMOUNT
1006
2-03.5
WSDOT
100
CU YDS
Roadway Excavation,
Including Haul
$14.00
Per CY
$1,400.00
Any bids not filled out properly may be considered non-responsive.
SCHEDULE I - CONSTRUCTION
ITEM
NO.
SECTION
NO.
APPROX.
QUANTITY
ITEM UNIT
PRICE
TOTAL
AMOUNT
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 6 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
1000 1-09.7
WSDOT
1
LUMP SUM
Mobilization $
Per LS
$
1005 2-01.5
WSDOT
1
LUMP SUM
Clearing and Grubbing $
Per LS
$
1010 2-02.5
KSP
740
SQ YDS
Remove Existing Asphalt
Concrete Pavement
$
Per SY
$
1017 2-02.5
KSP
100
SQ YDS
Remove Cement Concrete
Driveway (Reinforced)
$
Per SY
$
1020 2-02.5
KSP
70
SQ YDS
Remove Cement Concrete
Sidewalk
$
Per SY
$
1025 2-02.5
KSP
40
LN FT
Remove Cement Concrete
Curb and Gutter
$
Per LF
$
1030 2-02.5
KSP
90
LN FT
Remove Cement Concrete
Extruded Curb
$
Per LF
$
1050 2-02.5
KSP
400
LN FT
Saw Cut Existing Asphalt
Concrete Pavement
$
Per LF
$
1075 4-03.5
KSP
50
TONS
Gravel Borrow, Including
Haul and Compaction
$
Per TON
($2.50 Min)
$
1080 4-04.5
KSP
360
TONS
Crushed Surfacing Top
Course, 5/8 Inch Minus
$
Per TON
($6.00 Min)
$
SCHEDULE I - CONSTRUCTION
ITEM
NO.
SECTION
NO.
APPROX.
QUANTITY
ITEM UNIT
PRICE
TOTAL
AMOUNT
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
1095 5-04.5
KSP
310
TONS
HMA Class 1/2”, PG 58V-22 $
Per TON
$
1118 5-04.5
KSP
15
TONS
Hot Plant Mix for Temporary
Pavement Patch
$
Per TON
$
1140 8-06.5
KSP
85
SQ YDS
Cement Concrete Driveway,
8 Inch Depth, Reinforced
$
Per SY
$
1145 8-14.5
KSP
70
SQ YDS
Cement Concrete Sidewalk $
Per SY
$
1205 8-04.5
KSP
45
LN FT
Cement Concrete Curb and
Gutter
$
Per LF
$
1210 8-04.5
KSP
90
LN FT
Cement Concrete Extruded
Curb
$
Per LF
$
1225 7-05.5
KSP
1
EACH
Adjust Existing Manhole Cover
to Finished Grade
$
Per EA
$
1230 7-15.5
KSP
4
EACH
Adjust Existing Irrigation Box
to Finished Grade
$
Per EA
$
1235 7-15.5
KSP
1
EACH
Replace Existing Irrigation
Box and Adjust to Finished
Grade
$
Per EA
$
1240 7-15.5
KSP
3
EACH
Adjust Existing Water Meter
Box to Finished Grade
$
Per EA
$
SCHEDULE I - CONSTRUCTION
ITEM
NO.
SECTION
NO.
APPROX.
QUANTITY
ITEM UNIT
PRICE
TOTAL
AMOUNT
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
1245 8-20.5
KSP
2
EACH
Adjust Existing Junction Box
to Finished Grade
$
Per EA
$
1270 8-20.5
KSP
1
EACH
Replace Existing Luminaire
Foundation
$
Per EA
$
1315 8-28.5
KSP
8
EACH
Pothole Utilities $
Per EA
$
1355 1-04.4(1)
WSDOT
1
FORCE
ACCOUNT
Minor Changes
*Common price to all bidders
$10,000*
Per FA
$10,000
Schedule I Total $
SCHEDULE II - WATER
ITEM
NO.
SECTION
NO.
APPROX.
QUANTITY
ITEM UNIT
PRICE
TOTAL
AMOUNT
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
2020 7-09.5
KSP
110
LN FT
Remove and Replace 8 Inch
Diameter Ductile Iron Cl 52
Water Main Pipe
$
Per LF
$
2030 7-11.5
KSP
2
EACH
Remove and Replace 8 Inch
Double Check Detector
Assembly
$
Per EA
$
2035 7-11.5
KSP
1
FORCE
ACCOUNT
Fire Watch
*Common price to all bidders
$5,000*
Per FA
$5,000
2040 7-12.5
KSP
2
EACH
Remove and Replace 8 Inch
Gate Valve
$
Per EA
$
2050 7-13.5
KSP
100
LN FT
Expose 16 Inch Diameter
Water Main Pipe
$
Per LF
$
2060 7-13.5
KSP
1
FORCE
ACCOUNT
Repair 16 Inch Diameter
Concrete Steel Pipe
*Common price to all bidders
$10,000*
Per FA
$10,000
2250
*
2-09.5
WSDOT
970
SQ FT
Shoring or Extra Excavation
Class B
$
Per SF
$
2260
*
7-08.5
KSP
20
TONS
Foundation Material, Class I
and II
$
Per TON
$
2270
*
7-08.5
KSP
150
TONS
Pipe Zone Bedding $
Per TON
$
*Items bearing this description is found in more than one schedule. In accordance
with the CONTRACT PROPOSAL – NOTE TO BIDDERS, it is required that the
same unit price is entered on corresponding items on each schedule.
SCHEDULE II - WATER
ITEM
NO.
SECTION
NO.
APPROX.
QUANTITY
ITEM UNIT
PRICE
TOTAL
AMOUNT
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 10 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
2280
*
7-08.5
KSP
170
TONS
Bank Run Gravel for Trench
Backfill
$
Per TON
l
($2.50 Min)
$
*Items bearing this description is found in more tha n one schedule. In accordance
with the CONTRACT PROPOSAL – NOTE TO BIDDERS, it is required that the
same unit price is entered on corresponding items on each schedule.
Sub Total $
10.1% WA State Sales Tax $
Schedule II Total $
SCHEDULE IV – STORM SEWER
ITEM
NO.
SECTION
NO.
APPROX.
QUANTITY
ITEM UNIT
PRICE
TOTAL
AMOUNT
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 11 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
4015 7-04.5
KSP
120
LN FT
Storm Sewer Pipe,
12 Inch Diameter
$
Per LF
$
4080 7-05.5
KSP
1
EACH
Catch Basin, Type 1 $
Per EA
$
4120 7-05.5
KSP
1
EACH
Vaned Catch Basin
Frame and Grate
$
Per EA
$
4125 2-02.5
KSP
1
EACH
Remove Existing Catch Basin
or Manhole
$
Per EA
$
4135 2-02.5
KSP
120
LN FT
Remove Existing Storm Sewer
Pipe or Culvert
$
Per LF
$
4145 7-05.5
KSP
1
EACH
Replace Existing Manhole
Circular Frame and Cover and
Adjust to Finished Grade
$
Per EA
$
4250
*
2-09.5
WSDOT
540
SQ FT
Shoring or Extra Excavation
Class B
$
Per SF
$
4260
*
7-08.5
KSP
20
TONS
Foundation Material,
Class I and II
$
Per TON
$
4270
*
7-08.5
KSP
80
TONS
Pipe Zone Bedding $
Per TON
$
*Items bearing this description is found in more than one schedule. In accordance
with the CONTRACT PROPOSAL – NOTE TO BIDDERS, it is required that the
same unit price is entered on corresponding items on each schedule.
SCHEDULE IV – STORM SEWER
ITEM
NO.
SECTION
NO.
APPROX.
QUANTITY
ITEM UNIT
PRICE
TOTAL
AMOUNT
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 12 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
4280
*
7-08.5
KSP
90
TONS
Bank Run Gravel for Trench
Backfill
$
Per TON
$
*Items bearing this description is found in more than one schedule. In accordance
with the CONTRACT PROPOSAL – NOTE TO BIDDERS, it is required that the
same unit price is entered on corresponding items on each schedule.
Schedule IV Total $
SCHEDULE V – TRAFFIC CONTROL
ITEM
NO.
SECTION
NO.
APPROX.
QUANTITY
ITEM UNIT
PRICE
TOTAL
AMOUNT
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 13 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
5005 1-10.5
KSP
500
HOURS
Traffic Control Labor $
Per HR
$
5010 1-10.5(2)
WSDOT
420
SQ FT
Construction Signs Class A $
Per SF
$
5015 1-10.5
KSP
125
HOURS
Traffic Control Supervisor $
Per HR
$
5020 1-10.5
KSP
1
LUMP SUM
Temporary Traffic Control
Devices
$
Per LS
$
5030 1-10.5
KSP
45
DAYS
Portable Changeable Message
Sign (PCMS)
$
Per DAY
$
5035 1-10.5
KSP
30
DAYS
Sequential Arrow Sign (SAS) $
Per DAY
$
5075 8-22.5
KSP
1
LUMP SUM
Permanent Channelization $
Per LS
$
Schedule V Total $
SCHEDULE VII – TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
ITEM
NO.
SECTION
NO.
APPROX.
QUANTITY
ITEM UNIT
PRICE
TOTAL
AMOUNT
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 14 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
7015 8-01.5(2)
KSP
4
EACH
Inlet Protection $
Per EA
$
7020 8-01.5(2)
KSP
20
SQ YDS
Straw Mulch $
Per SY
$
7025 8-01.5(2)
KSP
50
SQ YDS
Clear Plastic Covering $
Per SY
$
7030 8-01.5(2)
KSP
40
HOURS
ESC Lead $
Per HR
$
7055 8-01.5(2)
WSDOT
1
FORCE
ACCOUNT
Erosion/Water Pollution
Control
*Common price to all bidders
$5,000*
Per FA
$5,000
7090 8-01.5(2)
WSDOT
20
HOURS
Street Cleaning $
Per HR
$
Schedule VII Total $
SCHEDULE VIII – ROADSIDE RESTORATION
ITEM
NO.
SECTION
NO.
APPROX.
QUANTITY
ITEM UNIT
PRICE
TOTAL
AMOUNT
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 15 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
8010 8-02.5
KSP
10
CU YDS
Topsoil Type A $
Per CY
$
8015 8-02.5
KSP
10
CU YDS
Wood Chip Mulch $
Per CY
$
8020 8-02.5
KSP
30
SQ YDS
Clean Rock Mulch $
Per SY
$
8030 8-03.5
KSP
1
FORCE
ACCOUNT
Existing Irrigation Systems
Removal, Repair and/or
Modifications
*Common price to all bidders
$2,000*
Per FA
$2,000
Schedule VIII Total $
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 16 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
BID SUMMARY
Schedule I
Construction
Schedule II
Water
Schedule IV Storm Sewer
Schedule V Traffic Control
Schedule VII
Temporary Erosion & Sedimentation Control
Schedule VIII
Roadside Restoration
TOTAL BID AMOUNT
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 17 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
SUBCONTRACTOR LIST
(Contracts over 1 million dollars)
HVAC, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL
Name of Bidder:
Project Name: East Valley Highway Slump Repair
Project Number: 15-3009
Pursuant to RCW 39.30.060, Bidder shall list the names of the subcontractors with
whom the Bidder, if awarded the contract, will subcontract for performance of the
work of heating, ventilation, and air conditioning; plumbing; and electrical, or name
itself for the work.
Failure of the Bidder to submit, within one hour after the published bid submittal time,
the names of such subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work or the
naming of two or more subcontractors to perform the same work shall render the
Bidder’s Bid non-responsive and, therefore, void.
Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Subcontractor Name:
___________________________________________________________________
Plumbing Subcontractor Name:
Electrical Subcontractor Name:
Signature of Bidder Date
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 18 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
SUBCONTRACTOR LIST
(Contracts over 1 million dollars)
STRUCTURAL STEEL INSTALLATION AND REBAR INSTALLATION
Name of Bidder:
Project Name: East Valley Highway Slump Repair
Project Number: 15-3009
Pursuant to RCW 39.30.060, Bidder shall list the names of the subcontractors with
whom the Bidder, if awarded the contract, will subcontract for performance of the
work of structural steel installation and rebar installation.
Failure of the Bidder to submit, within 48 hours after the published bid submittal time,
the names of such subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work or the
naming of two or more subcontractors to perform the same work shall render the
Bidder’s Bid non-responsive and, therefore, void.
Structural Steel Installation Subcontractor Name:
___________________________________________________________________
Rebar Installation Subcontractor Name:
Signature of Bidder Date
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 19 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
(RCW 39.04.350)
THE CITY WILL REVIEW THE CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSES TO THIS FORM TO
DETERMINE WHETHER THE BIDDING CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO
PERFORM THE CONTRACT WORK. THIS FORM INCLUDES CRITERIA
ESTABLISHED BY STATE LAW THAT MUST BE MET TO BE CONSIDERED A
RESPONSIBLE BIDDER AND QUALIFIED TO BE AWARDED THIS PUBLIC
WORKS PROJECT AS WELL AS SUPPLEMENTAL CRITERIA ESTABLISHED BY
THE CITY THAT ARE APPLICABLE TO THIS PUBLIC WORKS PROJECT.
THE BIDDER SHOULD READ AND RESPOND TO THIS FORM CAREFULLY.
Indicia of contractor’s responsibility inherently involve subjective determinations as to
the contractor’s ability to perform and complete the contract work responsibly and to
the owner city’s satisfaction. The city has an obligation and a duty to its citizens and
its taxpayers to administer its budgets and complete its projects in a businesslike
manner. Accordingly, it has a duty to exercise the type of inquiry and discretion a
business would conduct when selecting a contractor who will be responsible to
perform the contract work.
The city’s supplemental criteria are based, in large part, on the qualification statement
form used by the American Institute of Architects. The city provides these criteria so
as to provide the most objective framework possible within which the city will make its
decision regarding the bidder’s ability to be responsible to perform the contract work.
These criteria, taken together, will form the basis for the city’s decision that a bidder
is or is not responsible to perform the contract work.
Any bidder may make a formal written request to the city to modify the criteria set
forth in this qualification statement, but that request may only be made within 48
hours of the date and time that the bidder first obtains the bid documents or three (3)
business days prior to the scheduled bid opening date, whichever occurs first. If the
city receives a modification request, it will consider any information submitted in the
request and will respond before the bid submittal deadline. If the city’s evaluation
results in changed criteria, the city will issue an addendum establishing the new or
modified criteria.
If the city determines that, based on the criteria established in this statement, a
bidder is not responsible to perform the contract work, the city will provide written
notice of its determination that will include the city’s reason for its decision. The
bidder has 24 hours from the time the city delivers written notice to the bidder that
the bidder is not responsible to perform the contract work to appeal the city’s
determination. No appeals will be received after the expiration of this 24 hour appeal
period. The city may deliver this notice by hand delivery, email, facsimile, or regular
mail. In the event the city uses regular mail, the delivery will be deemed complete
three days after being placed in the U.S. Mail. The bidder’s right to appeal is limited to
the single remedy of providing the city with additional information to be considered
before the city issues a final determination. Bidder acknowledges and understands
that, as provided by RCW 39.04.350, no other appeal is allowed and no other remedy
of any kind or nature is available to the bidding contractor if the City determines that
the bidder is not responsible to perform the contract work.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 20 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
If the bidder fails to request a modification within the time allowed, or fails to appeal a
determination that the bidder is not responsible within the time allowed, the city will
make its determination of bidder responsibility based on the information submitted.
COMPLETE AND SIGN THIS FORM AS PART OF YOUR BID. FAILURE TO
PROPERLY COMPLETE THIS FORM MAY ALSO RESULT IN A DETERMINATION
THAT YOUR BID IS NON-RESPONSIVE AND THEREFORE VOID.
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES: CONSULTATION
WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION
OR MODIFICATION.
The undersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and
sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading.
SUBMITTED BY:
NAME:
ADDRESS:
PRINCIPAL OFFICE:
ADDRESS:
PHONE:
FAX:
STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS – Per state law a bidder must meet the
following responsibility criteria
1. Required Responsibility Criteria
1.1 Provide a copy of your Department of Labor and Industries certificate of
registration in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW.
1.2 Provide your current state unified business identifier number.
1.3 Provide proof of applicable industrial insurance coverage for your
employees working in Washington as required in Title 51 RCW, together
with an employment security department number as required in Title 50
RCW, and a state excise tax registration number as required in Title 82
RCW. Providing a copy of a state of Washington “Master License Service
Registration and Licenses” form is typically sufficient evidence of the
requirements of this subsection.
1.4 Provide a statement, signed by a person with authority to act and speak
for your company, that your company, including any subsidiary
companies or affiliated companies under majority ownership or under
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 21 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
control by the owners of the bidder’s company, are not and have not
been in the past three (3) years, disqualified from bidding on any public
works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065 (3).
1.5 Provide a signed statement, signed under penalty of perjury by a person
with authority to act and speak for your company, that within the three-
year period immediately preceding the bid solicitation date, your
company is not a “willful” violator as defined in RCW 49.48.082, of any
provisions of chapters 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW, as determined by a
final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the
Department of Labor and Industries or through a civil judgment entered
by a court of limited or general jurisdiction.
1.6 Provide proof that a designated person or persons with your company
has either received training from the department of labor and industries
or an approved training provider on the requirements related to public
works and prevailing wages under chapter 39.04 RCW and 39.12 RCW or
provide proof that your company has completed three or more public
works projects and have had a valid business license in Washington for
three or more years and are exempt from this training requirement.
SUPPLEMENTAL CRITERIA – Established by the City to determine bidder
responsibility
2. ORGANIZATION
2.1 How many years has your organization been in business as a Contractor?
2.2 How many years has your organization been in business under its
present business name?
2.2.1 Under what other or former names has your organization
operated?
2.3 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following:
2.3.1 Date of incorporation:
2.3.2 State of incorporation:
2.3.3 President's name:
2.3.4 Vice-president's name(s):
2.3.5 Secretary's name:
2.3.6 Treasurer's name:
2.4 If your organization is a partnership, answer the following:
2.4.1 Date of organization:
2.4.2 Type of partnership (if applicable):
2.4.3 Name(s) of general partner(s):
2.5 If your organization is individually owned, answer the following:
2.5.1 Date of organization:
2.5.2 Name of owner:
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 22 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
2.6 If the form of your organization is other than those listed above, describe
it and name the principals:
3. LICENSING
3.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally
qualified to do business, and indicate license numbers, if applicable.
3.2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or trade name
is filed.
4. EXPERIENCE
4.1 List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with
its own forces.
4.2 Claims and Suits. (If the answer to any of the questions below is yes,
please attach details.)
4.2.1 Has your organization ever failed to complete any work awarded
to it?
4.2.2 Are there any judgments, claims, arbitration proceedings or suits
pending or outstanding against your organization or its officers?
4.2.3 Has your organization filed any law suits or requested arbitration
with regard to construction contracts within the last five years?
4.3 Within the last five years, has any officer or principal of your organization
ever been an officer or principal of another organization when it failed to
complete a construction contract? (If the answer is yes, please attach
details.)
4.4 On a separate sheet, list major construction projects your organization
has in progress, giving the name of project, owner, architect or design
engineer, contract amount, percent complete and scheduled completion
date.
4.4.1 State total worth of work in progress and under contract:
4.5 On a separate sheet, list the major projects your organization has
completed in the past five years, giving the name of project, owner,
architect or design engineer, contract amount, date of completion and
percentage of the cost of the work performed with your own forces.
4.5.1 State average annual amount of construction work performed
during the past five years:
4.6 On a separate sheet, list the construction experience and present
commitments of the key individuals of your organization.
4.7 On a separate sheet, list your major equipment.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 23 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
5. REFERENCES
5.1 Trade References:
5.2 Bank References:
5.3 Surety:
5.3.1 Name of bonding company:
5.3.2 Name and address of agent:
6. FINANCING
6.1 Financial Statement.
After bid opening, the City may require the following financial information
from any of the three apparent low bidders. If so required, the selected
bidder(s) must respond with this financial information within 24 hours of
the City’s request for that information. The City’s request for this
information shall not be construed as an award or as an intent to award
the contract. A bidder’s failure or refusal to provide this information may
result in rejection of that bidder’s bid.
6.1.1 Attach a financial statement, preferably audited, including your
organization's latest balance sheet and income statement
showing the following items:
Current Assets (e.g., cash, joint venture accounts, accounts
receivable, notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials
inventory and prepaid expenses);
Net Fixed Assets;
Other Assets;
Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable,
accrued expenses, provision for income taxes, advances, accrued
salaries and accrued payroll taxes); Other Liabilities (e.g.,
capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par
values, earned surplus and retained earnings).
6.1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial
statement, and date thereof:
6.1.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization
named on page one?
6.1.4 If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the
organization whose financial statement is provided (e.g., parent-
subsidiary).
6.2 Will the organization whose financial statement is attached act as
guarantor of the contract for construction?
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 24 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
7. SIGNATURE
7.1 Dated at this day of , 2021.
Name of Organization:
By:
Title:
7.2 , being duly sworn, deposes and says that the
information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to
be misleading.
Subscribed and sworn before me this day of , 2021.
Notary Public:
My Commission Expires:
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 25 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA
Statement that Bidder Has Not Been Disqualified
This statement is required by state law (RCW 39.04.350(1)(d)) to be submitted to
the City before the contract can be awarded.
The bidder hereby certifies that, within the three-year period immediately preceding
the bid solicitation date (INSERT DATE), the bidder has not been disqualified from
bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3).
Bidder’s Business Name
Signature of Authorized Official*
Printed Name
Title
Date City State
* If a corporation, proposal must be executed in the corporate name by the president
or vice-president (or any other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of
authority to sign). If a co-partnership, proposal must be executed by a partner.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 26 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA
Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes
This certification is required by state law (RCW 39.04.350(2)) to be submitted to
the City before the contract can be awarded.
The bidder hereby certifies that, within the three-year period immediately preceding
the bid solicitation date (INSERT DATE), the bidder is not a “willful” violator, as
defined in RCW 49.48.082, of any provision of chapters 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW,
as determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the
Department of Labor and Industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of
limited or general jurisdiction.
I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Washington that the
foregoing is true and correct.
Bidder’s Business Name
Signature of Authorized Official*
Printed Name
Title
Date City State
* If a corporation, proposal must be executed in the corporate name by the president
or vice-president (or any other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of
authority to sign). If a co-partnership, proposal must be executed by a partner.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 27 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE
The undersigned bidder hereby proposes and agrees to start construction work on the
Contract, if awarded to him/her, on or before ten (10) calendar days from the date of
the Notice to Proceed, and agrees to complete the Contract within 40 working days
after issuance of the City’s Notice to Proceed.
The undersigned bidder hereby agrees to submit all insurance documents,
performance bonds and signed contracts within ten (10) calendar days after City
awards the Contract. The City anticipates issuance of the Notice to Proceed on the day
of the preconstruction meeting.
No bidder may withdraw his/her bid for a period of sixty (60) calendar days after the
day of bid opening.
The required bid security consisting of a bid bond, cashier’s check or cash in an
amount equal to 5% of the total amount is hereto attached.
Notice of acceptance of this bid or request for additional information shall be
addressed to the undersigned at the address stated below.
Receipt of Addendum No.’s , , , to the plans and/or
specifications is hereby acknowledged. Failure to acknowledge receipt of the addenda
may be considered an irregularity in this proposal.
By signing this Proposal Signature Page, the undersigned bidder agrees to accept all
contract forms and documents included within the bid packet and to be bound by all
terms, requirements and representations listed in the bid documents whether set forth
by the City or by the Bidder.
DATE:
NAME OF BIDDER
Signature of Authorized Representative
(Print Name and Title)
Address
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 28 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
BID BOND FORM
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we, , as Principal,
and , as Surety, are held and firmly
bound unto the CITY OF KENT, as Obligee, in the penal sum of
Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bond themselves, their
heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by
these presents.
The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award
to the Principal for East Valley Highway Slump Repair/Project Number:
15-3009
According to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal thereof, and the
Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with
the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful
performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the
Principal shall, in case of failure so to do, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal
amount of the deposit specified in the invitation to bid, then this obligation shall be
null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety
shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damaged, the
amount of this bond.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS DAY OF 2021.
PRINCIPAL
SURETY
20 .
Received return of deposit in the sum of $ .
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 29 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
CITY OF KENT
COMBINED DECLARATION FORM:
NON-COLLUSION, MINIMUM WAGE
NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION
I, by signing the proposal, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the
laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct:
1. That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation has
(have) not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement,
participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in
restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the project
for which this proposal is submitted.
2. That by signing the signature page of this proposal, I am deemed to
have signed and to have agreed to the provisions of this declaration.
AND
MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORM
I, the undersigned, having duly sworn, deposed, say and certify that in connection
with the performance of the work of this project, I will pay each classification of
laborer, workman, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work not less
than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wage as
specified in the principal contract; that I have read the above and foregoing statement
and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is
true to my knowledge and belief.
East Valley Highway Slump Repair
Project Number: 15-3009
NAME OF PROJECT
NAME OF BIDDER’S FIRM
SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF BIDDER
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 30 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
This change order form is for example purposes only. By submitting a bid, the
bidder agrees to be bound by the terms of this change order form for any
change orders.
CHANGE ORDER NO. [Enter # 1, 2, 3, etc.]
NAME OF CONTRACTOR: [Insert Company Name] (“Contractor”)
CONTRACT NAME & PROJECT NUMBER:[Insert Name of Original Contract & Project #, if applicable]
ORIGINAL CONTRACT DATE: [Insert Date Original Contract was Signed]
This Change Order amends the above-referenced contract; all other provisions of the
contract that are not inconsistent with this Change Order shall remain in effect. For valuable
consideration and by mutual consent of the parties, the project contract is modified as follows:
1. Section 1 of the Contract is hereby modified to revise existing work as follows:
In addition to work required under the original Agreement and any
prior Amendments, Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and
equipment necessary to:
[Insert detailed description of additional materials, services, etc., that
are needed which necessitate this change order - Be as detailed as
possible. You may also refer to an attached exhibit, but clearly
identify the exhibit by title and date]
2. The contract amount and time for performance provisions of Section 1 of the
Contract are also modified as follows:
Original Contract Sum,
(including applicable alternates and
WSST)
$
Net Change by Previous Change Orders
(incl. applicable WSST)
$
Current Contract Amount
(incl. Previous Change Orders)
$
Current Change Order $
Applicable WSST Tax on this Change
Order
$
Revised Contract Sum $
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 31 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Original Time for Completion
(insert date)
Revised Time for Completion under
prior Change Orders
(insert date)
Days Required (±) for this Change
Order
working days
Revised Time for Completion
(insert date)
In accordance with Sections 1-04.4 and 1-04.5 of the Kent Special Provisions and
WSDOT Standard Specifications, and Section VII of the Agreement, the Contractor accepts all
requirements of this Change Order by signing below. Also, pursuant to the above-referenced
contract, Contractor agrees to waive any protest it may have regarding this Change Order and
acknowledges and accepts that this Change Order constitutes final settlement of all claims of
any kind or nature arising from or connected with any work either covered or affected by this
Change Order, including, without limitation, claims related to contract time, contract
acceleration, onsite or home office overhead, or lost profits. This Change Order, unless
otherwise provided, does not relieve the Contractor from strict compliance with the guarantee
and warranty provisions of the original contract, particularly those pertaining to substantial
completion date.
All acts consistent with the authority of the Agreement, previous Change Orders (if any),
and this Change Order, prior to the effective date of this Change Order, are hereby ratified and
affirmed, and the terms of the Agreement, previous Change Orders (if any), and this Change
Order shall be deemed to have applied.
The parties whose names appear below swear under penalty of perjury that they are
authorized to enter into this contract modification, which is binding on the parties of this
contract.
3. The Contractor will adjust the amount of its performance bond (if any) for this
project to be consistent with the revised contract sum shown in section 2, above.
IN WITNESS, the parties below have executed this Agreement, which will
become effective on the last date written below.
CONTRACTOR:
By:
(signature)
Print Name:
Its
(title)
DATE:
CITY OF KENT:
By:
(signature)
Print Name: Chad Bieren, P.E.
Its Public Works Director
(title)
DATE:
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
(applicable if Mayor’s signature required)
Kent Law Department
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 32 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
BIDDER’S CHECKLIST
The following checklist is a guideline to help the Contractor make sure all forms are
complete. The bidder’s attention is especially called to the following forms. Failure to
execute these forms as required may result in rejection of any bid. Bidder’s
Package should include the following:
Bid Document Cover Sheet filled out with Bidder’s Name ....................
Order of Contents ..............................................................................
Invitation to Bid ................................................................................
Contractor Compliance Statement ......................................................
Date.........................................................................................
Have/have not participated acknowledgment ...........................
Signature and address ..............................................................
Declaration – City of Kent Equal Employment Opportunity Policy ........
Date and signature ...................................................................
Administrative Policy .........................................................................
Proposal ............................................................................................
First line of proposal – filled in ..................................................
Unit prices are correct ..............................................................
Minimum bid prices are correct .................................................
Subcontractor List (contracts over $1M – HVAC, Plumbing, & Electrical) ...........
Subcontractors listed properly ..................................................
Signature .................................................................................
Subcontractor List (contracts over $1M – Structural Steel & Rebar Installation)..
Subcontractors listed properly ..................................................
Date and signature ...................................................................
Contractor’s Qualification Statement .................................................
Complete and notarized ............................................................
Statement that Bidder Has Not Been Disqualified ...............................
Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes ...................
Proposal Signature Page ....................................................................
All Addenda acknowledged .......................................................
Date, signature and address .....................................................
Bid Bond Form ...................................................................................
Signature, sealed and dated ......................................................
Power of Attorney ....................................................................
(Amount of bid bond shall equal 5% of the total bid amount)
Combined Declaration Form ...............................................................
Signature .................................................................................
Change Order Form (Example) ...........................................................
Bidder’s Checklist ..............................................................................
The following forms are to be executed after the Contract is awarded:
A) CONTRACT
This agreement is to be executed by the successful bidder.
B) PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BOND
To be executed by the successful bidder and its surety company.
The following form is to be executed after the Contract is completed:
A) CITY OF KENT EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
To be executed by the successful bidder AFTER COMPLETION of this contract.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 33 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BOND
TO CITY OF KENT
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we, the undersigned,
as Principal, and
a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, as a
Surety Corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to
become Surety upon bonds of Contractors with Municipal Corporations, as Surety, are
jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the CITY OF KENT in the penal sum of
$ , together with any adjustments, up or down, in the total contract
price because of changes in the contract work, for the payment of which sum on
demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or personal
representatives, as the case may be.
This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of
Washington, and the Codes and Ordinances of the CITY OF KENT.
Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that:
WHEREAS, under and pursuant to a motion, duly made, seconded and passed
by the City Council of the City of Kent, King County, Washington, the Mayor of the
City of Kent has let or is about to let to the above bounden Principal, a certain
contract, the said contract providing for construction of East Valley Highway Slump
Repair/Project Number: 15-3009 (which contract is referred to herein and is made
a part hereof as though attached hereto), and
WHEREAS, the Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the contract, and
undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time
set forth:
NOW, THEREFORE, for non-FHWA projects only, if the Principal shall faithfully
perform all the provisions of said contract in the manner and within the time herein
set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under the said
contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and material men, and
all persons who shall supply the Principal or subcontractors with provisions and
supplies for the carrying on of said work and shall indemnify and hold the CITY OF
KENT harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as
specified in said contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or
workmanship provided or performed under said contract, then and in that event this
obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounden parties have executed this
instrument under their separate seals. The name and corporate seal (if required by
law) of each corporate party is hereto affixed and duly signed by its undersigned
representatives pursuant to authority of its governing body.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 34 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
TWO WITNESSES: ___________________________
PRINCIPAL (enter principal’s name above)
BY:
TITLE:
DATE: DATE:
CORPORATE SEAL:
PRINT NAME
DATE:
SURETY
CORPORATE SEAL: BY:
DATE:
TITLE:
ADDRESS: _______________________
_______________________
CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE SEAL
I hereby certify that I am the (Assistant) Secretary of the Corporation named as
Principal in the within Bond; that
Who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal ___________________________
of the said Corporation; that I know his signature thereto is genuine, and that said
Bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in behalf of said Corporation by
authority of its governing body.
SECRETARY OR ASSISTANT SECRETARY
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 35 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
CONTRACT
THIS AGREEMENT, is entered into between the CITY OF KENT, a Washington
municipal corporation (“City”), and ,
organized under the laws of the State of , located and doing
business at (“Contractor”).
WITNESS:
In consideration of the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and in
the project documents, plans, and specifications all of which are a part of this
Agreement, the parties agree as follows:
1. The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, and equipment
for: East Valley Highway Slump Repair/Project Number: 15-3009 in
accordance with and as described in the Contract and shall perform any
alterations in or additions to the work provided under the Contract and every
part thereof. The Contract shall include all project specifications, provisions, and
plans; the City’s general and special conditions; the 2022 Standard
Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, as prepared by the
Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State
Chapter of the American Public Works Association, including all published
amendments issued by those organizations, if applicable (“Standard
Specifications”); the City’s bid documents; and the Contractor’s response to the
City’s bid. The Contractor is responsible to obtain copies of the 2022 WSDOT
Standard Specifications including the latest amendments issued by WSDOT as
of the date of bid opening. Unless otherwise directed by the City, work shall
start within ten (10) days after the City issues its Notice to Proceed and work
shall be physically completed within 40 working days. The term of this
Contract shall continue until all work has been completed, Final Acceptance has
occurred, and all Contractor obligations have been fulfilled.
The Contractor shall provide and bear all expense of all equipment, work, and
labor of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials
and for constructing and completing all the work provided for in the Contract,
except where the specifications allocate that responsibility to the City. The total
contract amount for all Work performed under this Contract, including
Washington State Sales Tax, is $ .
2. The City hereby promises and agrees with the Contractor to employ, and does
employ, the Contractor to provide the materials and to do and cause to be done
the above described work and to complete and finish the same according to the
Contract and the terms and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to
pay for the same according to the Contract and the schedule of unit or itemized
prices provided by Contractor in its response to the City’s bid, at the time and
in the manner and upon the conditions provided for in the Contract.
3. The Contractor for itself, and for its heirs, executors, administrators,
successors, and assigns, does hereby agree to the full performance of all
covenants herein contained upon the part of the Contractor.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 36 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
4. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the City by reason of
entering into this contract, except as expressly provided herein.
5. Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, officials,
employees, agents, volunteers and assigns harmless from any and all claims,
injuries, damages, losses or suits, including all legal costs and attorney fees,
arising out of or in connection with the performance of this contract, except for
injuries and damages caused by the sole negligence of the City.
The City’s inspection or acceptance of any of Contractor’s work when completed
shall not be grounds to avoid any of these covenants of indemnification.
Should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that this contract is subject
to RCW 4.24.115, then, in the event of liability for damages arising out of bodily
injury to persons or damages to property caused by or resulting from the
concurrent negligence of the Contractor and the City, its officers, officials,
employees, agents and volunteers, the Contractor’s liability hereunder shall be
only to the extent of the Contractor’s negligence.
IT IS FURTHER SPECIFICALLY AND EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD THAT THE
INDEMNIFICATION PROVIDED HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE CONTRACTOR’S
WAIVER OF IMMUNITY UNDER INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE, TITLE 51 RCW,
SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS INDEMNIFICATION. THE PARTIES
FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE MUTUALLY NEGOTIATED THIS
WAIVER.
The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this
contract.
6. Contractor agrees, upon the City's written demand, to make all books and
records available to the City for inspection, review, photocopying, and audit in
the event of a contract related dispute, claim, modification, or other contract
related action at reasonable times (not to exceed three (3) business days) and
at places designated by the City.
7. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, during the term of construction and
throughout the specified term of maintenance, insurance of the types and in the
amounts described in Exhibit A attached and incorporated by this reference.
8. Contractor is responsible for locating any underground utilities affected by the
work and is deemed to be an excavator for purposes of RCW Ch. 19.122, as
amended. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with RCW Ch. 19.122,
including utilization of the “one call” locator service before commencing any
excavation activities.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 37 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
CITY OF KENT
BY:
DANA RALPH, MAYOR
DATE:
ATTEST:
KIMBERLEY A. KOMOTO, CITY CLERK
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
KENT LAW DEPARTMENT
CONTRACTOR
BY:
PRINT NAME:
TITLE:
DATE:
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 38 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
EXHIBIT A INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
Insurance
The Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the Agreement,
insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may
arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the
Contractor, their agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors.
A. Minimum Scope of Insurance
Contractor shall obtain insurance of the types described below:
1.Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on ISO
occurrence form CG 00 01 or its equivalent, with minimum limits of
$3,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate for each 1 year policy
period. This coverage may be any combination of primary, umbrella or
excess liability coverage affording total liability limits of not less than
$3,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate. Products and Completed
Operations coverage shall be provided for a period of 3 years following
Substantial Completion of the work. The Commercial General Liability
insurance shall be endorsed to provide the Aggregate per Project
Endorsement ISO form CG 25 03 11 85. The City shall be named as an
Additional Insured under the Contactor’s Commercial General
Liability insurance policy with respect to the work performed for the
City. All endorsements adding Additional Insureds shall be issued on
form CG 20 10 11 85 or a form deemed equivalent, providing the
Additional Insureds with all policies and endorsements set forth in
this section.
2.Automobile Liability insurance covering all owned, non-owned, hired and
leased vehicles. Coverage shall be written on Insurance Services Office
(ISO) form CA 00 01 or a substitute form providing equivalent liability
coverage. If necessary, the policy shall be endorsed to provide contractual
liability coverage.
3.Workers’ Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance
laws of the State of Washington.
B. Minimum Amounts of Insurance
Contractor shall maintain the following insurance limits:
1.Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written with minimum
limits of $3,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate for each 1 year
policy period. This coverage may be any combination of primary, umbrella or
excess liability coverage affording total liability limits of not less than
$3,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate. Products and Completed
Operations coverage shall be provided for a period of 3 years following
Substantial Completion of the work.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 39 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
EXHIBIT A (Continued)
2. Automobile Liability insurance with a minimum combined single limit for
bodily injury and property damage of $1,000,000 per accident.
C. Other Insurance Provisions
The insurance policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following
provisions for Automobile Liability and Commercial General Liability:
1. The Contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respect
the City. Any insurance, self-insurance, or insurance pool coverage
maintained by the City shall be excess of the Contractor’s insurance and
shall not contribute with it.
2. The Contractor’s insurance shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not
be cancelled by either party, except after thirty (30) days prior written
notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the City.
3. The City of Kent shall be named as an additional insured on all policies
(except Professional Liability) as respects work performed by or on behalf of
the contractor and a copy of the endorsement naming the City as additional
insured shall be attached to the Certificate of Insurance. The City reserves
the right to receive a certified copy of all required insurance policies. The
Contractor’s Commercial General Liability insurance shall also contain a
clause stating that coverage shall apply separately to each insured against
whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respects to the limits of
the insurer’s liability.
D. Contractor’s Insurance for Other Losses
The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all loss or damage from any cause
whatsoever to any tools, Contractor’s employee owned tools, machinery, equipment,
or motor vehicles owned or rented by the Contractor, or the Contractor’s agents,
suppliers or contractors as well as to any temporary structures, scaffolding and
protective fences.
E. Waiver of Subrogation
The Contractor and the City waive all rights against each other any of their
Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, for
damages caused by fire or other perils to the extend covered by Builders Risk
insurance or other property insurance obtained pursuant to the Insurance
Requirements Section of this Contract or other property insurance applicable to the
work. The policies shall provide such waivers by endorsement or otherwise.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 40 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
EXHIBIT A (Continued)
F. Acceptability of Insurers
Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best rating of not less than
A:VII.
G. Verification of Coverage
Contractor shall furnish the City with original certificates and a copy of the
amendatory endorsements, including but not necessarily limited to the additional
insured endorsement, evidencing the Automobile Liability and Commercial General
Liability insurance of the Contractor before commencement of the work.
H. Subcontractors
Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall
furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. All coverages
for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the same insurance requirements as stated
herein for the Contractor.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ..................................... 1-1
1-01 Definitions and Terms..................................................... 1-
1-02 Bid Procedures and Conditions ......................................... 1-
1-03 Award and Execution of Contract ...................................... 1-
1-04 Scope of the Work ......................................................... 1-
1-05 Control of Work ............................................................. 1-
1-06 Control of Material ......................................................... 1-
1-07 Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public ................ 1-
1-08 Prosecution and Progress ................................................ 1-
1-09 Measurement and Payment ............................................. 1-
1-10 Temporary Traffic Control................................................ 1-
DIVISION 2 EARTHWORK.......................................................... 2-1
2-02 Removal of Structures and Obstructions ............................ 2-
2-03 Roadway Excavation and Embankment .............................. 2-
2-06 Subgrade Preparation ..................................................... 2-
DIVISION 4 BASES.................................................................... 4-1
4-03 Gravel Borrow ............................................................... 4-
4-04 Ballast and Crushed Surfacing .......................................... 4-
DIVISION 5 SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS .............. 5-1
5-02 Bituminous Surface Treatment ......................................... 5-
5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt ............................................................. 5-
DIVISION 7 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS.............. 7-1
7-01 Drains.......................................................................... 7-
7-04 Storm Sewers ............................................................... 7-
7-05 Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells ..................... 7-
7-08 General Pipe Installation Requirements ............................. 7-
7-11 Double Check Detector Assembly ..................................... 7-
7-12 Valves for Water Mains ................................................... 7-
7-13 Adjusting Water Mains .................................................... 7-
7-15 Service Connections ....................................................... 7-
DIVISION 8 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION ......................... 8-1
8-01 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control ....................... 8-
8-02 Roadside Restoration ...................................................... 8-
8-04 Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways .......................................... 8-
8-06 Cement Concrete Driveway Entrances ............................... 8-
8-09 Raised Pavement Markers ............................................... 8-
8-14 Cement Concrete Sidewalks............................................. 8-
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
DIVISION 8 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
8-20 Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent
Transportation Systems, and Electrical .............................. 8-
8-22 Pavement Marking ......................................................... 8-
8-23 Temporary Pavement Markings ........................................ 8-
8-28 Pothole Utilities ............................................................. 8-
DIVISION 9 MATERIALS............................................................ 9-1
9-03 Aggregates ................................................................... 9-
9-14 Erosion Control and Roadside Planting ............................... 9-
9-28 Signing Materials and Fabrication ..................................... 9-
9-29 Illumination, Signal, Electrical .......................................... 9-
9-30 Water Distribution Materials ............................................ 9-
KENT STANDARD PLANS ................................................................. A-1
PREVAILING WAGE RATES.............................................................. A-2
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 1 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The Kent Special Provisions (“Kent Special Provisions” or “KSP”) modify and supersede
any conflicting provisions of the 2022 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and
Municipal Construction, as prepared by the Washington State Department of
Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works
Association, including all published amendments issued by those organizations
(“WSDOT Standard Specifications”). Otherwise all provisions of the WSDOT Standard
Specifications shall apply. All references in the WSDOT Standard Specifications to the
State of Washington, its various departments or directors, or to the contracting
agency, shall be revised to include the City and/or City Engineer, except for references
to State statutes or regulations. Finally, all of these documents are a part of this
contract.
DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS
SECTION 1-01.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
1-01.1 General
When these Kent Special Provisions make reference to a “Section,” for
example, “in accordance with Section 1-01,” the reference is to the
WSDOT Standard Specifications as modified by these Kent Special
Provisions.
SECTION 1-01.2(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
1-01.2(2) Items of Work and Units of Measurement
EA Each
Eq. Adj. Equitable Adjustment
FA Force Account
HR Hour
M GAL Thousand gallons
NIC Not In Contract
SF Square Feet
SECTION 1-01.3, “CONTRACT” DEFINITION, IS DELETED AND REPLACED
WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-01.3 Definitions
Contract
The written agreement between the Contracting Agency and the
Contractor. It describes, among other things:
1. What work will be done, and by when;
2. Who provides labor and materials; and
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 2 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
3. How Contractors will be paid.
The Contract includes the Contract (agreement) Form, Bidder’s
completed Proposal Form, Kent Special Provisions, Contract Provisions,
Contract Plans, WSDOT Standard Specifications (also including
amendments to the Standard Specifications issued by WSDOT as of the
later date of bid advertisement or any subsequent addenda), Kent
Standard Plans, Addenda, various certifications and affidavits,
supplemental agreements, change orders, and subsurface boring logs
(if any).
Also incorporated in the Contract by reference are:
1. Standard Plans (M21-01) for Road, Bridge and Municipal
Construction as prepared by the Washington State Department of
Transportation and the American Public Works Association, current
edition;
2. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and
Highways, current edition, and;
3. American Water Works Association Standards, current edition;
4. The current edition of the “National Electrical Code.”
Responsibility for obtaining these publications rests with the Contractor.
SECTION 1-01.3, “DEFINITIONS” IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE
FOLLOWING DEFINITION:
Incidental Work
The terms “incidental to the project,” “incidental to the involved bid
item(s),” etc., as used in the Contract shall mean that the Contractor is
required to complete the specified work and the cost of such work shall
be included in the unit contract prices of other bid items as specified in
Section 1-04.1 (Intent of the Contract). No additional payment will be
made.
1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS
SECTION 1-02.1 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-02.1 Qualification of Bidders
Bidders shall be qualified by ability, experience, financing, equipment,
and organization to do the work called for in the Contract. The City
reserves the right to take any action it deems necessary to ascertain
the ability of the Bidder to perform the work satisfactorily. This action
includes the City’s review of the qualification information in the bid
documents. The City will use this qualification data in its decision to
determine whether the lowest responsive bidder is also responsible and
able to perform the contract work. If the City determines that the
lowest bidder is not the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, the
City reserves its unqualified right to reject that bid and award the
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 3 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
contract to the next lowest bidder that the City, in its sole judgment,
determines is also responsible and able to perform the contract work
(the “lowest responsive and responsible bidder”).
SECTION 1-02.2 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-02.2 Plans and Specifications
Upon awarding the Contract, the City shall supply to the Contractor, for
its own use, up to ten (10) copies of the plans and specifications. If the
Contractor requests more than ten (10) copies, the City may require
the Contractor to purchase the additional sets.
SECTION 1-02.5 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-02.5 Proposal Forms
Prospective bidders may obtain Bid Documents including a “Bid
Proposal” for the advertised project by downloading at no charge at
KentWA.gov/doing-business/bids-procurement; however, a prospective
bidder remains responsible to obtain Bid Documents, even if unable to
download all or any part of the documents, whether or not inability to
access is caused by the bidder’s or the City’s technology.
SECTION 1-02.6 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE THIRD PARAGRAPH AND
REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal
It is the Bidder’s sole responsibility to obtain and incorporate all issued
addenda into the bid. In the space provided on the Proposal Signature
Page, the Bidder shall confirm that all Addenda have been received. All
blanks in the proposal forms must be appropriately filled in.
SECTION 1-02.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING TO THE
LAST PARAGRAPH:
Proposals must contain original signature pages. FACSIMILES OR
OTHER FORMS OF ELECTRONIC DELIVERY ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE
AND ARE CONSIDERED NON-RESPONSIVE SUBMITTALS.
SECTION 1-02.7 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-02.7 Bid Deposit
A deposit of at least 5 percent of the total Bid shall accompany each
Bid. This deposit may be cash, cashier’s check, or a proposal bond
(Surety bond). Any proposal bond shall be on the City’s bond form and
shall be signed by the Bidder and the Surety. A proposal bond shall not
be conditioned in any way to modify the minimum 5-percent required.
The Surety shall: (1) be registered with the Washington State
Insurance Commissioner, and (2) appear on the current Authorized
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 4 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the
Insurance Commissioner.
The failure to furnish a Bid deposit of a minimum of 5 percent with the
Bid shall make the Bid nonresponsive and shall cause the Bid to be
rejected by the Contracting Agency.
SECTION 1-02.9 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal
All bids must be sealed and delivered in accordance with the “Invitation
to Bid.” Bids must be received at the City Clerk’s office by the stated
time, regardless of delivery method, including U.S. Mail.
SECTION 1-02.10 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal
After submitting a Bid Proposal to the Contracting Agency, the Bidder
may withdraw or revise it if:
1. The Bidder submits a written request signed by an authorized
person, and
2. The Contracting Agency receives the request before the time for
opening Bids.
The original Bid Proposal may be revised and resubmitted as the official
Bid Proposal if the Contracting Agency receives it before the time for
opening Bids.
SECTION 1-02.11 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-02.11 Combination and Multiple Proposals
No person, firm or corporation shall be allowed to make, file, or be
interested in more than one bid for the same work unless alternate bids
are specifically called for; however, a person, firm, or corporation that
has submitted a subproposal to a bidder, or that has quoted prices of
materials to a bidder is not disqualified from submitting a subproposal
or quoting prices to other bidders or from making a prime proposal.
SECTION 1-02.13 IS REVISED BY DELETING ITEM 1(a) AND REPLACING ITEM
1(a) WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-02.13 Irregular Proposals
a. The bidder is not prequalified when so required.
SECTION 1-02.14 IS REVISED BY DELETING ITEM 3 AND REPLACING WITH
THE FOLLOWING:
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 5 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders
3. The bidder is not qualified for the work or to the full extent of the
bid.
1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
SECTION 1-03.1 IS REVISED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH
AFTER THE SECOND PARAGRAPH IN THAT SECTION:
1-03.1 Consideration of Bids
The City also reserves the right to include or omit any or all schedules
or alternates of the Proposal and will award the Contract to the lowest
responsive, responsible bidder based on the total bid amount, including
schedules or alternates selected by the City.
SECTION 1-03.2 IS REVISED BY REPLACING “45 CALENDAR DAYS” WITH “60
CALENDAR DAYS” RELATING TO CONTRACT AWARD OR BID REJECTION.
1-03.2 Award of Contract
SECTION 1-03.3 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-03.3 Execution of Contract
No claim for delay shall be granted to the Contractor due to its failure
to submit the required documents to the City in accordance with the
schedule provided in these Kent Special Provisions.
SECTION 1-03.7 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-03.7 Judicial Review
Any decision made by the City regarding the award and execution of
the contract or bid rejection shall be conclusive subject to the scope of
judicial review permitted under Washington State Law. Such review, if
any, shall be timely filed in the King County Superior Court, located in
Kent, Washington.
1-04 SCOPE OF THE WORK
1-04.1 Intent of the Contract
SECTION 1-04.1(2) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-04.1(2) Bid Items Not Included in the Proposal
The Contractor shall include all costs of doing the work within the bid
item prices. If the contract plans, contract provisions, addenda, or any
other part of the contract require work that has no bid item price in the
proposal form, the entire cost of labor and materials required to
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 6 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
perform that work shall be incidental and included with the bid item
prices in the contract.
SECTION 1-04.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE WORDS, “KENT SPECIAL
PROVISIONS, KENT STANDARD PLANS” FOLLOWING THE WORDS,
“CONTRACT PROVISIONS” IN THE FIRST SENTENCE OF THE FIRST
PARAGRAPH.
SECTION 1-04.2 IS REVISED BY DELETING ITEMS 1 THROUGH 7 IN THE
SECOND PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING 8 ITEMS:
1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions,
Specifications, and Addenda
1. Approved Change Orders
2. The Contract Agreement
3. Kent Special Provisions
4. Contract Plans
5. Amendments to WSDOT Standard Specifications
6. WSDOT Standard Specifications
7. Kent Standard Plans
8. WSDOT Standard Plans
SECTION 1-04.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE THIRD PARAGRAPH
(INCLUDING SUBPARAGRAPHS A AND B).
1-04.4 Changes
SECTION 1-04.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FIFTH PARAGRAPH AND
REPLACING IT WITH THE FOLLOWING:
For Item 2, increases or decreases in quantity for any bid item shall be
paid at the appropriate bid item contract price, including any bid item
increase or decrease by more than 25 percent from the original planned
quantity.
SECTION 1-04.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE EIGHTH PARAGRAPH (NEXT
TO THE LAST PARAGRAPH) AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING:
Within 14 calendar days of delivery of the change order the Contractor
shall endorse and return the change order, request an extension of time
for endorsement or respond in accordance with Section 1-04.5. The
Contracting Agency may unilaterally process the change order if the
Contractor fails to comply with these requirements. Changes normally
noted on field stakes or variations from estimated quantities, will not
require a written change order. These changes shall be made at the
unit prices that apply. The Contractor shall respond immediately to
changes shown on field stakes without waiting for further notice.
SECTION 1-04.6 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-04.6 Variation in Estimated Quantities
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 7 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of
Work performed and accepted in conformance with the Contract.
SECTION 1-04.9 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
Determine if you are going to do this for your project
1-04.9 Use of Private Properties
Staging and storage locations needed for the Project must be properly
permitted for that use.
Limits of construction are indicated or defined on the plans. The
Contractor shall confine all construction activities within these limits. If
a staging and storage area is shown on the plans, the City will obtain all
permits and approvals necessary for the Contractor’s use.
Whether the City does or does not provide a staging area, if the
Contractor selects its own staging and storage area(s), it is the
Contractor’s sole responsibility to obtain all necessary
permits/approvals to use the private property, specifically including,
without limitation, all permits or approvals subject to State
Environmental Policy Act, Shoreline Management Act, and critical areas
regulations. Before using any other property as a staging or storage
area (or for any other use), the Contractor shall thoroughly investigate
the property for the presence of critical areas, buffers of critical areas,
or other regulatory restrictions as defined in Kent City Code, county,
state or federal regulations, and the Contractor shall provide the City
written documentation that the property is not subject to other
regulatory requirements or that the Contractor has obtained all
necessary rights of entry, permits and approvals needed to use the
property as the Contractor intends.
Upon vacating the private property, the Contractor shall provide the
City written verification that it has obtained all releases and/or
performed all mitigation work as required by the conditions of the
permit/approval and/or agreement with the property owner.
The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional compensation or an
extension of the time of completion of the Contractor for any work
associated with the permitting, mitigation or use of private property.
SECTION 1-04.11 ITEM 2 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-04.11 Final Cleanup
2. Remove from the project all unapproved and/or unneeded material
left from grading, surfacing, paving, or temporary erosion control
measures.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 8 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
1-05 CONTROL OF WORK
SECTION 1-05.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE LAST FOUR PARAGRAPHS.
1-05.4 Conformity With and Deviations From Plans and Stakes
SECTION 1-05.4 IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH
AFTER PARAGRAPH 7:
To the extent a conflict exists between the requirements of WSDOT
Section 1-05.4 and Kent Special Provision Section 1-05.8, the
requirements of KSP Section 1-05.8 will prevail.
SECTION 1-05.7 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work
If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within
the time specified by the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the
work required by the contract, the Engineer may provide the Contractor
written notice establishing a date after which the City will correct and
remedy that work by any means that the Engineer may deem
necessary, including the use of City forces or other contractors.
If the Engineer determines that the Contractor’s failure to promptly
correct any defective or any unauthorized work creates a situation that
could be potentially unsafe or might cause serious risk of loss or
damage to the public, the Engineer may have the defective and
unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work
removed and replaced, or have the work the Contractor refuses to
perform completed by using City or other forces.
Direct and indirect costs incurred by the City attributable to correcting
and remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor
failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment
may be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due,
the Contractor. Direct and indirect costs shall include, without
limitation, compensation for additional professional services required,
compensation and engineering and inspection services required, and
costs for repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or
damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor’s
unauthorized work.
No increase in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of
the delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of
the City’s rights provided by this section nor shall the exercise of this
right diminish the City’s right to pursue any other remedy available
under law with respect to the Contractor’s failure to perform the work
as required.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 9 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
DIVISION 1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTIONS:
1-05.8 City Provided Construction Staking
1-05.8(1) General
As used in this Section 1-05.5, the words, “stake,” “mark,” “marker,” or
“monument” will be deemed to include any kind of survey marking,
whether or not set by the City.
The City will supply construction stakes and marks establishing lines,
slopes and grades as set forth in Sections 1-05.8(2) through 1-05.8(6)
of the Kent Special Provisions. The Contractor shall assume full
responsibility for detailed dimensions, elevations, and excavation slopes
measured from these City furnished stakes and marks.
The Contractor shall provide a work site clear of equipment, stockpiles
and obstructions which has been prepared and maintained to permit
construction staking to proceed in a safe and orderly manner. A City
survey crew can stake a finite amount of work in a single day (see
Section 1-05.8(6) of the Kent Special Provisions). The Contractor shall
provide staking requests for a reasonable amount of work to the
Engineer at least 3 working days in advance to allow the survey crew
adequate time for setting stakes. If the work site is obstructed so that
survey work cannot be done, a new request for work shall be submitted
by the Contractor so that the survey can be rescheduled once the site is
properly prepared. Up to an additional 3 working days may be required
depending on work load for the city survey crew to complete the
rescheduled work. Note: A surveyor working day is a consecutive eight
hour period between 7:00 AM and 6:00 PM, Monday through Friday,
except holidays as listed in Section 1-08.5.
It is illegal under Revised Code of Washington 58.09.130 and
Washington State Administrative Code 332-120 to willfully destroy
survey markers. Stakes, marks, and other reference points set by City
forces, and existing City, State or Federal monumentation, shall be
carefully preserved by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify the
Engineer immediately if it becomes apparent that a survey marker will
be disturbed due to construction. The Contractor will allow ample time
for City Survey Department personnel to acquire adequate information
so that the monument may be replaced in its original position after
construction. If the City is not notified, and a stake, marker or
monument is disturbed or destroyed the Contractor will be charged at a
rate of $300/hour for a city survey crew to replace the stake, marker or
monument that was not to be disturbed or damaged by the Contractor’s
operations. This charge will be deducted from monies due or to become
due to the Contractor.
Any claim by the Contractor for extra compensation by reason of
alterations or reconstruction work allegedly due to error in the
Surveyor’s line and grade will not be allowed unless the original control
points set by the Surveyor still exist, or unless the Contractor can
provide other satisfactory substantiating evidence to prove the error
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 10 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
was caused by incorrect city-furnished survey data. Three consecutive
points set on line or grade shall be the minimum points used to
determine any variation from a straight line or grade. Any such
variation shall, upon discovery, be reported to the Engineer. In the
absence of such report, the Contractor shall be liable for any error in
alignment or grade.
1-05.8(2) Roadway and Utility Surveys
The Engineer shall furnish to the Contractor, one time only, all principal
lines, grades and measurements the Engineer deems necessary for
completion of the work. These shall generally consist of one initial set
of:
1. Cut or fill stakes for establishing grade and embankments,
2. Curb or gutter grade stakes,
3. Centerline finish grade stakes for pavement sections wider than 25
feet as set forth in Section 1-05.8(5), subsection 2, and
4. Offset points to establish line and grade for underground utilities
such as water, sewers, storm drains, illumination and signalization.
No intermediate stakes shall be provided between curb grade and
centerline stakes.
On alley construction projects with minor grade changes, the Engineer
shall provide offset hubs on one side of the alley to establish the
alignment and grade. Alleys with major grade changes shall have
embankments staked to establish grade before offset hubs are set.
1-05.8(4) Control Stakes
Stakes that constitute reference points for all construction work will be
conspicuously marked with an appropriate color of flagging tape. It will
be the responsibility of the Contractor to inform its employees and
subcontractors of the importance and necessity to preserve the stakes.
The Contractor shall determine appropriate construction stake offset
distances to prevent damage to stakes by its construction equipment.
Should it become necessary, for any reason, to replace these control
stakes, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $300/hour for a
city survey crew to replace the stakes. The Contractor may not charge
the City for any standby or “down” time as a result of any replacement
of control stakes. If the removal of a control stake or monument is
required by the construction operations of the Contractor or its
subcontractors, and advance notice of at least three (3) full working
days is given to the City, the City will reference, remove, and later
replace the stakes or monument at no cost to the Contractor.
1-05.8(5) Staking Services
Work requests must be made at least 3 working days in advance
of the required staking.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 11 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
The City will furnish the following stakes and reference marks:
1. Clearing Limits - One set of clearing limit stakes will be set at
approximately 25-foot stations where needed.
2. Rough Grading - One set of rough grade stakes will be set along
the construction centerline of streets at 50-foot stations as
required. (If superelevations require intermediate stakes along
vertical curves, the City will provide staking at closer intervals.)
One set of primary cut and fill stakes will be set for site work. One
set of secondary final grade cut and fill stakes will be set where
deemed applicable as determined by the Engineer.
3. Storm Sewers - Two cut or fill stakes for each inlet, catch basin or
manhole will be set at appropriate offsets to the center of the
structure. After installation and backfill, inverts will be checked for
correctness.
4. Sanitary Sewers - Two cut or fill stakes for each manhole or
cleanout location will be set at appropriate offsets to the center of
the structure. After installation and backfill, inverts will be checked
for correctness.
5. Water Main - One set of line stakes will be furnished for water
mains at 50-foot stations. Additionally, two reference stakes for
each valve, hydrant, tee and angle point location will be set
concurrently with these line stakes.
6. Staking for Embankments - Catch points and one line stake will be
set in those cases where the vertical difference in elevation from
the construction centerline to the toe or top of a cut or fill slope
exceeds 3 feet. In all other areas, stakes shall be set at an
appropriate offset to the street centerline to allow for the
preservation of said offsets through the rough grading phase. In
both cases the stakes shall be clearly marked with appropriate
information necessary to complete the rough grading phase.
7. Curb and Gutters - One set of curb and gutter stakes shall be set
at an appropriate offset at 25-foot intervals, beginning and end
points of curves and curb returns, wheelchair ramps, driveways,
and sufficient mid-curve points to establish proper alignment.
8. Base and Top Course - One set of final construction centerline
grade hubs will be set for each course, at not less than 50-foot
stations. No intermediate stakes shall be provided unless
superelevations require them. In those circumstances, one grade
hub left and right of construction centerline at the transition
stations will be set at an appropriate offset to centerline not less
than 25-foot stations.
9. Adjacent or Adjoining Wetlands - One set of stakes delineating
adjacent wetland perimeters will be set at 25 to 50-foot stations as
required.
10. Illumination and Traffic Signals System - One set of stakes for
luminaires and traffic signal pole foundations will be set as
required. One set of stakes for vaults, junction boxes, and conduits
will be set, only if curb and gutter is not in place at the time of the
survey request. If curb and gutter is in place, staking for vaults,
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 12 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
junction boxes, and conduits will be provided at an additional
expense to the Contractor.
When deemed appropriate by the Engineer, cut sheets will be supplied
for curb, storm, sanitary sewer and water lines. Cuts or fills may be
marked on the surveyed points but should not be relied on as accurate
until a completed cut sheet is supplied.
The Contractor, at its own expense, shall stake all other items not listed
above to construct the project per the Plans and Specifications. Staking
for channelization, traffic loops, and all other items not listed above
shall be the sole responsibility and expense of the Contractor. The City
may, at its sole discretion, provide additional staking at the request of
the Contractor at the rate of $300/hour.
1-05.8(6) Survey Requests
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to properly schedule survey
crews and coordinate staking requests with construction activities. A
survey crew may be reasonably expected to stake any one of the
following items, in the quantity shown, in a single day:
Roadway grading +/-1500 lineal feet of centerline
Storm or sanitary sewer Approximately 8-10 structures
Water main +/-1500 lineal feet of pipe
Curb and gutter +/-1300 lineal feet (one side only)
Base and top course +/-1000 lineal feet of centerline
Slope staking +/-800-1200 lineal feet (top and toe)
Illumination/signalization Approximately 15-20 structures
Actual quantities may vary based on the complexity of the project, line
of sight considerations, traffic interference, properly prepared work site,
and other items that could affect production.
The Contractor shall be aware that length does not always translate
directly into stationing. For example, a survey request for storm sewer
pipe from Station 3+00 to 8+00 is 500 lineal feet in length. There may
be 1000 lineal feet, or more, of storm sewer pipe, if the pipe is placed
on both sides of the roadway and interconnected.
SECTION 1-05.9 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SUBSECTION:
1-05.9 Equipment
1-05.9(1) Operational Testing
It is the intent of the City to have at the Physical Completion Date a
complete and operable system. Therefore when the work involves the
installation of machinery or other mechanical equipment, street
lighting, electrical distribution of signal systems, building or other
similar work, it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 13 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final
inspection but prior to the Physical Completion Date.
Whenever items of work are listed in the contract provisions for
operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating conditions
for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the
Physical Completion Date. In the event the contract does not specify
testing time periods, the default testing time period shall be twenty-one
(21) calendar days.
During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any
items of workmanship, materials, or equipment that prove faulty or that
are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls,
meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period
shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the
Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they
were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established
until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of
the Engineer.
The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else
needed to successfully complete operational testing shall be included in
the various contract bid item prices unless specifically set forth
otherwise in the contract.
Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not
affect a manufacturer’s guaranties or warranties furnished under the
terms of the Contract.
SECTION 1-05.10 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-05.10 Guarantees
In addition to any other warranty or guarantee provided for at law or in
the parties’ contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Contracting
Agency any guarantee or warranty furnished as a customary trade
practice in connection with the purchase of any equipment, materials,
or items incorporated into the project.
Upon receipt of written notice of any required corrective work, the
Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently, and without disrupting
city facilities, the work necessary to correct the items listed in the
notice. Approximately sixty (60) calendar days prior to the one year
anniversary of final acceptance, the Contractor shall be available to tour
the project, with the Engineer, in support of the Engineer’s effort to
establish a list of corrective work then known and discovered.
SECTION 1-05.13 IS REVISED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH
AFTER THE FIRST PARAGRAPH:
1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor, and Equipment of Contractor
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 14 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Within ten (10) days of contract award, the Contractor shall designate
the Contractor's project manager and superintendent for the contract
work.
SECTION 1-05.13 IS REVISED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH
AFTER THE THIRD PARAGRAPH (AS PRINTED IN THE 2021 WSDOT
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS):
If at any time during the contract work, the Contractor elects to replace
the contract manager or superintendent, the Contractor shall only do so
after obtaining the Engineer's prior written approval.
THE LAST PARAGRAPH OF 1-05.13 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE
FOLLOWING:
Whenever the City evaluates the Contractor’s qualifications or
prequalifications pursuant to Section 1-02.1 or RCW 47.28.070, the City
may take these or other Contractor performance reports into account.
SECTION 1-05.14 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
1-05.14 Cooperation With Other Contractors
Details of known projects are as follows: N/A
SECTION 1-05 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTIONS:
1-05.16 Water and Power
The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the
costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the work,
unless the Contract includes power or water as bid items, or unless
otherwise provided for in other bid items.
1-05.17 Oral Agreements
No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee
of the City, either before or after execution of the contract, shall affect
or modify the terms or obligations contained in any of the documents
comprising the contract. Such oral agreement or conversation shall be
considered unofficial information and in no way binding upon the City,
unless subsequently recorded and/or put in writing and signed by an
authorized agent of the City.
1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL
1-06.2 Acceptance of Materials
SECTION 1-06.2(2) IS DELETED IN ITS ENTIRETY.
1-06.2(2) Statistical Evaluation of Materials for Acceptance
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 15 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
SECTION 1-06 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTIONS:
1-06.7 Submittals
1-06.7(1) Submittal Procedures
All information submitted by the Contractor shall be clear, sharp, high
contrast copies. Contractor shall accompany each submittal with a letter
of transmittal containing the following information:
1. Contractor’s name and the name of Subcontractor or supplier who
prepared the submittal.
2. The project name and identifying number.
3. Each new submittal shall be sequentially numbered (1, 2, 3, etc.).
Each resubmittal shall include the original number with a
sequential alpha letter added (1A, 1B, 1C, etc.).
4. Description of the submittal and reference to the Contract
requirement or technical specification section and paragraph
number being addressed.
5. Bid item(s) where product will be used.
1-06.7(2) Schedule of Submittals
The Contractor shall create and submit three (3) copies of a schedule of
submittals showing the date by which each submittal required for
product review or product information will be made. The schedule can
be modified, deducted, or added to by the City. The schedule shall be
available at the preconstruction conference (see 1-08.0 of the Kent
Special Provisions). The schedule of submittals must be accepted prior
to the City making the first progress payment. The schedule shall
identify the items that will be included in each submittal by listing the
item or group of items and the Specification Section and paragraph
number and bid item under which they are specified. The schedule shall
indicate whether the submittal is required for product review of
proposed equivalents, shop drawings, product data or samples or
required for product information only.
The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 21 days for the Engineer’s
review of each submittal or resubmittal. All submittals shall be in
accordance with the approved schedule of submittals. Submittals shall
be made early enough to allow adequate time for manufacturing,
delivery, labor issues, additional review due to inadequate or
incomplete submittals, and any other reasonably foreseeable delay.
1-06.7(3) Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
The Contractor shall submit the following for the Engineer’s review:
1. Shop Drawings: Submit an electronic copy or three paper copies.
Submittals will be marked, stamped and returned to the
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 16 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Contractor. The Contractor shall make and distribute any required
copies for its superintendent, subcontractors and suppliers.
2. Product Data: Submit an electronic copy or three paper copies.
Submittals will be marked, stamped and returned to the
Contractor. The Contractor shall make and distribute any required
copies for its superintendent, subcontractors and suppliers.
3. Samples: Submit three labeled samples or three sets of samples
of manufacturer’s full range of colors and finishes unless otherwise
directed. One approved sample will be returned to the Contractor.
Content of submittals:
1. Each submittal shall include all of the items required for a
complete assembly or system.
2. Submittals shall contain all of the physical, technical and
performance data required to demonstrate conclusively that the
items comply with the requirements of the Contract.
3. Each submittal shall verify that the physical characteristics of items
submitted, including size, configurations, clearances, mounting
points, utility connection points and service access points, are
suitable for the space provided and are compatible with other
interrelated items.
4. The Contractor shall label each Product Data submittal, Shop
Drawing or Sample with the bid item number and, if a lump sum
bid item, provide a reference to the applicable KSP paragraph. The
Contractor shall highlight or mark every page of every copy of all
Product Data submittals to show the specific items being submitted
and all options included or choices offered.
The City encourages a creative approach to complete a timely,
economical, and quality project. Submittals that contain deviations from
the requirements of the Contract shall be accompanied by a separate
letter explaining the deviations. The Contractor’s letter shall:
1. Cite the specific Contract requirement including the Specification
Section bid item number and paragraph number for which approval
of a deviation is sought.
2. Describe the proposed alternate material, item or construction,
explain its advantages, and explain how the proposed alternate
meets or exceeds the Contract requirements.
3. State the reduction in Contract Price, if any, which is offered to the
City.
The Engineer retains the exclusive right, at his or her sole discretion, to
accept or reject any proposed deviation with or without cause.
The Engineer will stamp and mark each submittal prior to returning it to
the Contractor. The stamps will indicate one of the following:
1. “APPROVED AS SUBMITTED” – Accepted subject to its compatibility
with the work not covered in this submission. This response does
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 17 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
not constitute approval or deletion of specified or required items
not shown in the partial submission.
2. “APPROVED AS NOTED” – Accepted subject to minor corrections
that shall be made by the Contractor and subject to its
compatibility with the work not covered in this submission. This
response does not constitute approval or deletion of specified or
required items not shown in the partial submission. No
resubmission is required.
3. “AMEND AND RESUBMIT” – Rejected because of major
inconsistencies, errors or insufficient information that shall be
resolved or corrected by the Contractor prior to subsequent re-
submittal. An amended resubmission is required.
Re-submittals that contain changes that were not requested by the
Engineer on the previous submittal shall note all changes and be
accompanied by a letter explaining the changes.
1-06.7(4) Proposed Equivalents
The Engineer retains the exclusive right, at his or her sole discretion, to
accept or reject any proposed equivalent with or without cause.
1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC
1-07.2 State Taxes
SECTION 1-07.2(1) IS REVISED BY DELETING THE SECOND PARAGRAPH AND
REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax: WAC 458-20-171—Use Tax
Without waiving the Contractor’s obligation to understand and apply
these tax rules correctly, the City has indicated those parts of the
project that are subject to use tax under Section 1-07.2(1) in the
proposal bid items.
SECTION 1-07.2(2) IS REVISED BY DELETING THE SECOND PARAGRAPH AND
REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax: WAC 458-20-170—Retail Sales Tax
Without waiving the Contractor’s obligation to understand and apply
these tax rules correctly, the City has indicated those parts of the
project that are subject to retail sales tax under Section 1-07.2(2) in
the proposal bid items.
SECTION 1-07.4(2) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-07.4(2) COVID-19 Job Site Requirements
The Contractor shall comply with all COVID-19 workplace health and
safety measures established by the state Department of Labor &
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 18 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Industries or otherwise imposed by the Governor, the state Department
of Health, or the Local Health Officer of Seattle-King County Public
Health, or subsequent modifications to such health and safety measures
as those authorities may issue, including providing all needed personal
protective equipment.
SECTION 1-07.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING
PARAGRAPH BEFORE THE FIRST PARAGRAPH:
1-07.6 Permits and Licenses
The City has obtained the following permits: None
SECTION 1-07.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING
PARAGRAPHS AFTER THE LAST PARAGRAPH:
A copy of each permit and/or license obtained by the Contractor shall
be furnished to the City. Approved permits shall be furnished to the City
upon completion of the project and prior to final acceptance.
The Contractor shall promptly notify the City in writing of any variance
in the contract work arising from the issuance of any permit.
1-07.9 Wages
SECTION 1-07.9(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING
PARAGRAPH AFTER THE SIXTH PARAGRAPH:
1-07.9(1) General
To the extent allowed by law, the wage rates that will be in effect
during the entire contract work period are those in effect on the day of
bid opening, unless the City does not award the Contract within six
months of the bid opening.
SECTION 1-07.9(3) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
FOLLOWING:
1-07.9(3) Apprentices
All contracts with an estimated construction cost greater than
$1,000,000 (one million dollars) shall require that no less than 15
percent of the labor hours performed by workers subject to prevailing
wages employed by the contractor or its subcontractors be performed
by apprentices enrolled in a state-approved apprenticeship program.
Definitions
For the purposes of this specification, the following definitions apply:
1. Apprentice Utilization Requirement is expressed as a percentage of
the project Labor Hours performed by Apprentices.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 19 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
2. Labor Hours are the total hours performed by all workers receiving
an hourly wage who are directly employed on the project site
including hours performed by workers employed by the prime
Contractor and all Subcontractors. Labor Hours do not include
hours performed by foremen, superintendents, owners, and
workers who are not subject to prevailing wage requirements.
3. Apprentice is a person enrolled in a State-approved Apprenticeship
Training Program.
4. State-approved Apprenticeship Training Program is an
apprenticeship training program approved by the Washington
State Apprenticeship Council.
5. Good Faith Effort is a demonstration that the Contractor has
strived to meet the Apprenticeship Utilization Requirement
including but not necessarily limited to the specific steps as
described elsewhere in this specification.
Plan
The Contractor shall submit an “Apprentice Utilization Plan” within 30
calendar days of Notice of Award, demonstrating how they intend to
achieve the Apprentice Utilization Requirement. The plan shall be
updated and resubmitted as appropriate as the Work progresses. The
intent is to provide the City with enough information to track progress
in meeting the utilization requirements.
Reporting
The Contractor shall submit a “Monthly Apprentice Reporting Form” on
a monthly basis. The report shall be submitted to the City by the last
working day of the subsequent month, until the Physical Completion
Date. The date reported shall be cumulative to date and consolidated to
include the Contractor and all Subcontractors. At the Contractor’s
request, the Engineer may suspend this reporting requirement during
periods of minimal or no applicable work activities on the project. The
Contractor shall submit documentation of their Good Faith Effort if: (1)
they are unable to provide a plan demonstrating how they intend to
meet the Apprentice Utilization Requirement; or (2) the project has
been completed without meeting the Apprentice Utilization
Requirement.
Contacts
The Contractor may obtain information on State-approved
Apprenticeship Training Programs by contacting the Department of
Labor and Industries at: Specialty Compliance Services Division,
Apprenticeship Section, P.O. Box 44530, Olympia, WA 98504-4530 or
by phone at (360) 902-5320.
Compliance
In the event that the Contractor is unable to accomplish the Apprentice
Utilization Requirement, the Contractor shall demonstrate that a Good
Faith Effort has been made as described within this specification. Failure
to comply with the requirements as specified is subject to penalties for
noncompliance as set forth in KCC 6.01.030(E).
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 20 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Good Faith Efforts
In fulfilling the Good Faith Effort, the Contractor shall perform and,
when appropriate, require its Subcontractors to perform the following
steps:
1. Solicit Apprentice(s) from State-approved Apprenticeship Training
Program(s).
2. Document the solicitation and, in the event Apprentice(s) are not
available, obtain supporting documentation from the solicited
program(s).
3. Demonstrate that the plan was updated as required within this
specification.
4. Provide documentation demonstrating what efforts the Contractor
has taken to require Subcontractors to solicit and employ
Apprentice(s).
In the event that the preceding steps have been followed, the
Contractor may also supplement the Good Faith Efforts documentation
with the following documentation:
5. Submit documentation demonstrating successful Apprentice
utilization on previous contracts.
6. Submit documentation indicating company-wide Apprentice
utilization efforts and percentages of attainment.
Payment
Compensation for all costs involved with complying with the conditions
of this specification is included in payment for the associated Contract
items of work.
1-07.13 Contractor’s Responsibility for Work
SECTION 1-07.13(4) IS REVISED BY DELETING THE SECOND SENTENCE OF
THE FIRST PARAGRAPH AND DELETING THE LAST PARAGRAPH.
1-07.13(4) Repair of Damage
SECTION 1-07.14 IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING TO THE
BEGINNING OF THAT SECTION:
1-07.14 Responsibility for Damage
To the extent a conflict exists between the terms of this Section
1-07.14 and Section 5 of the Contract, the terms of the Contract will
control. Any reference to the State, Governor, Commission, Secretary,
or all officers and employees of the State also will include the City, its
officers and employees.
1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution Prevention
SECTION 1-07.15(1) IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH
AFTER THE LAST PARAGRAPH:
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 21 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
1-07.15(1) Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures Plan
When the proposal form includes multiple bid schedules and the “SPCC
Plan” bid item is present in only one bid schedule, the lump sum
payment item for the “SPCC Plan” in that one schedule will apply to all
bid schedules for all costs associated with creating and updating the
accepted SPCC Plan, and all costs associated with the setup of
prevention measures and for implementing the current SPCC Plan as
required by this Specifications.
SECTION 1-07.17 IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE TO
THE END OF THE SECOND PARAGRAPH:
1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities
If a utility is known to have or suspected of having underground
facilities within the area of the proposed excavation and that utility is
not a subscriber to the utilities underground location center, the
Contractor shall give individual notice to that utility within the same
time frame prescribed in RCW 19.122.030 for subscriber utilities.
SECTION 1-07.17 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTIONS:
1-07.17(3) Utility Markings
Once underground utilities are marked by the utility owner or its agent,
and/or once new underground facilities have been installed by the
Contractor, the Contractor/excavator is responsible to determine the
precise location of underground facilities that may conflict with other
underground construction. The Contractor shall maintain the marks or a
record of the location of buried facilities for the duration of time needed
to avoid future damage until installation of all planned improvements at
that location is complete.
1-07.17(4) Payment
All costs to comply with subsection 1-07.17(3) and for the protection
and repair of all identified or suspected underground utilities specified
in RCW 19.122 are incidental to the contract and are the responsibility
of the Contractor/excavator. The Contractor shall include all related
costs in the unit bid prices of the contract. No additional time or
monetary compensation shall be made for delays caused by utility re-
marking or repair of damaged utilities due to the Contractor’s failure to
maintain marks or to locate utilities in accordance with this section.
1-07.17(5) Notification of Excavation
Within ten business days but not less than two business days prior to
the commencement of excavation, the Contractor shall provide written
notice (or other form of notice acceptable to the Engineer) to all owners
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 22 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
of underground facilities, whether public or private, that excavation will
occur, and when excavation will occur.
1-07.17(6) Site Inspection
Contractor warrants and represents that it has personally, or through
its employees, agents and/or subcontractors, examined all property
affected by this project and that it is knowledgeable of specific locations
for water, gas, telephone, electric power and combined sewerage
utilities within those areas.
The following list of contacts is provided only as a convenience
to the Contractor. It may not be accurate and may not constitute
a complete list of all affected utilities.
CenturyLink
Jesse Patjens
(425) 429-5722 (cell)
Jesse.Patjens@lumen.com
Comcast
Danny Cooley
(253) 686-7592 (cell)
Danny_Cooley@comcast.com
Puget Sound Energy Gas
Brandon Platz
425-495-4269 (cell)
Brandon.platz@PSE.com
Puget Sound Energy Power
Gary Bradley
(253) 343-3754 (cell)
Gary.Bradley@PSE.com
Verizon
Scott Christenson
425-636-6046
425-471-1079 (cell)
SECTION 1-07.18 IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH
BEFORE THE FIRST PARAGRAPH:
1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance
To the extent a conflict exists between the terms of this Section
1-07.18 and the insurance requirements in Section 7 of the Contract,
the terms of the Contract will control. Any reference to the State,
Governor, Commission, Secretary, or all officers and employees of the
State also will include the City, its officers and employees.
SECTION 1-07.23(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic
Driveways shall remain open to traffic at all times. Contractor shall
coordinate his work schedule with the property occupants to determine
the best time to fully or partially close driveway/access to perform his
work.
There shall be no delay to medical, fire, police, or other emergency
vehicles with flashing lights or sirens. The contractor shall alert all
flaggers and personnel of this requirement.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 23 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Lane Restrictions
The curb lane on East Valley Highway may be closed during working
hours and non-quiet hours. (Quiet hours are between the hours of
10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. during weekdays and between the hours of
10:00 p.m. and 9:00 a.m. on weekends or holidays.)
Multiple lane closures on East Valley Highway must be performed
during night hours (7:00 p.m. to 5:00 a.m.) or weekend hours pending
approval from the engineer.
All striping for lane shifts, per direction of travel, shall be completed
within the same work shift, unless otherwise approved in writing by the
Engineer.
The Contractor shall request permission, in writing, a minimum of 2
weeks prior to any lane closures. The contractor shall place two PCMS
message boards one week prior to start of the first lane closure and
these shall remain in place no more than one week after the first lane
closure. PCMS boards shall be field located with the approval of the
Engineer, one being to the east of the project location and one to the
west.
SECTION 1-07.24 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-07.24 Rights of Way
Street right of way lines, limits of easements and limits of construction
are indicated or defined on the plans. The Contractor's construction
activities shall be confined within these limits, unless arrangements for
use of private property are made.
It is anticipated that the City will have obtained all right of way,
easements or right of entry agreements prior to the start of
construction. Locations where these rights have not been obtained will
be brought to the Contractor's attention prior to start of construction.
The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the work in areas
where right of way, easements or rights of entry have not been
acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right of
way or easement is available or that the right of entry has been
received.
SECTION 1-07.26 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-07.26 Personal Liability of Public Officers
Neither the City, the Engineer, nor any other official, officer or
employee of the City shall be personally liable for any acts or failure to
act in connection with the contract, it being understood that, in these
matters, they are acting solely as agents of the City.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 24 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
SECTION 1-08 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
1-08.0 Preconstruction and Preconstruction Conference
The Engineer will furnish the Contractor with up to ten (10) copies of
the plans and specifications. Additional documents may be purchased
from the City at the price specified by the City or in the Invitation to
Bid. Prior to undertaking each part of the work, the Contractor shall
carefully study and compare the Contract and check and verify all
pertinent figures shown and all applicable field measurements. The
Contractor shall promptly report in writing to the Engineer any conflict,
error or discrepancy that the Contractor discovers.
After the Contract has been executed, but prior to the Contractor
beginning the work, a preconstruction conference will be held with the
Contractor, the Engineer and any other interested parties that the City
determines to invite. The purpose of the preconstruction conference will
be:
1. To review the initial progress schedule.
2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties
associated or affected by the work.
3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment,
notifications, approvals, submittals, etc.
4. To verify normal working hours for the work.
5. To review safety standards and traffic control.
6. To discuss any other related items that may be pertinent to the
work.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval, at or prior to the
preconstruction conference the following:
1. A price breakdown of all lump sum items.
2. A preliminary construction schedule.
3. A list of material sources for approval, if applicable.
4. Schedule of submittals. (See 1-06.6(2))
5. Temporary Erosion/Sedimentation Control Plan (TESCP) for
approval.
6. Traffic Control Plan (TCP) for approval.
7. Request to sublet, for approval by the Engineer, of all
subcontractors.
SECTION 1-08.4 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-08.4 Notice to Proceed, Prosecution and Hours of Work
Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed
and the contract bond and evidence of required insurance have been
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 25 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
approved by and filed with the City. Unless otherwise approved in
writing by the Engineer, the Contractor shall not commence the work
until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall commence construction activities on the Project Site
within ten working days of the Notice to Proceed Date. The Work
thereafter shall be prosecuted diligently, vigorously, and without
unauthorized interruption until physical completion of the work.
Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not
relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within
the time(s) specified in the Contract.
Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer, the normal straight time working hours for the Contractor
shall be any consecutive 8 hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00
p.m. Monday through Friday, unless otherwise specified in the Kent
Special Provisions, with a 5-day work week, plus allowing a maximum
one-hour lunch break in each working day. The normal straight time
8-hour working period for the contract shall be established at the
preconstruction conference or prior to the Contractor commencing
work.
If a Contractor desires to perform work on holidays, Saturdays,
Sundays, or before 7:00 a.m. or after 6:00 p.m. on any day, the
Contractor shall apply in writing to the Engineer for permission to work
those times. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 48 hours
in advance (72 hours in advance for weekend work) so that the
Inspector's time may be scheduled. Permission to work longer than an
8-hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. is not required. For
any work outside of normal straight time working hours that requires
city surveyors, all reasonable efforts shall be made by the Contractor to
allow time for surveying to be completed during normal straight time
hours. If city surveyors are required to work other than normal straight
time hours at the convenience of the Contractor, all such work shall be
reimbursed by the Contractor.
Permission to work between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.
during weekdays and between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 9:00 a.m.
on weekends or holidays may also be subject to noise control
requirements. Approval to continue work during these hours may be
revoked at any time the Contractor exceeds the City’s noise control
regulations or the city receives complaints from the public or adjoining
property owners regarding noise from the Contractor’s operations. The
Contractor shall have no claim for damages or delays should this
permission be revoked for these reasons.
The Engineer may grant permission to work Saturdays, Sundays,
holidays or other than the agreed upon normal straight time working
hours, but may be subject to other conditions established by the City or
Engineer. These conditions may include, but are not limited to the
following: hours worked by City employees; impacts to the construction
schedule; or accommodations to adjoining properties affected by the
contract work.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 26 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
1-08.4(A) Reimbursement for Overtime Work of City Employees
Following is a non-exclusive list of work that may require Contractor
reimbursement for overtime of City employees. The City will bill the
Contractor at the OVERTIME RATE in order for locate crews to
complete other work. If the locate request is for nights, weekend,
holidays or at other times when locate crews are not normally working,
all locate work and expenses, including travel, minimum call out times,
and/or Holiday premiums will be borne by the Contractor.
1. Locate work required to re-establish marks for City-owned
underground facilities that were not maintained or recorded by the
Contractor in accordance with RCW 19.122.030.
2. Work required by city survey crew(s) as the result of reestablishing
survey stakes or markings that were not maintained or recorded
by the Contractor or other work deemed to be for the convenience
of the Contractor and not required of the City by the contract.
3. Work required by City personnel or independent testing
laboratories to re-test project materials, utility pressure or vacuum
tests, camera surveys or water purity tests as the result of initial
test failure on the part of the Contractor.
1-08.4(B) General
The City allocates its resources to a contract based on the total time
allowed in the contract. The City will accept a progress schedule
indicating an early physical completion date but cannot guarantee the
City resources will be available to meet the accelerated schedule. No
additional compensation will be allowed if the Contractor is not able to
meet its accelerated schedule due to the unavailability of City resources
or for other reasons beyond the City's control.
Unless previously approved by the Engineer, the original and all
supplemental progress schedules shall not conflict with any time and
order-of-work requirements in the contract.
If the Engineer deems that the original or any necessary supplemental
progress schedule does not provide adequate information, the City may
withhold progress payments until a schedule containing needed
information has been submitted by the Contractor and approved by the
Engineer.
The Engineer's acceptance of any schedule shall not transfer any of the
Contractor's responsibilities to the City. The Contractor alone shall
remain responsible for adjusting forces, equipment, and work schedules
to ensure completion of the work within the times specified in the
contract.
SECTION 1-08.5 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE THIRD PARAGRAPH AND
REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING:
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 27 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
1-08.5 Time for Completion
Contract time shall begin on the day of the Notice to Proceed. The
Contract Provisions may specify another starting date for Contract time,
in which case, time will begin on the starting date specified.
SECTION 1-08.6 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FIFTH, SIXTH, AND SEVENTH
PARAGRAPHS AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-08.6 Suspension of Work
If the performance of all or any part of the Work is suspended for an
unreasonable period of time by an act of the Contracting Agency in the
administration of the Contract, or by failure to act within the time
specified in the Contract (or if no time is specified, within a reasonable
time), the Engineer will make an adjustment for any increase in the
cost or time for the performance of the Contract (excluding profit)
necessarily caused by the suspension. However, no adjustment will be
made for any suspension if (1) the performance would have been
suspended by any other cause, including the fault or negligence of the
Contractor, or (2) an equitable adjustment is provided for or excluded
under any other provision of the Contract.
If the Contactor believes that the performance of the Work is
suspended for an unreasonable period of time and such suspension is
the responsibility of the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall
immediately submit a written notice of protest to the Engineer as
provided in Section 1-04.5. No adjustment shall be allowed for any
costs incurred more than 10 calendar days before the date the Engineer
receives the Contractor’s written notice to protest. In any event, no
protest will be allowed later than the date of the Contractor’s signature
on the Final Pay Estimate. The Contractor shall keep full and complete
records of the costs and additional time of such suspension, and shall
permit the Engineer to have access to those records and any other
records as may be deemed necessary by the Engineer to assist in
evaluating the protest.
The Engineer will determine if an equitable adjustment in cost or time is
due as provided in this Section. The equitable adjustment for increase
in costs, if due, shall be subject to the limitations provided in Section
1-09.4, provided that no profit of any kind will be allowed on any
increase in cost necessarily caused by the suspension.
SECTION 1-08.7 MAINTENANCE DURING SUSPENSION IS REVISED BY
DELETING THE FOURTH AND SIXTH PARAGRAPHS.
1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1-09.9 Payments
SECTION 1-09.9 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 28 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
1-09.9(2) City’s Right to Withhold Certain Amounts
In addition to the amount that the City may otherwise retain under the
Contract, the City may withhold a sufficient amount of any payments
otherwise due to the Contractor, including nullifying the whole or part
of any previous payment, because of subsequently discovered evidence
or subsequent inspections that, in the City's judgment, may be
necessary to cover the following:
1. The cost of defective work not remedied.
2. Fees incurred for material inspection, and overtime engineering
and inspection for which the Contractor is obligated under this
Contract.
3. Fees and charges of public authorities or municipalities.
4. Liquidated damages.
5. Engineering and inspection fees beyond Completion Date.
6. Cost of City personnel to re-establish locate marks for City-owned
facilities that were not maintained by the Contractor in accordance
with RCW 19.122.030 (3).
7. Additional inspection, testing and lab fees for re-doing failed,
water, other utility tests.
1-09.11 Disputes and Claims
SECTION 1-09.11(3) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-09.11(3) Time Limitations and Jurisdiction
This contract shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the
laws of the State of Washington. The venue of any claims or causes of
action arising from this contract shall be exclusively in the Superior
Court of King County, located in Kent, Washington.
For convenience of the parties to this contract, it is mutually agreed
that any claims or causes of action which the Contractor has against the
City arising from this contract shall be brought within 180 days from
the date of Final Acceptance of the contract by the City. The parties
understand and agree that the Contractor’s failure to bring suit within
the time period provided shall be a complete bar to any such claims or
causes of action.
It is further mutually agreed by the parties that when any claims or
causes of action that a Contractor asserts against the City arising from
this contract are filed with the City or initiated in court, the Contractor
shall permit the City to have timely access to any records deemed
necessary by the City to assist in evaluating the claims or actions.
SECTION 1-09.13 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-09.13 Final Decision and Appeal
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 29 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
All disputes arising under this contract shall proceed pursuant to
Section 1-04.5 and 1-09.11 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications and
any Kent Special Provisions provided for in the contract for claims and
resolution of disputes. The provisions of these sections and the Kent
Special Provisions must be complied with as a condition precedent to
the Contractor’s right to seek an appeal of the City’s decision. The City’s
decision under Section 1-09.11 will be final and conclusive. Thereafter,
the exclusive means of Contractor’s right to appeal shall only be by
filing suit exclusively under the venue, rules and jurisdiction of the
Superior Court of King County, located in Kent, Washington, unless the
parties agree in writing to an alternative dispute resolution process.
1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL
1-10.2 Traffic Control Management
SECTION 1-10.2(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
1-10.2(1) General
The TCS shall be certified as a work site traffic control supervisor by
one of the following:
Evergreen Safety Council
401 Pontius Avenue North
Seattle, WA 98109
1-800-521-0778 or 206-382-4090
The Northwest Laborers-Employers Training Trust
27055 Ohio Avenue
Kingston, WA 98346
360-297-3035
The American Traffic Safety Services Association
15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100
Fredericksburg, VA 22406-1022
Training Dept. Toll Free (877) 642-4637 or (540) 368-1701
1-10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures, and Devices
1-10.3(3) Traffic Control Devices
SECTION 1-10.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
1-10.3(3)L Temporary Traffic Control Devices
When the bid proposal includes an item for “Temporary Traffic Control
Devices,” the work required for this item shall be furnishing barricades,
flashers, cones, traffic safety drums, and other temporary traffic control
devices, unless the contract provides for furnishing a specific temporary
traffic control device under another item. The item “Temporary Traffic
Control Devices” includes:
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 30 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
1. Initial delivery to the project site (or temporary storage) in good
repair and in clean usable condition,
2. Repair or replacement when they are damaged and they are still
needed on the project, and
3. Removal from the project site when they are no longer on the
project.
SECTION 1-10.5 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1-10.5 Payment
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the
following bid items when they are included in the Proposal:
The unit contract price for “Traffic Control Labor” per hour shall be full
pay for all costs for the labor provided for performing those
construction operations described in Section 1-10.2(1)B, and Section
1-10.3(1) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications, and as authorized by
the Engineer. The hours eligible for “Traffic Control Labor” shall be
limited to the hours the worker is actually performing the work as
documented by traffic control forms provided by the Contractor’s TCM,
and verified by the City Inspector’s records, and the Contractor’s
Certified Payroll Records submitted to the City Inspector on a weekly
basis.
The unit contract price for “Traffic Control Supervisor” per hour shall be
full pay for each hour a person performs the Traffic Control Supervisor
duties described in Section 1-10.2(1)B of the WSDOT Standard
Specifications. Payment for traffic control labor performed by the Traffic
Control Supervisor will be paid under the item for “Traffic Control
Labor.”
The lump sum contract price for “Temporary Traffic Control Devices”
shall be full pay for providing the work described in Section 1-10.3(3)L
of the Kent Special Provisions. Progress payment for the lump sum item
“Temporary Traffic Control Devices” will be made as follows:
1. When the initial temporary traffic control devices are set up, 50
percent of the amount bid for the item will be paid.
2. Payment for the remaining 50 percent of the amount bid for the
item will be paid on a prorated basis in accordance with the total
job progress as determined by progress payments.
The unit contract price for “Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS)”
per day shall be full pay for all costs for furnishing, transporting, initial
installation within the project limits, maintaining and removing the
PCMS, and associated work described in Section 1-10.3(3)C of the
WSDOT Standard Specifications. Relocation of the PCMS within the
project limits will be paid under the item “Traffic Control Labor.”
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 1 - 31 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
The unit contract price for “Sequential Arrow Sign (SAS)” per day shall
be full pay for all costs for providing, maintaining and removing the
SAS, and associated work and maintenance described in Section
1-10.3(3)B of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. The operator of this
device will be paid under the item “Traffic Control Labor.”
When the proposal does not include a bid item for a specific bid item
listed in the WSDOT Standard Specifications and/or the Kent Special
Provisions, all costs for the work described for those traffic control bid
items shall be included by the Contractor in the unit contract prices for
the various other bid items contained within the proposal. The
Contractor shall estimate these costs based on the Contractor’s
contemplated work procedures.
When traffic control bid items are included in the bid proposal, payment
is limited to the following work areas:
1. The entire construction area under contract and for a distance to
include the initial warning signs for the beginning of the project
and the END OF CONSTRUCTION sign. Any warning signs for side
streets on the approved TCP are also included. If the project
consists of two or more sections, the limits will apply to each
section individually.
2. A detour provided in the plans or approved by the City’s Traffic
Control Supervisor for by-passing all or any portion of the
construction, irrespective of whether or not the termini of the
detour are within the limits of the Contract.
No payment will be made to the Contractor for traffic control items
required in connection with the movement of equipment or the hauling
of materials outside of the limits of 1 and 2 above, or for temporary
road closures subject to the provisions of Section 1-07.23(1) of the
WSDOT Standard Specifications.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 2 - 1 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
DIVISION 2 – EARTHWORK
2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS
SECTION 2-02.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
2-02.1 Description
This work also includes the repair of adjacent improvements that were
not designated for removal, but that were damaged by the Contractor’s
operations.
SECTION 2-02.3 IS REVISED BY REPLACING THE LAST THREE PARAGRAPHS
WITH THE FOLLOWING:
2-02.3 Construction Requirements
The City has identified the following materials that are marked for
removal, but that will be salvaged as part of this project:
1.
2.
The salvaged materials listed above shall be removed, hauled and
stored at the following site(s):
1.
2.
All improvements that are not designated for removal, but that are
damaged by the Contractor’s operations shall be replaced, restored, or
repaired at the Contractor’s sole expense. The Engineer’s determination
regarding what replacement, restoration, or repair must be made by
the Contractor to repair damage caused by the Contractor’s removal
operations is final.
SECTION 2-02.3(3) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters
In removing pavement, sidewalks, and curbs the Contractor shall:
1. Haul broken-up pieces of concrete and asphalt pavement into the
roadway embankment, or to some off-project site, unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer, or permitted by the Kent
Special Provisions.
2. Material that is to be incorporated into the embankment shall be
broken into pieces not exceeding 18 inches in any dimension, and
no part of any piece shall be within three feet of the top, side or
end surface of the embankment or any structure.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 2 - 2 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
3. Make a vertical saw cut between any existing pavement, sidewalk,
or curb that is to remain and the portion to be removed. When
asphalt pavements are being widened, the vertical saw cut shall be
made at least 1-foot from the edge of the existing pavement, and
at least 2-feet from the closest edge of any cement concrete curb
that will remain or be replaced, unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer.
4. Replace at no expense to the City any existing pavement
designated to remain that is damaged during the removal of other
pavement, sidewalks, or curbs.
5. When cement concrete sidewalk, cement concrete pavement, or
cement concrete curb is being removed, and the removal would
result in a remaining strip of cement concrete less than 5 feet
long, or where in the opinion of the Engineer the remaining portion
of the sidewalk, pavement or curb would be damaged by the
cutting required for the removal, then the entire sidewalk,
pavement or curb shall be removed to the next expansion joint.
SECTION 2-02.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
2-02.3(4) Removal of Traffic Islands, and/or Traffic Curbs When Pavement
Surface Integrity is to be Maintained
In removing traffic islands and/or traffic curbs the Contractor shall:
1. Haul broken-up pieces and complete sections of traffic curbs and
all waste materials to an off-project site, unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer, or permitted by the Kent Special Provisions.
2. Completely remove all block traffic curbs, pre-cast traffic curbs,
connecting dividers, nose pieces and remaining adhesive.
3. Remove all island materials, including asphalt pavement, crushed
rock, and topsoil, between the traffic curbs to the depth of the
compacted subgrade, or to the surface of the underlying pavement
where such pavement exists under the island.
4. Take suitable care so as not to damage the underlying pavement
surface more than necessary, clean all underlying pavement, and
fill any surface voids caused by the removal work.
5. Repair any damage to adjacent traffic curbs that were designated
to remain, but that was caused by the removal of the traffic curbs.
6. Remove and dispose of all waste materials deposited on the
pavement, or within the City’s stormwater management system,
as a result of the removal process selected by the Contractor.
SECTION 2-02.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
2-02.5 Payment
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the
following bid items when they are included in the Proposal:
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 2 - 3 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
The unit contract price per square yard for “Remove Existing Asphalt
Concrete Pavement” constitutes complete compensation for all labor,
materials, tools, supplies and equipment required to remove existing
asphalt from sidewalk for a depth of 3 inches, and from roads for a
depth of 6 inches. Included in this price is the cost of hauling and
disposal of the asphalt pavement. Should the Contractor encounter
pavement to be removed which is thicker than 6 inches it shall be paid
according to the following formula:
actual depth in inches
(square yards) x 6 inches = quantity
For example, if the Contractor encounters pavement to be removed
which is 8 inches thick and 100 square yards then the quantity would
be:
8
100’ x 6 = 133 S.Y. No other compensation shall be allowed.
The unit contract price per square yard for “Remove Cement Concrete
Driveway (Reinforced)” constitutes complete compensation for all labor,
materials, tools, supplies and equipment required to remove existing
concrete sidewalk, curb and gutter for a depth of 6 inches. Included in
this price is the cost of hauling and disposal of the concrete pavement.
Some of the existing driveways may contain reinforcing steel. The cost
to cut, remove and dispose of the rebar shall also be included in this bid
item. Should the Contractor encounter pavement to be removed which
is thicker than 6 inches it shall be paid according to the following
formula:
(Encountered thickness – 6 inches) x inches 6
price bid unit additional
compensation
For example, if the Contractor encounters pavement to be removed
which is 8 inches thick and its unit bid price was $2.00/SY then its
additional compensation for the extra thickness would be:
(8 – 6) x 6
$2.00 $0.67/SY in addition to the unit price. No other
compensation shall be allowed.
The unit contract price per square yard for “Remove Cement Concrete
Sidewalk” constitutes complete compensation for furnishing all labor,
materials, tools, supplies, and equipment necessary to saw cut and
remove, haul, and dispose of the cement concrete sidewalk as shown
on the plans and described in the specifications.
The unit contract price per lineal foot for “Remove Cement Concrete
Curb and Gutter” constitutes complete compensation for furnishing all
labor, materials, tools, supplies, and equipment necessary to saw cut
and remove, haul, and dispose of the cement concrete curb and gutter
as shown on the plans and described in the specifications. Reinforced
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 2 - 4 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
curb and gutter adjacent to the driveways shall be paid for under the
Remove Existing Cement Concrete Driveway (Reinforced) bid item.
The unit contract price per lineal foot for “Remove Cement Concrete
Extruded Curb” constitutes complete compensation for furnishing all
labor, materials, tools, supplies, and equipment necessary to saw cut
and remove, haul, and dispose of the cement concrete extruded curb as
shown on the plans and described in the specifications.
The unit contract price per lineal foot for “Remove Existing Storm
Sewer Pipe or Culvert” constitutes complete compensation for all labor,
materials, tools, supplies and equipment necessary to remove the
existing storm pipe or culvert as shown on the plans and described in
the specifications. The unit bid price shall also include but not be limited
to excavation, concrete plugging any remaining pipes, removal,
disposal, backfilling with gravel borrow, and compaction.
The unit contract price per each for “Remove Existing Catch Basin or
Manhole” constitutes complete compensation for all labor, materials,
tools, supplies and equipment necessary to remove the existing
structure as shown on the plans and described in the specifications. The
unit price bid shall include but not be limited to excavation, concrete
plugging any remaining pipes, removal, disposal, backfilling, with gravel
borrow and compaction. Any frames, grates, or risers shall be hauled
and disposed of by the Contractor unless deemed salvageable as
determined by the Engineer.
The unit price contract price per lineal foot for “Saw Cut Existing
Asphalt Concrete Pavement” constitutes complete compensation for all
materials, labor and equipment required to saw cut existing pavement
to a depth of 6 inches in accordance with the plans and specifications.
Should the Contractor encounter pavement to be removed which is
thicker than 6 inches, it shall be paid according to the following
formula:
actual depth in inches
(length) x 6 inches = quantity
For example, if the Contractor encounters pavement to be saw cut
which is 8 inches thick and 100 linear feet then the quantity would be:
8
length x 6 = 133 LF. No other compensation shall be allowed.
A vertical saw cut shall be required between any existing pavement,
sidewalk, or curb that is to remain and the portion to be removed. The
costs of other types of pavement cutting, such as “wheel cutting”, shall
be considered incidental to other bid items and no payment will be
allowed under this item unless the pavement is actually saw cut.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 2 - 5 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
2-03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT
2-03.3 Construction Requirements
SECTION 2-03.3(7)C IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
2-03.3(7)C Contractor-Provided Disposal Site
The City has not provided a waste site. The Contractor shall arrange for
disposal and provide any necessary disposal sites in accordance with
Section 2-03.3(7)C of the WSDOT Standard Specifications.
The Contractor is responsible for determining which permits are
required for the selected disposal sites.
Within the City, wetlands are identified by using the Corps of Engineers
Wetlands Delineation Manual dated January 1987.
SECTION 2-03.3(14)D IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
2-03.3(14)D Compaction and Moisture Control Tests
Maximum density will be determined by the Modified Proctor Method
ASTM D-1557.
All compaction tests if required will be performed by the City.
2-06 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
2-06.3 Construction Requirements
SECTION 2-06.3(1) ITEM 6 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE
FOLLOWING:
2-06.3(1) Subgrade for Surfacing
6. The prepared subgrade shall be compacted in the top 0.50 foot to
95 percent of maximum dry density per ASTM D-1557 for a cut
section. If the underlying subgrade is too soft to permit
compaction of the upper 0.5 foot layer, the Contractor shall loosen
(or excavate and remove), and compact the subgrade until the top
layer can meet compaction requirements. Fill sections shall be
prepared in accordance with the Standard Specification Section
2-03.3(14)C, Method B except ASTM D-1557 shall determine the
maximum density.
SECTION 2-06.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
2-06.5 Measurement and Payment
The cost for work required for compaction of the subgrade shall be
included by the Contractor in the unit contract price of other bid items.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 2 - 6 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
2-07 WATERING
SECTION 2-07.4 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
2-07.4 Measurement
The Contractor shall obtain a hydrant meter and permit from the City
Maintenance Shop located at 5821 South 240th Street 253-856-5600 to
measure the quantities of water used. Hydrant wrenches are also
available at the City Maintenance Shops at the Contractors option. No
additional deposit is required for the hydrant wrench. The City shall
provide all water that comes from the City water system.
Prior to issuance of the hydrant meter (and wrench if applicable) and
permit, the Contractor shall make a hydrant meter deposit to the City
Customer Service Division located on the first floor of the Centennial
Center at 400 West Gowe Street 253-856-5200. The said deposit is
refundable provided the Contractor returns the hydrant meter (and
wrench if applicable) to the City Maintenance Shops undamaged.
The Contractor shall provide his own gate valve on the hose side
of the hydrant meter with which to control water flow.
The hydrant meter permit duration is two (2) months. At the end of the
permit duration, the Contractor shall deliver the hydrant meter (and
wrench if applicable) to the City Maintenance Shops for reading. If the
Contractor requires another hydrant meter and permit at the time a
meter is returned to the City Maintenance Shops, he shall request a
meter and one shall be provided. An additional meter deposit will not be
required. The Contractors initial hydrant meter deposit shall be
transferred to the new meter issued.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 4 - 1 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
DIVISION 4 – BASES
DIVISION 4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION:
4-03 GRAVEL BORROW
4-03.1 Description
This work shall consist of constructing one or more layers of gravel
borrow upon a prepared subgrade in accordance with these
specifications and in conformity with the lines, grades, depths, and
typical cross-section shown in the plans or as established by the
Engineer.
4-03.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the minimum requirements of the following section
in the Kent Special Provisions:
Gravel Borrow .......................... 9-03.14(1)
4-03.3 Construction Requirements
Gravel borrow shall be uniformly spread upon the prepared subgrade to
the depth, width, and cross-sections shown in the plans. Construction
methods used shall meet the appropriate requirements of Section
4-04.3.
4-03.4 Measurement
Gravel borrow will be measured in the same manner prescribed for the
measurement of crushed surfacing materials as set forth in Section
4-04.4.
4-03.5 Payment
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the
following bid item when they are included in the Proposal:
The unit contract price per ton for “Gravel Borrow, Including Haul and
Compaction” constitutes complete compensation for furnishing all labor,
materials, tools, supplies, and equipment necessary to haul, place,
finish grade, and compact the gravel borrow as shown on the plans and
described in the specifications. This item shall be used for roadway
subbase, backfill for water, storm sewer, electrical conduit trenches,
and other excavation backfill and compaction unless otherwise noted.
4-04 BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING
4-04.3 Construction Requirements
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 4 - 2 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
SECTION 4-04.3(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
4-04.3(2) Subgrade
The Contractor is responsible for any delays or costs incurred as a
result of placing ballast or surface materials before approval is received
from the Engineer.
SECTION 4-04.3(5) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
4-04.3(5) Shaping and Compaction
Surfacing shall be compacted in depths not to exceed 6 inches except
top course shall not exceed 2 inches unless otherwise directed. Density
shall be at least 95 percent of maximum density per ASTM D-1557
using a nuclear gauge. Compaction of each layer must be approved by
the Engineer before the next succeeding layer of surfacing or pavement
is placed thereon.
SECTION 4-04.3(7) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
4-04.3(7) Miscellaneous Requirements
The Contractor is solely responsible for any delays or additional costs
incurred as a result of placing ballast or succeeding courses of surfacing
materials before approval to proceed is received from the Engineer.
SECTION 4-04.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
4-04.5 Payment
The unit contract price per ton for “Crushed Surfacing Top Course, 5/8
Inch Minus” constitutes complete compensation for furnishing all labor,
materials, tools, supplies, and equipment necessary to haul, place,
finish grade, and compact the material as shown on the plans and
described in the specifications. These items shall also be used for
roadway or driveway remedial work or patching as requested by the
Engineer. Quantities used for pipe zone bedding shall be measured and
paid separately under the appropriate bid item.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 1 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
DIVISION 5 – SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
NOTE: If the contract also includes underground utility construction, permanent
surface treatments and pavements shall not be placed until an as-built survey and
testing of the new underground utilities have been completed.
Verification that utility construction conforms to the line and grade requirements of
Section 7-08.3(2)B of the WSDOT Standard Specifications shall be made by the
Engineer prior to authorizing paving to begin. Also, each new utility must pass all
appropriate tests specified herein for the type of utility prior to paving.
5-02 BITUMINOUS SURFACE TREATMENT
SECTION 5-02.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
5-02.5 Payment
Anti-stripping additive shall be included in the price of asphalt (grade)
per ton. The quantity of asphalt material shall not be reduced by the
quantity of anti-stripping additive.
5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT
SECTION 5-04 IS DELETED AND REPLACED IN ITS ENTIRETY WITH THE
FOLLOWING:
5-04.1 Description
This Work shall consist of providing and placing one or more layers of
plant-mixed hot mix asphalt (HMA) on a prepared foundation or base in
accordance with these Specifications and the lines, grades, thicknesses,
and typical cross-sections shown int Plans. The manufacture of HMA
may include warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in accordance with
these Specifications. WMA processes include organic additives, chemical
additives, and foaming.
HMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as may
rovide a
ture.
5-04.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Portland Cement 9-01
Asphalt Binder 9-02.1(4)
Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 9-02.1(6)
Anti-Stripping Additive 9-02.4
HMA Additive 9-02.5
Sand 9-03.1(2)
(As noted in 5-04.3(5)C for crack sealing)
Aggregates 9-03.8
Recycled Asphalt Pavement 9-03.8(3)B
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 2 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Mineral Filler 9-03.8(5)
Recycled Material 9-03.21
Joint Sealant 9-04.2
Foam Backer Rod 9-04.2(3)A
The Contract documents may establish that the various mineral
materials required for the manufacture of HMA will be furnished in
whole or in part by the Contracting Agency. If the documents do not
establish the furnishing of any of these mineral materials by the
Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall be required to furnish such
materials in the amounts required for the designated mix. Mineral
materials include coarse and fine aggregates, and mineral filler.
The Contractor may choose to utilize recycled asphalt pavement (RAP)
in the production of HMA. The RAP may be from pavements removed
under the Contract, if any, or pavement material from an existing
stockpile.
The Contractor may use up to 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA
with no additional sampling or testing of the RAP. The RAP shall be
sampled and tested at a frequency of one sample for every 1,000 tons
produced and not less than ten samples per project. The asphalt
content and gradation test data shall be reported to the Contracting
Agency when submitting the mix design for approval on the QPL. The
Contractor shall include the RAP as part of the mix design as defined in
these Specifications.
The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the Contract.
Blending of asphalt binder from different sources is not permitted.
The Contractor may only use warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in the
production of HMA with 20 percent or less RAP by total weight of HMA.
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval the process
that is proposed and how it will be used in the manufacture of HMA.
Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section
3-01.
Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the
removal of aggregates from stockpiles shall comply with the
requirements of Section 3-02.
ESAL's
The minimum number of ESAL's for the design and acceptance of the
HMA in the contract shall be 11 million.
5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL
If the contractor wishes to submit a mix design for inclusion in the
Qualified Products List (QPL), comply with each of the following:
Develop the mix design in accordance with WSDOT SOP 732.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 3 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Develop a mix design that complies with Sections 9-03.8(2) and 9-
03.8(6).
Develop a mix design no more than 6 months prior to submitting it
for QPL evaluation.
Submit mix designs to the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory in
Tumwater, including WSDOT Form 350-042.
Include representative samples of the materials that are to be
used in the HMA production as part of the mix design submittal.
Identify the brand, type, and percentage of anti-stripping additive
in the mix design submittal.
Include with the mix design submittal a certification from the
asphalt binder supplier that the anti-stripping additive is
compatible with the crude source and the formulation of asphalt
binder proposed for use in the mix design.
Do not include warm mix asphalt (WMA) additives when
developing a mix design or submitting a mix design for QPL
evaluation. The use of warm mix asphalt (WMA) additives is not
part of the process for obtaining approval for listing a mix design
on the QPL. Refer to Section 5-04.2(2)B.
The Contracting Agency’s basis for approving, testing, and evaluating
HMA mix designs for approval on the QPL is dependent on the
contractual basis for acceptance of the HMA mixture, as shown in Table
1.
Table 1
Basis for Contracting Agency Evaluation of HMA Mix Designs for
Approval on the QPL
Contractual Basis for
Acceptance of HMA
Mixture
[see Section
5-04.3(9)]
Basis for Contracting
Agency Approval of
Mix Design for
Placement on QPL
Contracting Agency
Materials Testing for
Evaluation of the Mix
Design
Statistical Evaluation WSDOT Standard
Practice QC-8
The Contracting Agency will
test the mix design materials
for compliance with Sections
9-03.8(2) and 9-03.8(6).
Visual Evaluation Review of Form 350-042
for compliance with
Sections 9-03.8(2) and
9-03.8(6)
The Contracting Agency may
elect to test the mix design
materials, or evaluate in
accordance with WSDOT
Standard Practice QC-8, at
its sole discretion.
If the Contracting Agency approves the mix design, it will be listed on
the QPL for 12 consecutive months. The Contracting Agency may
extend the 12 month listing provided the Contractor submits a
certification letter to the Qualified Products Engineer verifying that the
aggregate source and job mix formula (JMF) gradation, and asphalt
binder crude source and formulation have not changed. The Contractor
may submit the certification no sooner than three months prior to
expiration of the initial 12 month mix design approval. Within 7
calendar days of receipt of the Contractor’s certification, the
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 4 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Contracting Agency will update the QPL. The maximum duration for
approval of a mix design and listing on the QPL will be 24 months from
the date of initial approval or as approved by the Engineer.
5-04.2(1)A Vacant
5-04.2(2) Mix Design – Obtaining Project Approval
No paving shall begin prior to the approval of the mix design by the
Engineer.
Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for all HMA not designated as
Commercial HMA in the contract documents.
Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other
classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road
approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, and
pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by
commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Project Engineer.
Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be
at the option of the Project Engineer. The Proposal quantity of HMA that
is accepted by commercial evaluation will be excluded from the
quantities used in the determination of nonstatistical evaluation.
Nonstatistical Mix Design. Fifteen days prior to the first day of
paving the contractor shall provide one of the following mix design
verification certifications for Contracting Agency review;
The WSDOT Mix Design Evaluation Report from the current WSDOT
QPL, or one of the mix design verification certifications listed
below.
The proposed HMA mix design on WSDOT Form 350-042 with the
seal and certification (stamp and signature) of a valid licensed
Washington State Professional Engineer.
The Mix Design Report for the proposed HMA mix design developed
by a qualified City or County laboratory that is within one year of
the approval date.
The mix design shall be performed by a lab accredited by a national
authority such as Laboratory Accreditation Bureau, L-A-B for
Construction Materials Testing, The Construction Materials Engineering
Council (CMEC’s) ISO 17025 or AASHTO Accreditation Program (AAP)
and shall supply evidence of participation in the AASHTO: resource
proficiency sample program.
Mix designs for HMA accepted by Nonstatistical evaluation shall;
Have the aggregate structure and asphalt binder content determined in
accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and meet
the requirements of Sections 9-03.8(2), except that Hamburg testing
for ruts and stripping are at the discretion of the Engineer, and
9-03.8(6).
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 5 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Have anti-strip requirements, if any, for the proposed mix design
determined in accordance with AASHTO T 283 or T 324, or based on
historic anti-strip and aggregate source compatibility from previous
WSDOT lab testing.
At the discretion of the Engineer, agencies may accept verified mix
designs older than 12 months from the original verification date with a
certification from the Contractor that the materials and sources are the
same as those shown on the original mix design.
Commercial Evaluation Approval of a mix design for “Commercial
Evaluation” will be based on a review of the Contractor’s submittal of
WSDOT Form 350-042 (For commercial mixes, AASHTO T 324
evaluation is not required) or a Mix Design from the current WSDOT
QPL or from one of the processes allowed by this section. Testing of the
HMA by the Contracting Agency for mix design approval is not required.
For the Bid Item Commercial HMA, the Contractor shall select a class of
HMA and design level of Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESAL’s) specified
herein.
5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes
The Contractor may elect to use additives that reduce the optimum
mixing temperature or serve as a compaction aid for producing HMA.
Additives include organic additives, chemical additives and foaming
processes. The use of Additives is subject to the following:
Do not use additives that reduce the mixing temperature more
than allowed in Section 5-04.3(6) in the production of mixtures.
Before using additives, obtain the Engineer’s approval using
WSDOT Form 350-076 to describe the proposed additive and
process.
5-04.3 Construction Requirements
5-04.3(1) Weather Limitations
Do not place HMA for wearing course on any Traveled Way beginning
October 1st through March 31st of the following year without written
concurrence from the Engineer.
Do not place HMA on any wet surface, or when the average surface
temperatures are less than those specified below, or when weather
conditions otherwise prevent the proper handling or finishing of the
HMA.
Minimum Surface Temperature for Paving
Compacted Thickness
(Feet)
Wearing Course Other Courses
Less than 0.10
0.10 to 0.20
More than 0.20
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 6 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic
When the Roadway being paved is open to traffic, the requirements of
this Section sha
The Contractor shall keep intersections open to traffic at all times
except when paving the intersection or paving across the intersection.
During such time, and provided that there has been an advance
warning to the public, the intersection may be closed for the minimum
time required to place and compact the mixture. In hot weather, the
Engineer may require the application of water to the pavement to
accelerate the finish rolling of the pavement and to shorten the time
required before reopening to traffic.
Before closing an intersection, advance warning signs shall be placed
and signs shall also be placed marking the detour or alternate route.
During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be
maintained throughout the project. Temporary pavement markings
shall be installed on the Roadway prior to opening to traffic. Temporary
pavement markings shall be in accordance with Section 8-23.
All costs in connection with performing the Work in accordance with
these requirements, except the cost of temporary pavement markings,
shall be included in the unit Contract prices for the various Bid items
involved in the Contract.
5-04.3(3) Equipment
5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant
Plants used for the preparation of HMA shall conform to the following
requirements:
1. Equipment for Preparation of Asphalt Binder – Tanks for the
storage of asphalt binder shall be equipped to heat and hold the
material at the required temperatures. The heating shall be
accomplished by steam coils, electricity, or other approved means
so that no flame shall be in contact with the storage tank. The
circulating system for the asphalt binder shall be designed to
ensure proper and continuous circulation during the operating
period. A valve for the purpose of sampling the asphalt binder shall
be placed in either the storage tank or in the supply line to the
mixer.
2. Thermometric Equipment – An armored thermometer, capable
of detecting temperature ranges expected in the HMA mix, shall be
fixed in the asphalt binder feed line at a location near the charging
valve at the mixer unit. The thermometer location shall be
convenient and safe for access by Inspectors. The plant shall also
be equipped with an approved dial-scale thermometer, a mercury
actuated thermometer, an electric pyrometer, or another approved
thermometric instrument placed at the discharge chute of the drier
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 7 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
to automatically register or indicate the temperature of the heated
3. Heating of Asphalt Binder – The temperature of the asphalt
binder shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the
asphalt binder manufacturer nor shall it be below the minimum
temperature required to maintain the asphalt binder in a
homogeneous state. The asphalt binder shall be heated in a
manner that will avoid local variations in heating. The heating
method shall provide a continuous supply of asphalt binder to the
mixer at a uniform average temperature with no individual
variations exceeding 25°F. Also, when a WMA additive is included
in the asphalt binder, the temperature of the asphalt binder shall
not exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of
the WMA additive.
4. Sampling and Testing of Mineral Materials – The HMA plant
shall be equipped with a mechanical sampler for the sampling of
the mineral materials. The mechanical sampler shall meet the
requirements of Section 1-05.6 for the crushing and screening
operation. The Contractor shall provide for the setup and operation
of the field testing facilities of the Contracting Agency as provided
for in Section 3-01.2(2).
5. Sampling HMA – The HMA plant shall provide for sampling HMA
by one of the following methods:
a. A mechanical sampling device attached to the HMA plant.
b. Platforms or devices to enable sampling from the hauling
vehicle without entering the hauling vehicle.
5-04.3(3)B Hauling Equipment
Trucks used for hauling HMA shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds
and shall have a cover of canvas or other suitable material of sufficient
size to protect the mixture from adverse weather. Whenever the
weather conditions during the work shift include, or are forecast to
include, precipitation or an air temperature less than 45°F or when time
from loading to unloading exceeds 30 minutes, the cover shall be
securely attached to protect the HMA.
The Contractor shall provide an environmentally benign means to
prevent the HMA mixture from adhering to the hauling equipment.
Excess release agent shall be drained prior to filling hauling equipment
with HMA. Petroleum derivatives or other coating material that
contaminate or alter the characteristics of the HMA shall not be used.
For live bed trucks, the conveyer shall be in operation during the
process of applying the release agent.
5-04.3(3)C Pavers
HMA pavers shall be self-contained, power-propelled units, provided
ratory screed and shall be capable of
spreading and finishing courses of HMA plant mix material in lane
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 8 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
The HMA paver shall be in good condition and shall have the most
current equipment available from the manufacturer for the prevention
of segregation of the HMA mixture installed, in good condition, and in
working order. The equipment certification shall list the make, model,
and year of the paver and any equipment that has been retrofitted.
The screed shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations and shall effectively produce a finished surface of the
required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, segregating, or
recommendations
shall be provided upon request by the Contracting Agency. Extensions
will be allowed provided they produce the same results, including ride,
density, and surface texture as obtained by the primary screed.
Extensions without augers and an internally heated vibratory screed
When specified in the Contract, reference lines for vertical control will
be required. Lines shall be placed on both outer edges of the Traveled
Way of each Roadway. Horizontal control utilizing the reference line will
be permitted. The grade and slope for intermediate lanes shall be
controlled automatically from reference lines or by means of a mat
referencing device and a slope control device. When the finish of the
grade prepared for paving is superior to the established tolerances and
when, in the opinion of the Engineer, further improvement to the line,
grade, cross-section, and smoothness can best be achieved without the
use of the reference line, a mat referencing device may be substituted
for the reference line. Substitution of the device will be subject to the
continued approval of the Engineer. A joint matcher may be used
subject to the approval of the Engineer. The reference line may be
removed after the completion of the first course of HMA when approved
by the Engineer. Whenever the Engineer determines that any of these
methods are failing to provide the necessary vertical control, the
reference lines will be reinstalled by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall furnish and install all pins, brackets, tensioning
devices, wire, and accessories necessary for satisfactory operation of
the automatic control equipment.
If the paving machine in use is not providing the required finish, the
Engineer may suspend Work as allowed by Section 1-08.6. Any cleaning
or solvent type liquids spilled on the pavement shall be thoroughly
removed before paving proceeds.
5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle
A material transfer device or material transfer vehicle (MTD/V) is not
required for HMA placed on this project.
The MTD/V may mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment
and prior to laydown by the paving machine. Mixing of the HMA shall be
sufficient to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. If a
windrow elevator is used, the length of the windrow may be limited in
urban areas or through intersections, at the discretion of the Engineer.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 9 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
To be approved for use, an MTV:
1. Shall be self-propelled vehicle, separate from the hauling vehicle
or paver.
2. Shall not be connected to the hauling vehicle or paver.
3. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from
a windrow.
4. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and
prior to placement into the paving machine.
5. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature
throughout the mixture.
To be approved for use, an MTD:
1. Shall be positively connected to the paver.
2. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from
a windrow.
3. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and
prior to placement into the paving machine.
4. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature
throughout the mixture.
5-04.3(3)E Rollers
Rollers shall be of the steel wheel, vibratory, oscillatory, or pneumatic
tire type, in good condition and capable of reversing without backlash.
Operation of the roller shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations. When ordered by the Engineer for any roller planned
for use on the project, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the
manufacturer’s recommendation for the use of that roller for
compaction of HMA. The number and weight of rollers shall be sufficient
to compact the mixture in compliance with the requirements of Section
5-04.3(10). The use of equipment that results in crushing of the
aggregate will not be permitted. Rollers producing pickup, washboard,
uneven compaction of the surface, displacement of the mixture or other
undesirable results shall not be used.
5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces
When the surface of the existing pavement or old base is irregular, the
Contractor shall bring it to a uniform grade and cross-section as shown
on the Plans or approved by the Engineer.
Preleveling of uneven or broken surfaces over which HMA is to be
placed may be accomplished by using an asphalt paver, a motor patrol
grader, or by hand raking, as approved by the Engineer.
Compaction of preleveling HMA shall be to the satisfaction of the
Engineer and may require the use of small steel wheel rollers, plate
compactors, or pneumatic rollers to avoid bridging across preleveled
areas by the compaction equipment. Equipment used for the
compaction of preleveling HMA shall be approved by the Engineer.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 10 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Before construction of HMA on an existing paved surface, the entire
surface of the pavement shall be clean. All fatty asphalt patches, grease
drippings, and other objectionable matter shall be entirely removed
from the existing pavement. All pavements or bituminous surfaces shall
be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement grindings, and other
foreign matter. All holes and small depressions shall be filled with an
appropriate class of HMA. The surface of the patched area shall be
leveled and compacted thoroughly. Prior to the application of tack coat,
or paving, the condition of the surface shall be approved by the
Engineer.
A tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to all paved surfaces on which
any course of HMA is to be placed or abutted; except that tack coat
may be omitted from clean, newly paved surfaces at the discretion of
the Engineer. Tack coat shall be uniformly applied to cover the existing
pavement with a thin film of residual asphalt free of streaks and bare
spots at a rate between 0.02 and 0.10 gallons per square yard of
retained asphalt. The rate of application shall be approved by the
Engineer. A heavy application of tack coat shall be applied to all joints.
For Roadways open to traffic, the application of tack coat shall be
limited to surfaces that will be paved during the same working shift.
The spreading equipment shall be equipped with a thermometer to
indicate the temperature of the tack coat material.
Equipment shall not operate on tacked surfaces until the tack has
broken and cured. If the Contractor’s operation damages the tack coat
it shall be repaired prior to placement of the HMA.
The tack coat shall be CSS-1, or CSS-1h emulsified asphalt. The CSS-1
and CSS-1h emulsified asphalt may be diluted once with water at a rate
not to exceed one part water to one part emulsified asphalt. The tack
coat shall have sufficient temperature such that it may be applied
uniformly at the specified rate of application and shall not exceed the
maximum temperature recommended by
manufacturer.
5-04.3(4)A Crack Sealing
5-04.3(4)A1 General
When the Proposal includes a pay item for crack sealing, seal all cracks
¼ inch in width and greater.
Cleaning: Ensure that cracks are thoroughly clean, dry and free of all
loose and foreign material when filling with crack sealant material. Use
a hot compressed air lance to dry and warm the pavement surfaces
within the crack immediately prior to filling a crack with the sealant
material. Do not overheat pavement. Do not use direct flame dryers.
Routing cracks is not required.
Sand Slurry: For cracks that are to be filled with sand slurry,
thoroughly mix the components and pour the mixture into the cracks
until full. Add additional CSS-1 cationic emulsified asphalt to the sand
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 11 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
slurry as needed for workability to ensure the mixture will completely
fill the cracks. Strike off the sand slurry flush with the existing
pavement surface and allow the mixture to cure. Top off cracks that
were not completely filled with additional sand slurry. Do not place the
HMA overlay until the slurry has fully cured.
The sand slurry shall consist of approximately 20 percent CSS-1
emulsified asphalt, approximately 2 percent portland cement, water (if
required), and the remainder clean Class 1 or 2 fine aggregate per
Section 9-03.1(2). The components shall be thoroughly mixed and then
poured into the cracks and joints until full. The following day, any
cracks or joints that are not completely filled shall be topped off with
additional sand slurry. After the sand slurry is placed, the filler shall be
struck off flush with the existing pavement surface and allowed to cure.
The HMA overlay shall not be placed until the slurry has fully cured. The
requirements of Section 1-06 will not apply to the portland cement and
sand used in the sand slurry.
In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks.
In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows:
1. Cracks ¼ inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot poured sealant.
2. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width – fill with sand slurry.
Hot Poured Sealant: For cracks that are to be filled with hot poured
sealant, apply the material in accordance with these requirements and
the manufacturer’s recommendations. Furnish a Type 1 Working
Drawing of the manufacturer’s product information and
recommendations to the Engineer prior to the start of work, including
the manufacturer’s recommended heating time and temperatures,
allowable storage time and temperatures after initial heating, allowable
reheating criteria, and application temperature range. Confine hot
poured sealant material within the crack. Clean any overflow of sealant
from the pavement surface. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the
Contractor’s method of sealing the cracks with hot poured sealant
results in an excessive amount of material on the pavement surface,
stop and correct the operation to eliminate the excess material.
5-04.3(4)A2 Crack Sealing Areas Prior to Paving
In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks.
5-04.3(4)A3 Crack Sealing Areas Not to be Paved
In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows:
a. Cracks ¼ inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot poured sealant.
b. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width – fill with sand slurry.
5-04.3(4)B Vacant
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 12 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair
The Contractor shall excavate pavement repair areas and shall backfill
these with HMA in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and
as marked in the field. The Contractor shall conduct the excavation
operations in a manner that will protect the pavement that is to remain.
Pavement not designated to be removed that is damaged as a result of
the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired by the Contractor to the
satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The
Contractor shall excavate only within one lane at a time unless
approved otherwise by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not excavate
more area than can be completely finished during the same shift,
unless approved by the Engineer.
Unless otherwise shown in the Plans or determined by the Engineer,
excavate to a depth of 1.0 feet. The Engineer will make the final
determination of the excavation depth required. The minimum width of
any pavement repair area shall be 40 inches unless shown otherwise in
the Plans. Before any excavation, the existing pavement shall be
sawcut or shall be removed by a pavement grinder. Excavated
materials will become the property of the Contractor and shall be
disposed of in a Contractor-provided site off the Right of Way or used in
accordance with Sections 2-02.3(3) or 9-03.21.
Asphalt for tack coat shall be required as specified in Section
5-04.3(4). A heavy application of tack coat shall be applied to all
surfaces of existing pavement in the pavement repair area.
Placement of the HMA backfill shall be accomplished in lifts not to
exceed 0.35-foot compacted depth. Lifts that exceed 0.35-foot of
compacted depth may be accomplished with the approval of the
Engineer. Each lift shall be thoroughly compacted by a mechanical
tamper or a roller.
5-04.3(5) Producing/Stockpiling Aggregates and RAP
Aggregates and RAP shall be stockpiled according to the requirements
of Section 3-02. Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size
of aggregate and RAP. Materials shall be removed from stockpile(s) in a
manner to ensure minimal segregation when being moved to the HMA
plant for processing into the final mixture. Different aggregate sizes
shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the HMA
plant.
5-04.3(5)A Vacant
5-04.3(6) Mixing
After the required amount of mineral materials, asphalt binder,
recycling agent and anti-stripping additives have been introduced into
the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of
the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout
the mineral materials is ensured.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 13 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the
optimum mixing temperature by more than 25°F as shown on the
reference mix design report or as approved by the Engineer. Also, when
a WMA additive is included in the manufacture of HMA, the discharge
temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the maximum recommended
by the manufacturer of the WMA additive. A maximum water content of
2 percent in the mix, at discharge, will be allowed providing the water
causes no problems with handling, stripping, or flushing. If the water in
the HMA causes any of these problems, the moisture content shall be
reduced as directed by the Engineer.
Storing or holding of the HMA in approved storage facilities will be
permitted with approval of the Engineer, but in no event shall the HMA
be held for more than 24 hours. HMA held for more than 24 hours after
mixing shall be rejected. Rejected HMA shall be disposed of by the
Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. The storage
facility shall have an accessible device located at the top of the cone or
about the third point. The device shall indicate the amount of material
in storage. No HMA shall be accepted from the storage facility when the
HMA in storage is below the top of the cone of the storage facility,
except as the storage facility is being emptied at the end of the
Recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) utilized in the production of HMA shall
be sized prior to entering the mixer so that a uniform and thoroughly
mixed HMA is produced. If there is evidence of the recycled asphalt
pavement not breaking down during the heating and mixing of the
HMA, the Contractor shall immediately suspend the use of the RAP until
changes have been approved by the Engineer. After the required
amount of mineral materials, RAP, new asphalt binder and asphalt
rejuvenator have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be
mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough
distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials, and
RAP is ensured.
5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing
The mixture shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread, and struck
off to the grade and elevation established. HMA pavers complying with
Section 5-04.3(3) shall be used to distribute the mixture. Unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer, the nominal compacted depth of
any layer of any course shall not exceed the following:
HMA Class 1”
wearing course/final lift 0.17 feet
other courses 0.35 feet
HMA Class ¾” and HMA Class ½”
wearing course/final lift 0.17 feet
other courses 0.25 feet
0.17 feet
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 14 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of
mechanical spreading and finishing equipment impractical, the paving
may be done with other equipment or by hand.
When more than one JMF is being utilized to produce HMA, the material
produced for each JMF shall be placed by separate spreading and
compacting equipment. The intermingling of HMA produced from more
than one JMF is prohibited. Each strip of HMA placed during a work shift
shall conform to a single JMF established for the class of HMA specified
unless there is a need to make an adjustment in the JMF.
Reference Section 8-20.3(14)C of the Kent Special Provisions for the
placement of traffic signal detection loops.
5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA
For HMA accepted by nonstatistical evaluation the aggregate properties
of sand equivalent, uncompacted void content and fracture will be
evaluated in accordance with Section 3-04. Sampling and testing of
aggregates for HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the
option of the Engineer.
5-04.3(9) HMA Mixture Acceptance
Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under nonstatistical, or
commercial evaluation.
Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for the acceptance of HMA unless
Commercial Evaluation is specified.
Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other
classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road
approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, temporary
pavement, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of
HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the
Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial
evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer.
The mix design will be the initial JMF for the class of HMA. The
Contractor may request a change in the JMF. Any adjustments to the
JMF will require the approval of the Engineer and may be made in
accordance with this section.
HMA Tolerances and Adjustments
1. Job Mix Formula Tolerances – The constituents of the mixture
at the time of acceptance shall be within tolerance. The tolerance
limits will be established as follows:
For Asphalt Binder and Air Voids (Va), the acceptance limits are
determined by adding the tolerances below to the approved JMF
values. These values will also be the Upper Specification Limit
(USL) and Lower Specification Limit (LSL) required in Section
1-06.2(2)D2
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 15 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Property Non-Statistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation
Asphalt Binder +/- 0.5%+/-0.7%
Air Voids, Va 2.5% min. and 5.5% max N/A
For Aggregates in the mixture:
a. First, determine preliminary upper and lower acceptance
limits by applying the following tolerances to the approved
JMF.
Aggregate Percent Passing Non-Statistical
Evaluation
Commercial
Evaluation
1”, ¾”, ½”, and 3/8” sieves +/- 6% +/- 8%
No. 4 sieve +/-6% +/- 8%
No. 8 Sieve +/-6%+/-8%
No. 200 sieve +/- 2.0% +/- 3.0%
b. Second, adjust the preliminary upper and lower acceptance
limits determined from step (a) the minimum amount
necessary so that none of the aggregate properties are
outside the control points in Section 9-03.8(6). The resulting
values will be the upper and lower acceptance limits for
aggregates, as well as the USL and LSL required in Section
1-06.2(2)D2.
2. Job Mix Formula Adjustments – An adjustment to the aggregate
gradation or asphalt binder content of the JMF requires approval of
the Engineer. Adjustments to the JMF will only be considered if the
change produces material of equal or better quality and may
require the development of a new mix design if the adjustment
exceeds the amounts listed below.
a. Aggregates –2 percent for the aggregate passing th
aggregate passing the No. 8 sieve, and 0.5 percent for the
aggregate passing the No. 200 sieve. The adjusted JMF shall
be within the range of the control points in Section
9-03.8(6).
b. Asphalt Binder Content – The Engineer may order or
approve changes to asphalt binder content. The maximum
adjustment from the approved mix design for the asphalt
binder content shall be 0.3 percent
5-04.3(9)A Vacant
5-04.3(9)B Vacant
5-04.3(9)C Mixture Acceptance – Nonstatistical Evaluation
HMA mixture which is accepted by Nonstatistical Evaluation will be
evaluated by the Contracting Agency by dividing the HMA tonnage into
lots.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 16 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
5-04.3(9)C1 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Lots and Sublots
A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix
design that will be tested for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total
quantity of material or work produced for each Job Mix Formula placed.
Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one day’s
production or 800 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot
will be a minimum of 400 tons and may be increased to 1200 tons.
All of the test results obtained from the acceptance samples from a
given lot shall be evaluated collectively. If the Contractor requests a
change to the JMF that is approved, the material produced after the
change will be evaluated on the basis of the new JMF for the remaining
sublots in the current lot and for acceptance of subsequent lots. For a
lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the
Contractor’s request after the Engineer is satisfied that material
conforming to the Specifications can be produced.
Sampling and testing for evaluation shall be performed on the
frequency of one sample per sublot.
5-04.3(9)C2 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation Sampling
Samples for acceptance testing shall be obtained by the Contractor
when ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall sample the HMA
mixture in the presence of the Engineer and in accordance with
AASHTO T 168. A minimum of three samples should be taken for each
class of HMA placed on a project. If used in a structural application, at
least one of the three samples shall to be tested.
Sampling and testing HMA in a Structural application where quantities
are less than 400 tons is at the discretion of the Engineer.
For HMA used in a structural application and with a total project
quantity less than 800 tons but more than 400 tons, a minimum of one
acceptance test shall be performed. In all cases, a minimum of 3
samples will be obtained at the point of acceptance, a minimum of one
of the three samples will be tested for conformance to the JMF:
If the test results are found to be within specification
requirements, additional testing will be at the Engineer’s
discretion.
If test results are found not to be within specification
requirements, additional testing of the remaining samples to
determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) shall be performed.
5-04.3(9)C3 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing
Testing of HMA for compliance of Va will be at the option of the
Contracting Agency. If tested, compliance of Va will use WSDOT SOP
731.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 17 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be by WSDOT FOP
for AASHTO T 308.
Testing for compliance of gradation will be by FOP for WAQTC T 27/T
11.
5-04.3(9)C4 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Pay Factors
For each lot of material falling outside the tolerance limits in
5-04.3(9), the Contracting Agency will determine a Composite Pay
Factor (CPF) using the following price adjustment factors:
Table of Price Adjustment Factors
Constituent Factor “f”
2
All aggregate passing No. 8 sieve 15
All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20
Asphalt binder 40
Air Voids (Va) (where applicable) 20
Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation and having all
constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula
shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation.
When one or more constituents fall outside the nonstatistical tolerance
limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in Table of Price Adjustment
Factors, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to
determine the appropriate CPF. The nonstatistical tolerance limits will
be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be
1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the
existing sublots or samples from the Roadway shall be tested to provide
a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation.
5-04.3(9)C5 Vacant
5-04.3(9)C6 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Price Adjustments
For each lot of HMA mix produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation when
the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor
(NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of
CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The total job mix compliance
price adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the
quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of
mix.
If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these
Specificati
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 18 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
5-04.3(9)C7 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation - Retests
The Contractor may request a sublot be retested. To request a retest,
the Contractor shall submit a written request within 7 calendar days
after the specific test results have been received. A split of the original
acceptance sample will be retested. The split of the sample will not be
tested with the same tester that ran the original acceptance test. The
sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis, asphalt binder
content, and, at the option of the agency, Va. The results of the retest
will be used for the acceptance of the HMA in place of the original
sublot sample test results. The cost of testing will be deducted from any
monies due or that may come due the Contractor under the Contract at
the rate of $500 per sample.
5-04.3 (9)D Mixture Acceptance – Commercial Evaluation
If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and
having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix
formula shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further
evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the commercial
tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in 5-04.3(9), the lot shall
be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the
appropriate CPF. The commercial tolerance limits will be used in the
calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less
than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or
samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three
sets of results for evaluation.
For each lot of HMA mix produced and tested under Commercial
Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming
Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic
difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix
Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the
NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract
price per ton of mix.
If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these
5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance
HMA mixture accepted by nonstatistical evaluation that is used in traffic
lanes, including lanes for intersections, ramps, truck climbing, weaving,
and speed change, and having a specified compacted course thickness
greater than 0.10-foot, shall be compacted to a specified level of
relative density. The specified level of relative density shall be a
Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than 0.75 when evaluated in
accordance with Section 1-06.2, using a LSL of 92.0 (minimum of 92
percent of the maximum density). The maximum density shall be
determined by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 729. The specified level of
density attained will be determined by the evaluation of the density of
the pavement. The density of the pavement shall be determined in
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 19 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC TM 8, except that gauge
correlation will be at the discretion of the Engineer, when using the
nuclear density gauge and WSDOT SOP 736 when using cores to
determine density.
Tests for the determination of the pavement density will be taken in
accordance with the required procedures for measurement by a nuclear
density gauge or roadway cores after completion of the finish rolling.
If the Contracting Agency uses a nuclear density gauge to determine
density the test procedures FOP for WAQTC TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T
729 will be used on the day the mix is placed and prior to opening to
traffic.
Roadway cores for density may be obtained by either the Contracting
Agency or the Contractor in accordance with WSDOT SOP 734. The core
diameter shall be 4-inches minimum, unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer. Roadway cores will be tested by the Contracting Agency in
accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 166.
If the Contract includes the Bid item “Roadway Core” the cores shall be
obtained by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer on the same
day the mix is placed and at locations designated by the Engineer. If
the Contract does not include the Bid item “Roadway Core” the
Contracting Agency may obtain the cores.
For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at
the Contractor’s request after the Engineer is satisfied that material
conforming to the Specifications can be produced.
HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed
under conditions other than those listed above shall be compacted on
the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test
point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions
from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction
train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used
on all subsequent paving.
HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used
for preleveling wheel rutting shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire
roller unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
Test Results
For a sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did
not meet the minimum of 92 percent of the reference maximum density
in a compaction lot with a CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price
reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request that a core be used
for determination of the relative density of the sublot. The relative
density of the core will replace the relative density determined by the
nuclear density gauge for the sublot and will be used for calculation of
the CPF and acceptance of HMA compaction lot.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 20 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
When cores are taken by the Contracting Agency at the request of the
Contractor, they shall be requested by noon of the next workday after
the test results for the sublot have been provided or made available to
the Contractor. Core locations shall be outside of wheel paths and as
determined by the Engineer. Traffic control shall be provided by the
Contractor as requested by the Engineer. Failure by the Contractor to
provide the requested traffic control will result in forfeiture of the
request for cores. When the CPF for the lot based on the results of the
HMA cores is less than 1.00, the cost for the coring will be deducted
from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the
Contract at the rate of $200 per core and the Contractor shall pay for
the cost of the traffic control.
5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction – General Compaction Requirements
Compaction shall take place when the mixture is in the proper condition
so that no undue displacement, cracking, or shoving occurs. Areas
inaccessible to large compaction equipment shall be compacted by
other mechanical means. Any HMA that becomes loose, broken,
contaminated, shows an excess or deficiency of asphalt, or is in any
way defective, shall be removed and replaced with new hot mix that
shall be immediately compacted to conform to the surrounding area.
The type of rollers to be used and their relative position in the
compaction sequence shall generally be the Contractor’s option,
provided the specified densities are attained. Unless the Engineer has
approved otherwise, rollers shall only be operated in the static mode
when the internal temperature of the mix is less than 175°F.
Regardless of mix temperature, a roller shall not be operated in a mode
that results in checking or cracking of the mat. Rollers shall only be
operated in static mode on bridge decks.
5-04.3(10)B HMA Compaction – Cyclic Density
Low cyclic density areas are defined as spots or streaks in the
pavement that are less than 90 percent of the theoretical maximum
density. At the Engineer’s discretion, the Engineer may evaluate the
HMA pavement for low cyclic density, and when doing so will follow
WSDOT SOP 733. A $500 Cyclic Density Price Adjustment will be
assessed for any 500-foot section with two or more density readings
below 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density.
5-04.3(10)C Vacant
5-04.3(10)D HMA Nonstatistical Compaction
5-04.3(10)D1 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Lots and Sublots
HMA compaction which is accepted by nonstatistical evaluation will be
based on acceptance testing performed by the Contracting Agency
dividing the project into compaction lots.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 21 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix
design that will be tested for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total
quantity of material or work produced for each Job Mix Formula placed.
Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one day’s
production or 400 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot
will be a minimum of 200 tons and may be increased to 800 tons.
Testing for compaction will be at the rate of 5 tests per sublot per
WSDOT T 738.
The sublot locations within each density lot will be determined by the
Engineer. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will
begin at the Contractor’s request after the Engineer is satisfied that
material conforming to the Specifications can be produced.
HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed
under conditions other than those listed above shall be compacted on
the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test
point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions
from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction
train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used
on all subsequent paving.
HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used to
prelevel wheel ruts shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller
unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
5-04.3(10)D2 HMA Compaction Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance
Testing
The location of the HMA compaction acceptance tests will be randomly
selected by the Engineer from within each sublot, with one test per
sublot.
5-04.3(10)D3 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Price Adjustments
For each compaction lot with one or two sublots, having all sublots
attain a relative density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum
density the HMA shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no
further evaluation. When a sublot does not attain a relative density that
is 92 percent of the reference maximum density, the lot shall be
evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the
appropriate CPF. The maximum CPF shall be 1.00, however, lots with a
calculated CPF in excess of 1.00 will be used to offset lots with CPF
values below 1.00 but greater than 0.90. Lots with CPF lower than 0.90
will be evaluated for compliance per 5-04.3(11). Additional testing by
either a nuclear moisture-density gauge or cores will be completed as
required to provide a minimum of three tests for evaluation.
For compaction below the required 92% a Non-Conforming Compaction
Factor (NCCF) will be determined. The NCCF equals the algebraic
difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction
Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of CPF, the quantity
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 22 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
per ton of mix.
5-04.3(11) Reject Work
5-04.3(11)A Reject Work General
Work that is defective or does not conform to Contract requirements
shall be rejected. The Contractor may propose, in writing, alternatives
to removal and replacement of rejected material. Acceptability of such
alternative proposals will be determined at the sole discretion of the
Engineer. HMA that has been rejected is subject to the requirements in
Section 1-06.2(2) and this specification, and the Contractor shall
submit a corrective action proposal to the Engineer for approval.
5-04.3(11)B Rejection by Contractor
The Contractor may, prior to sampling, elect to remove any defective
material and replace it with new material. Any such new material will be
sampled, tested, and evaluated for acceptance.
5-04.3(11)C Rejection Without Testing (Mixture or Compaction)
The Engineer may, without sampling, reject any batch, load, or section
of Roadway that appears defective. Material rejected before placement
shall not be incorporated into the pavement. Any rejected section of
Roadway shall be removed.
No payment will be made for the rejected materials or the removal of
the materials unless the Contractor requests that the rejected material
be tested. If the Contractor elects to have the rejected material tested,
a minimum of three representative samples will be obtained and tested.
Acceptance of rejected material will be based on conformance with the
nonstatistical acceptance Specification. If the CPF for the rejected
material is less than 0.75, no payment will be made for the rejected
material; in addition, the cost of sampling and testing shall be borne by
the Contractor. If the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, the cost of
sampling and testing will be borne by the Contracting Agency. If the
material is rejected before placement and the CPF is greater than or
equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at a CPF of
0.75. If rejection occurs after placement and the CPF is greater than or
equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at the
calculated CPF with an addition of 25 percent of the unit Contract price
added for the cost of removal and disposal.
5-04.3(11)D Rejection - A Partial Sublot
In addition to the random acceptance sampling and testing, the
Engineer may also isolate from a normal sublot any material that is
suspected of being defective in relative density, gradation or asphalt
binder content. Such isolated material will not include an original
sample location. A minimum of three random samples of the suspect
material will be obtained and tested. The material will then be
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 23 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
statistically evaluated as an independent lot in accordance with Section
1-06.2(2).
5-04.3(11)E Rejection - An Entire Sublot
An entire sublot that is suspected of being defective may be rejected.
When a sublot is rejected a minimum of two additional random samples
from this sublot will be obtained. These additional samples and the
original sublot will be evaluated as an independent lot in accordance
with Section 1-06.2(2).
5-04.3(11)F Rejection - A Lot in Progress
The Contractor shall shut down operations and shall not resume HMA
placement until such time as the Engineer is satisfied that material
conforming to the Specifications can be produced:
1. When the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of a lot in progress drops
below 1.00 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or
2. When the Pay Factor (PF) for any constituent of a lot in progress
drops below 0.95 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action,
or
3. When either the PFi for any constituent or the CPF of a lot in
progress is less than 0.75.
5-04.3(11)G Rejection - An Entire Lot (Mixture or Compaction)
An entire lot with a CPF of less than 0.75 will be rejected.
5-04.3(12) Joints
5-04.3(12)A HMA Joints
5-04.3(12)A1 Transverse Joints
The Contractor shall conduct operations such that the placing of the top
or wearing course is a continuous operation or as close to continuous as
possible. Unscheduled transverse joints will be allowed and the roller
may pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture only
when the placement of the course must be discontinued for such a
length of time that the mixture will cool below compaction temperature.
When the Work is resumed, the previously compacted mixture shall be
cut back to produce a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the
course.
A temporary wedge of HMA constructed on a 20H:1V shall be
constructed where a transverse joint as a result of paving or planing is
open to traffic. The HMA in the temporary wedge shall be separated
from the permanent HMA by strips of heavy wrapping paper or other
methods approved by the Engineer. The wrapping paper shall be
removed and the joint trimmed to a slightly beveled edge for the full
thickness of the course prior to resumption of paving.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 24 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
The material that is cut away shall be wasted and new mix shall be laid
against the cut. Rollers or tamping irons shall be used to seal the joint.
5-04.3(12)A2 Longitudinal Joints
The longitudinal joint in any one course shall be offset from the course
immediately below by not more than 6 inches nor less than 2 inches. All
longitudinal joints constructed in the wearing course shall be located at
a lane line or an edge line of the Traveled Way. A notched wedge joint
shall be constructed along all longitudinal joints in the wearing surface
of new HMA unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The notched
wedge joint shall have a vertical edge of not less than the maximum
aggregate size or more than ½ of the compacted lift thickness and then
taper down on a slope not steeper than 4H:1V. The sloped portion of
the HMA notched wedge joint shall be uniformly compacted.
5-04.3(12)B Bridge Paving Joint Seals
5-04.3(12)B1 HMA Sawcut and Seal
Prior to placing HMA on the bridge deck, establish sawcut alignment
points at both ends of the bridge paving joint seals to be placed at the
bridge ends, and at interior joints within the bridge deck when and
where shown in the Plans. Establish the sawcut alignment points in a
manner that they remain functional for use in aligning the sawcut after
placing the overlay.
Submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the sealant
manufacturer’s application procedure.
Construct the bridge paving joint seal as specified on the Plans and in
accordance with the detail shown in the Standard Plans. Construct the
sawcut in accordance with the detail shown in the Standard Plan.
Construct the sawcut in accordance with Section 5-05.3(8)B and the
manufacturer’s application procedure.
5-04.3(12)B2 Paved Panel Joint Seal
Construct the paved panel joint seal in accordance with the
requirements specified in Section 5-04.3(12)B1 and the following
requirement:
Clean and seal the existing joint between concrete panels in accordance
with Section 5-01.3(8) and the details shown in the Standard Plans.
5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness
The completed surface of all courses shall be of uniform texture,
smooth, uniform as to crown and grade, and free from defects of all
kinds. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more
-foot straightedge placed on
the surface parallel to the centerline. The transverse slope of the
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 25 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
completed surface of the wearing course shall vary not more than ¼
inch in 10 feet from the rate of transverse slope shown in the Plans.
When deviations in excess of the above tolerances are found that result
1. Removal of material from high places by grinding with an approved
grinding machine, or
2. Removal and replacement of the wearing course of HMA, or
3. By other method approved by the Engineer.
Correction of defects shall be carried out until there are no deviations
anywhere greater than the allowable tolerances.
Deviations in excess of the above tolerances that result from a low
place in the HMA and deviations resulting from a high place where
corrective action, in the opinion of the Engineer, will not produce
satisfactory results will be accepted with a price adjustment. The
Contractor the sum of $500.00 for each and every section of single
tions
described above are found.
When utility appurtenances such as manhole covers and valve boxes
are located in the traveled way, the utility appurtenances shall be
adjusted to the finished grade prior to paving. This requirement may be
waived when requested by the Contractor, at the discretion of the
Engineer or when the adjustment details provided in the project plan or
specifications call for utility appurtenance adjustments after the
completion of paving.
Utility appurtenance adjustment discussions will be included in the Pre-
Paving planning (5-04.3(14)B3). Submit a written request to waive this
requirement to the Engineer prior to the start of paving.
5-04.3(14) Planing (Milling) Bituminous Pavement
The planing plan must be approved by the Engineer and a pre planing
meeting must be held prior to the start of any planing. See Section
5-04.3(14)B2 for information on planing submittals.
Planing operations shall be performed no more than 7 calendar days
ahead of the time the planed area is to be paved, unless otherwise
allowed by the Engineer in writing.
Locations of existing surfacing to be planed are as shown in the
Drawings.
Where planing an existing pavement is specified in the Contract, the
Contractor must remove existing surfacing material and to reshape the
surface to remove irregularities. The finished product must be a
prepared surface acceptable for receiving an HMA overlay.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 26 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Use the cold milling method for planing unless otherwise specified in
the Contract. Do not use the planer on the final wearing course of new
HMA.
Conduct planing operations in a manner that does not tear, break,
burn, or otherwise damage the surface which is to remain. The finished
planed surface must be slightly grooved or roughened and must be free
from gouges, deep grooves, ridges, or other imperfections. The
Contractor must repair any damage to the surface by the Contractor’s
planing equipment, using an Engineer approved method.
Repair or replace any metal castings and other surface improvements
damaged by planing, as determined by the Engineer.
A tapered wedge cut must be planed longitudinally along curb lines
sufficient to provide a minimum of 4 inches of curb reveal after
placement and compaction of the final wearing course. The dimensions
of the wedge must be as shown on the Drawings or as specified by the
Engineer.
A tapered wedge cut must also be made at transitions to adjoining
pavement surfaces (meet lines) where butt joints are shown on the
Drawings. Cut butt joints in a straight line with vertical faces 2 inches
or more in height, producing a smooth transition to the existing
adjoining pavement.
After planing is complete, planed surfaces must be swept, cleaned, and
if required by the Contract, patched and preleveled.
The Engineer may direct additional depth planing. Before performing
this additional depth planing, the Contractor must conduct a hidden
metal in pavement detection survey as specified in Section
5-04.3(14)A.
5-04.3(14)A Pre-Planing Metal Detection Check
Before starting planing of pavements, and before any additional depth
planing required by the Engineer, the Contractor must conduct a
physical survey of existing pavement to be planed with equipment that
can identify hidden metal objects.
Should such metal be identified, promptly notify the Engineer.
See Section 1-07.16(1) regarding the protection of survey
monumentation that may be hidden in pavement.
The Contractor is solely responsible for any damage to equipment
resulting from the Contractor’s failure to conduct a pre-planing metal
detection survey, or from the Contractor’s failure to notify the Engineer
of any hidden metal that is detected.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 27 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
5-04.3(14)B Paving and Planing Under Traffic
5-04.3(14)B1 General
In addition the requirements of Section 1-07.23 and the traffic controls
required in Section 1-10, and unless the Contract specifies otherwise or
the Engineer approves, the Contractor must comply with the following:
1. Intersections:
a. Keep intersections open to traffic at all times, except when
paving or planing operations through an intersection requires
closure. Such closure must be kept to the minimum time
required to place and compact the HMA mixture, or plane as
appropriate. For paving, schedule such closure to individual
lanes or portions thereof that allows the traffic volumes and
schedule of traffic volumes required in the approved traffic
control plan. Schedule work so that adjacent intersections are
not impacted at the same time and comply with the traffic
control restrictions required by the Traffic Engineer. Each
individual intersection closure or partial closure, must be
addressed in the traffic control plan, which must be submitted
to and accepted by the Engineer, see Section 1-10.2(2).
b. When planing or paving and related construction must occur
in an intersection, consider scheduling and sequencing such
work into quarters of the intersection, or half or more of an
intersection with side street detours. Be prepared to sequence
the work to individual lanes or portions thereof.
c. Should closure of the intersection in its entirety be necessary,
and no trolley service is impacted, keep such closure to the
minimum time required to place and compact the HMA
mixture, plane, remove asphalt, tack coat, and as needed.
d. Any work in an intersection requires advance warning in both
signage and a number of Working Days advance notice as
determined by the Engineer, to alert traffic and emergency
services of the intersection closure or partial closure.
e. Allow new compacted HMA asphalt to cool to ambient
temperature before any traffic is allowed on it. Traffic is not
allowed on newly placed asphalt until approval has been
obtained from the Engineer.
2. Temporary centerline marking, post-paving temporary marking,
temporary stop bars, and maintaining temporary pavement
marking must comply with Section 8-23.
3. Permanent pavement marking must comply with Section 8-22.
5-04.3(14)B2 Submittals – Planing Plan and HMA Paving Plan
The Contractor must submit a separate planing plan and a separate
paving plan to the Engineer at least 5 Working Days in advance of each
operation’s activity start date. These plans must show how the moving
operation and traffic control are coordinated, as they will be discussed
at the pre-planing briefing and pre-paving briefing. When requested by
the Engineer, the Contractor must provide each operation’s traffic
control plan on 24 x 36 inch or larger size Shop Drawings with a scale
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 28 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
showing both the area of operation and sufficient detail of traffic
beyond the area of operation where detour traffic may be required. The
scale on the Shop Drawings is 1 inch = 20 feet, which may be changed
if the Engineer agrees sufficient detail is shown.
The planing operation and the paving operation include, but are not
limited to, metal detection, removal of asphalt and temporary asphalt
of any kind, tack coat and drying, staging of supply trucks, paving
trains, rolling, scheduling, and as may be discussed at the briefing.
When intersections will be partially or totally blocked, provide
adequately sized and noticeable signage alerting traffic of closures to
come, a minimum 2 Working Days in advance. The traffic control plan
must show where police officers will be stationed when signalization is
or may be, countermanded, and show areas where flaggers are
proposed.
At a minimum, the planing and the paving plan must include:
1. A copy of the accepted traffic control plan, see Section
1-10.2(2), detailing each day’s traffic control as it relates to the
specific requirements of that day’s planing and paving. Briefly
describe the sequencing of traffic control consistent with the
proposed planing and paving sequence, and scheduling of
placement of temporary pavement markings and channelizing
devices after each day’s planing, and paving.
2. A copy of each intersection’s traffic control plan.
3. Haul routes from Supplier facilities, and locations of temporary
parking and staging areas, including return routes. Describe the
complete round trip as it relates to the sequencing of paving
operations.
4. Names and locations of HMA Supplier facilities to be used.
5. List of all equipment to be used for paving.
6. List of personnel and associated job classification assigned to each
piece of paving equipment.
7. Description (geometric or narrative) of the scheduled sequence of
planing and of paving, and intended area of planing and of paving
for each day’s work, must include the directions of proposed
planing and of proposed paving, sequence of adjacent lane paving,
sequence of skipped lane paving, intersection planing and paving
scheduling and sequencing, and proposed notifications and
coordination to be timely made. The plan must show HMA joints
relative to the final pavement marking lane lines.
8. Names, job titles, and contact information for field, office, and
plant supervisory personnel.
9. A copy of the approved Mix Designs.
10. Tonnage of HMA to be placed each day.
11. Approximate times and days for starting and ending daily
operations.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 29 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
5-04.3(14)B3 Pre-Paving and Pre-Planing Briefing
At least 2 Working Days before the first paving operation and the first
planing operation, or as scheduled by the Engineer for future paving
and planing operations to ensure the Contractor has adequately
prepared for notifying and coordinating as required in the Contract, the
Contractor must be prepared to discuss that day’s operations as they
relate to other entities and to public safety and convenience, including
driveway and business access, garbage truck operations, Metro transit
operations and working around energized overhead wires, school and
nursing home and hospital and other accesses, other contractors who
may be operating in the area, pedestrian and bicycle traffic, and
emergency services. The Contractor, and Subcontractors that may be
part of that day’s operations, must meet with the Engineer and discuss
the proposed operation as it relates to the submitted planing plan and
paving plan, approved traffic control plan, and public convenience and
safety. Such discussion includes, but is not limited to:
1. General for both Paving Plan and for Planing Plan:
a. The actual times of starting and ending daily operations.
b. In intersections, how to break up the intersection, and
address traffic control and signalization for that operation,
including use of peace officers.
c. The sequencing and scheduling of paving operations and of
planing operations, as applicable, as it relates to traffic
control, to public convenience and safety, and to other
contractors who may operate in the Project Site.
d. Notifications required of Contractor activities, and
coordinating with other entities and the public as necessary.
e. Description of the sequencing of installation and types of
temporary pavement markings as it relates to planing and to
paving.
f. Description of the sequencing of installation of, and the
removal of, temporary pavement patch material around
exposed castings and as may be needed.
g. Description of procedures and equipment to identify hidden
metal in the pavement, such as survey monumentation,
monitoring wells, street car rail, and castings, before planing,
see Section 5-04.3(14)B2.
h. Description of how flaggers will be coordinated with the
planing, paving, and related operations.
i. Description of sequencing of traffic controls for the process of
rigid pavement base repairs.
j. Other items the Engineer deems necessary to address.
2. Paving – additional topics:
a. When to start applying tack and coordinating with paving.
b. Types of equipment and numbers of each type of equipment
to be used. If more pieces of equipment than personnel are
proposed, describe the sequencing of the personnel operating
the types of equipment. Discuss the continuance of operator
personnel for each type of equipment as it relates to meeting
Specification requirements.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 30 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
c. Number of JMFs to be placed, and if more than one JMF how
the Contractor will ensure different JMFs are distinguished,
how pavers and MTVs are distinguished if more than one JMF
is being placed at the time, and how pavers and MTVs are
cleaned so that one JMF does not adversely influence the
other JMF.
d. Description of contingency plans for that day’s operations
such as equipment breakdown, rain out, and Supplier
shutdown of operations.
e. Number of sublots to be placed, sequencing of density testing,
and other sampling and testing.
5-04.3(15) Sealing Pavement Surfaces
Apply a fog seal where shown in the plans. Construct the fog seal in
accordance with Section 5-02.3. Unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer, apply the fog seal prior to opening to traffic.
5-04.3(16) HMA Road Approaches
HMA approaches shall be constructed at the locations shown in the
Plans or where staked by the Engineer. The Work shall be performed in
acc -04.
5-04.4 Measurement
“HMA Class 1/2", PG 58V-22”
with Section 1-09.2, with no deduction being made for the weight of
asphalt binde mixture. If
the Contractor elects to remove and replace mix as allowed by Section
5-04.3(11), the material removed will not be measured.
Roadway cores will be measured per each for the number of cores
taken.
Preparation of untreated roadway will be measured by the mile once
along the centerline of the main line Roadway. No additional
measurement will be made for ramps, Auxiliary Lanes, service roads,
Frontage Roads, or Shoulders. Measurement will be to the nearest 0.01
mile.
Soil residual herbicide will be measured by the mile for the stated width
to the nearest 0.01 mile or by the square yard, whichever is designated
in the Proposal.
Pavement repair excavation will be measured by the square yard of
surface marked prior to excavation.
Asphalt for prime coat will be measured by the ton in accordance with
-09.2.
Prime coat aggregate will be measured by the cubic yard, truck
measure, or by the ton, whichever is designated in the Proposal.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 5 - 31 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Asphalt for fog seal will be measured by the ton, as provided in Section
5-02.4.
Longitudinal joint seals between the HMA and cement concrete
pavement will be measured by the linear foot along the line and slope
of the completed joint seal.
Planing bituminous pavement will be measured by the square yard.
Measurement shall be made upon actual square yards planed/grind,
regardless of the full planing capacity of the equipment used.
No measurement will be made for the installation, maintenance, and
removal of temporary pavement markings.
5-04.5 Payment
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are
included in the Proposal:
The unit contract price per ton for “HMA Class 1/2”, PG 58V-22” shall
be full compensation for all costs incurred to carry out the requirements
of Section 5-04, except for those costs included in other bid items
which are included in the Proposal. The cost for anti-stripping additive
and water shall be included in this bid item.
No payment will be made for temporary pavement markings. All costs
for temporary pavement markings shall be include in the payment item
for Permanent Channelization.
The unit contract price per ton for “Hot Plant Mix for Temporary
Pavement Patch” shall be full pay for all costs of material, labor, tools
and equipment necessary for furnishing, installing, maintaining,
removing and disposing of HMA used for temporary patching of
pavement at the locations as specified herein and as directed by the
Engineer.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 1 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
DIVISION 7 – DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS,
SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
7-01 DRAINS
SECTION 7-01.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-01.2 Materials
Materials for this project shall meet the requirements of the following
sections:
Geotextile Fabric ................................................... 2-12.2
Gravel Backfill for Drains ........................................ 9-03.12(4)
Perforated Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Underdrain Pipe ... 9-05.2(6)
SECTION 7-01.4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-01.4 Measurement
The linear foot measurement will include the length of the cleanouts.
7-04 STORM SEWERS
THE FIRST PARAGRAPH OF SECTION 7-04.2 IS DELETED AND REPLACED
WITH THE FOLLOWING:
7-04.2 Materials
The following pipe types and materials are accepted for drains, culverts,
and storm sewers for this project. The Contractor has the option of
choosing the material except for those pipes specified on the plans to
be a specific material.
Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) Class IV ........ 9-05.7(2)
PVC Pipe ................................................... 9-05.12(1)
Ductile Iron Pipe Class 50 (Unlined) .............. 9-05.13
7-04.3 Construction Requirements
7-04.3(1) Cleaning and Testing
SECTION 7-04.3(1)A IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-04.3(1)A General
All storm drain pipe including the downstream system shall be
thoroughly cleaned to remove any solids or construction debris that
may have entered the pipe system during construction.
The Contractor shall be responsible to insure that materials flushed
from the storm drain is trapped, removed, and does not enter the
downstream drainage system.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 2 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
SECTION 7-04.3(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
7-04.3(1)G Television Inspection
All new City storm drain extensions, 24-inch diameter and smaller shall
be TV camera inspected by the City Utility Department and accepted
prior to placing final crushed rock surfacing and pavement. All
construction except final casting adjustments must be completed and
approved by the Inspector prior to the TV inspection. The manholes and
catch basins must be set to grade, channeled, and grade rings set in
place prior to TV inspection. Castings must be removed for paving, and
fully grouted in place after paving.
SECTION 7-04.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-04.5 Payment
The unit contract price per lineal foot for “Storm Sewer Pipe, 12 Inch
Diameter” shall be complete compensation for all labor, materials,
tools, supplies and equipment necessary to furnish and install the pipe
at the locations shown on the plans and described in the specifications.
The bid item price includes but is not limited to: trench excavation;
unsuitable material excavation, hauling, dewatering; backfill and
compaction (when native material is to be used), surface restoration,
and cleanup. The bid price shall also include fittings, tees, couplings,
gaskets, connection to new or existing storm pipes, catch basins, or
ditches, testing, coordination for TV inspection, and additional costs for
overtime work when working on weekends.
7-05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS
SECTION 7-05.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-05.3 Construction Requirements
All manholes and catch basins shall be precast concrete units and shall
conform to Kent Standard Plans 4-1, 4-2, 5-1 and 5-2 unless specified
otherwise. Minimum height for Type 1-48 inch, 54 inch, and 60 inch
manholes shall be 5 feet. Manholes under 5 feet in height shall conform
to Kent Standard Plan 4-2.
All manholes and Type II and III CB structures shall be equipped with
the drop rung type manhole steps and ladders in accordance with Kent
Standard Plan 4-5. The ladder shall be secured from top to bottom,
inside the structure wall. No 4 foot hanging ladder sections are allowed.
The sanitary sewer manholes shall be fully channeled to conform to the
inside diameter of the sewer line from invert to spring line, then the
channel shall be vertical to the top of the pipe. The top edge of the
channel shall have a radius of 1/2 to 3/4 inch. The shelves shall slope
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 3 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
at 2 percent to the top of the channel. All manhole section joints and
pick holes shall be filled with grout and smooth finished outside and
inside after installation.
All manhole penetrations, lifting holes, barrel joints (interior or
exterior), risers, frames, and any other location determined by the
Engineer, shall be sealed to prevent infiltration. The Contractor shall
submit proposed sealing product literature to the Engineer for
acceptance, prior to use.
Manhole frame and covers shall be cast gray or ductile iron and shall
comply with the following Kent Standard Plans as applicable:
4-3 Standard Manhole Frame and Locking Cover
Catch basin grates and solid covers shall be ductile iron and of the
locking type unless indicated otherwise on the plans and shall be in
accordance with Kent Standard Plans 5-4 through 5-16 as applicable.
Miscellaneous catch basin details shall be in accordance with Kent
Standard Plan 5-3.
Care must be taken to insure that pressures exerted on the soils
beneath the manholes and the adjacent mains are approximately
uniform. Unequal soil pressures may result in excessive settlement at
manholes. A spread foundation or other measures may be required to
reduce the unit load imposed by the manhole.
PVC pipe adaptors shall be KOR-IN-SEAL type flex joints or sand collars
or other materials as approved by the Engineer to permit slight
differential movement. All pipe materials other than the above shall be
mudded directly into the manholes and catch basins using a smooth
forty five (45) degree bevel from the pipe to the structure meeting
ASTM D-303-H-78 SDR35. The allowable protrusion is two (2) inches
inside the structure unless approved otherwise by the Engineer.
Block lettering is required on the top surfaces of storm drain castings,
and shall read as follows:
“OUTFALL TO STREAM, DUMP NO POLLUTANTS”
SECTION 7-05.3(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade
All construction in performing adjustments of existing or new utilities
shall conform to the WSDOT Standard Specifications, Standard Plans,
Kent Standard Plans and the Kent Special Provisions.
Locating all new and existing utilities to be adjusted following the
paving shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall
mark or reference all affected utilities including traffic loops prior to
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 4 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
paving. Should it be determined by City personnel upon inspection or
by notification from other utility companies that the Contractor has
failed to adjust existing utilities, the Contractor shall be responsible for
completing the adjustments, at no additional cost to the utility company
or the City, even if the Contractor has vacated the project site.
If the Contractor neglects to reference utilities prior to paving, and for
example causes conflicts with or damage to traffic loops, the Contractor
shall be responsible to relocate or replace the traffic loops at no
additional cost to the City.
No less than 4 inches or greater than 16 inches shall be provided
between the top of the cone and the underside of the manhole frame
for adjustment to street grade or ground surface. Final elevation and
slope of the frame and cover shall conform to the final street surface.
All joints in the brick or ring adjustment shall be filled with grout, and
the castings shall be sealed in grout placed on the ring or brick. A 3/8
inch mortar lining shall be installed inside and out of the adjustment
section to form a smooth watertight finish. NOTE: The use or presence
of wood, asphalt, expansion joint material or other non-approved
product for catch basin or manhole adjustment shall be cause for
immediate rejection.
On asphalt concrete paving and/or asphalt resurfacing projects,
manholes, catch basins and similar structures shall not be adjusted
until the pavement is completed, at which time the center of each
structure shall be relocated from references previously established by
the Contractor. The pavement shall be cut in a restricted area and base
material removed to permit removal of the cover.
The asphalt concrete pavement shall be cut and removed to a neat
circle, the diameter of which shall be equal to the outside diameter of
the frame plus two feet. The frame shall be placed on concrete blocks
and fully mortared to the desired grade. The base materials and
crushed rock shall be removed and Cement Concrete Class 3000 shall
be placed so that the entire volume of the excavation and up to within,
but not to exceed 1-1/2 inches of the finished pavement surface. Note:
casting adjustments shall be made with cementatious materials only.
Wood, plastic, iron, aluminum, bituminous or similar materials are
prohibited.
On the following day, the concrete, the edges of the asphalt concrete
pavement, and the outer edge of the casting shall be painted with hot
asphalt cement. Asphalt concrete shall then be placed and compacted
with hand tampers and a patching roller. The completed patch shall
match the existing paved surface for texture, density, and uniformity of
grade. The joint between the patch and the existing pavement shall
then be painted with hot asphalt cement or asphalt emulsion and shall
be immediately covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt
cement solidifies.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 5 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
SECTION 7-05.3(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-05.3(2) Abandon Existing Manholes
Manholes being abandoned shall have the top four feet removed and
the remainder of the structure filled with bankrun gravel for trench
backfill or gravel borrow as included in the proposal and shall otherwise
be in accordance with Section 7-05.3(2) of the WSDOT Standard
Specifications.
SECTION 7-05.3(3) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-05.3(3) Connections to Existing Manholes
It shall be the Contractor’s sole responsibility to protect the existing
sewer system from any damage and/or debris resulting from the
construction. Should any damage and/or debris occur, the Contractor
shall, at no cost to the City, repair and/or clean said system to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
NOTE: Cleaning shall include those existing lines downstream of the
project in which debris has been deposited.
SECTION 7-05.3(4) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-05.3(4) Drop Manhole Connection
Drop manhole connections shall be in accordance with Kent Standard
Plan 4-6. Inside drop connections are not allowed.
SECTION 7-05.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTIONS:
7-05.3(5) Manhole Installation on Existing Sewer
The manhole will be placed on and channeled for the existing lines in
their existing location. It shall be the Contractor’s sole responsibility to
protect the existing sewer from any damage and/or debris resulting
from the construction. Should any damage and/or debris occur, the
Contractor shall, at no cost to the City, repair and/or clean said system
to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
NOTE: Cleaning shall include those existing lines downstream of the
project in which debris has been deposited.
7-05.3(6) Storm Drain Marking
The pavement adjacent to all new catch basins shall be marked with
the following standard pollution prevention button (stencil):
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 6 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
The Contractor is responsible for installation of the buttons. Markers for
publicly owned catch basins will be provided by the City.
7-05.3(7) Relocate Existing Catch Basin
The existing catch basin assemblies indicated to be relocated shall be
carefully removed to avoid damage. The Contractor will then install the
catch basin at the location indicated on the plans so that the assembly
will function as shown on the plans.
SECTION 7-05.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-05.5 Payment
The unit contract price per each for “Catch Basin, Type 1” constitutes
complete compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools,
supplies, and equipment necessary to install the specified structure to
final finished grade as shown on the plans and described in the
specifications. This work includes but shall not be limited to:
excavating; dewatering; installing; connecting new or existing pipes,
backfilling; compacting; surface restoration; referencing for future
locates prior to final overlay; and storm drain stenciling.
The unit contract price per each for “Adjust Existing Manhole Cover to
Finished Grade” constitutes complete compensation for furnishing all
labor, materials, tools, supplies, and equipment necessary to adjust the
specified structure to final finished grade as shown on the plans and
described in the specifications. This work includes but shall not be
limited to: excavating; dewatering; installing; connecting new or
existing pipes, backfilling; compacting; surface restoration; referencing
for future locates prior to final overlay; and installing City provided
storm drain markers. Adjusting the grade by adding or removing risers,
grade rings, or sections as required will be included in this bid item.
Any adjustments made prior to the final finished elevation shall be
considered incidental.
The unit contract price per each for “Replace Existing Manhole Circular
Frame and Cover and Adjust to Finished Grade” constitutes complete
compensation for all labor, materials, tools, supplies and equipment
necessary to remove the existing frame and cover and furnish and
install the new frame and locking cover as shown on the plans and
described in the specifications. This price shall also include adjusting
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 7 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
the new frame and cover by adding or removing risers, grade rings,
sections, and square to round convertor (as required) to match the
grade. Any adjustments made prior to the final finished elevation shall
be considered incidental. Any frames, covers, grates, or risers shall be
hauled and disposed of by the Contractor unless deemed salvageable as
determined by the Engineer.
The unit contract price per each for “Vaned Catch Basin Frame and
Grate” constitutes complete compensation for all labor, materials, tools,
supplies and equipment necessary to furnish and install the new frame
and cover or grate as shown on the plans and described in the
specifications. This price shall also include adjusting the new frame and
cover or grate to match final grades. Any adjustments made prior to
the final finished elevation shall be considered incidental.
7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 7-08.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-08.2 Materials
All pipe shall be of the type and material specified in the bid proposal,
shown on the plans or specified herein.
All materials used for construction of sanitary sewer and storm drainage
systems and appurtenances shall be new and undamaged. All materials
used shall be subject to inspection by the City prior to use. The
Contractor shall provide the City with shop drawings, manufacturer’s
specifications and certificates of materials as requested.
The materials referred to herein, shall conform to the applicable
provisions of the WSDOT Standard Specifications, the Kent Special
Provisions and the manufacturer’s recommended installation
procedures. See the following Sections of the WSDOT Standard
Specifications and the Kent Special Provisions:
Hot Mix Asphalt ............................... 5-04.2
Cement Concrete Pavement............... 5-05.2
Culvert Pipe .................................... 7-02.2
Storm Sewers ................................. 7-04.2
Manholes, Inlets and Catch Basins ...... 7-05.2
Sanitary Sewer ................................ 7-17.2
Side Sewers .................................... 7-18.2
Crushed Surfacing............................ 9-03.9(3)
Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding .. 9-03.12(3)
Gravel Borrow ................................. 9-03.14(1)
Foundation Material Class I and II ...... 9-03.17
Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill .... 9-03.19
7-08.3 Construction Requirements
SECTION 7-08.3(1)A IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 8 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
7-08.3(1)A Trenches
If well points are used for dewatering pipe trenches, they shall be
adequately spaced to provide the necessary dewatering and shall be
sandpacked and/or other means used to prevent pumping of fine sands
or silts from the sub-surface. A continual check by the Contractor shall
be maintained to insure that the sub-surface soil is not being removed
by the dewatering operation.
Once commenced, the dewatering operation shall be continuous until
construction and backfilling in the dewatered area is complete. Pump
shutdown shall be accomplished in an approved gradual manner. The
Contractor shall provide enough facilities and personnel to maintain
continuous operation once commenced. Such continuous operation shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor.
In the event of damage to the trench foundation as determined by the
Engineer, or to the ditch walls, or other operations resulting from the
failure of the Contractor to maintain the dewatering operation, the
complete cost of all repairs shall be borne by the Contractor.
It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to dispose of all
waters resulting from its dewatering operation. This responsibility also
includes choice of method, obtaining regulatory agency approvals,
complying with state water quality standards and other agency
requirements.
Each individual project and dewatering operation shall be evaluated
individually to determine exact requirements; however, in general the
following conditions will apply.
1. Disposal into the existing storm drain facilities (pipes, channels,
ditches, etc.) may be acceptable if the Contractor obtains the
necessary permits and approvals.
2. Discharge to existing storm drain facilities shall not result in a
violation of state water quality standards for surface water,
Chapter 173-203 WAC.
3. The Contractor shall monitor discharge and receiving water(s) as
required to verify that water quality standards are being met.
4. If necessary to meet standards and approval requirements, the
Contractor shall treat the water prior to discharge. A settling pond
may be an acceptable method of treatment.
Any damage, as determined by the Engineer to properties or
improvements resulting from an inadequate disposal (water) operation
shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, including repairs,
replacements and/or restoration.
Where required or where directed by the Engineer, stabilization of the
trench bottom shall be in accordance with Section 7-08.3(1)A of the
WSDOT Standard Specifications. Excavation of the unsuitable material
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 9 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
shall be considered as trench excavation. The unsuitable material shall
be disposed of by the Contractor.
Backfill unsuitable material excavations with Foundation Material Class I
or II meeting the requirements of Section 9-03.17 of the Kent Special
Provisions with the class called for in the bid proposal, on the plans or
by the Engineer in the field.
Trench excavation shall include the required pavement removal for
construction of the trench. See Section 2-02.3(3) of the Kent Special
Provisions.
SECTION 7-08.3(1)C IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-08.3(1)C Bedding the Pipe
Bedding shall be placed in accordance with Standard Plan B-55.20-00.
Bedding material shall be in accordance with Section 9-03.12(3) of the
Kent Special Provisions.
Bedding material shall be tamped in layers under, around and above
the pipe to adequately support and protect the pipe. The Contractor
shall use compaction equipment approved by the Engineer to obtain
adequate compaction of the bedding material. Unless otherwise
approved by the Engineer, adequate compaction shall be construed to
mean to at least 95 percent of the maximum density measured in
accordance with ASTM D-1557.
The pipe shall be protected from damage when compacting. At least
two feet of cover is required over the pipe prior to using heavy
compaction equipment.
SECTION 7-08.3(2)B IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-08.3(2)B Pipe Laying - General
At locations of pipe crossing between new or existing pipes the
minimum vertical clearance shall be one and one-half foot unless
otherwise approved by the Engineer. If this clearance cannot be
obtained, the Contractor shall install a 2-inch thick 1-2 PSF styrofoam
cushion between the pipes. The cushion shall be installed longitudinally
with the lower pipe. The cushion width shall be equal to the lower pipe
diameter and the length shall be one foot greater than the upper pipe
diameter.
It should be noted that field adjustment of specified slopes for storm
and sanitary side sewers are permissible, if approved by the Design
Engineer, to obtain the minimum clearances.
External or internal grouting or repair by use of collars on the new
sanitary or storm sewer line will not be an acceptable means of repair,
should repair be necessary.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 10 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
All pipe, adaptors, tees, and other fittings shall be used for the purpose
intended by the manufacturer and shall be installed according to
manufacturer’s recommendations.
SECTION 7-08.3(2)G IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-08.3(2)G Jointing of Dissimilar Pipe
Connections of Ductile or Cast Iron Pipe to Concrete Pipe or PVC Pipe
will be done by the use of Cast Transition or reducing couplings (Romac
501 or equivalent).
SECTION 7-08.3(2)H IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-08.3(2)H Sewer Line Connections
Where indicated on the plans or where directed by the Engineer,
connections shall be made to the existing storm drain/sewer systems
by the Contractor in accordance with applicable portions of the WSDOT
Standard Specifications and Kent Special Provisions in a workmanlike
manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
SECTION 7-08.3(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
7-08.3(2)J Pipe Laying - PVC
For PVC pipe, the Contractor shall maintain a cover over the pipe to
prevent temperature deformation caused by the sun and shall remove
such cover only for a sufficient time to allow the pipe to be installed.
When making field cuts of PVC pipe, a new reference line shall be
marked on the spigot end a distance of 4-5/8 inches from said end.
Said end will provide a visual means of determining whether full
insertion of the spigot into the bell has been made during installation.
SECTION 7-08.3(4) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-08.3(4) Plugging Existing Pipe
Existing pipes being plugged shall be plugged with concrete at both
ends and shall otherwise be in accordance with Section 7-08.3(4) of the
WSDOT Standard Specifications.
SECTION 7-08.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
7-08.3(5) Street Restoration
Unless otherwise shown on the plans, street restoration shall be in
accordance with the following requirements:
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 11 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Where cuts have been made in either asphalt concrete pavement,
or in oil mats, the Contractor shall reconstruct the trench areas
with a 3 inch thick asphalt concrete patch placed on a 6 inch
thickness of crushed surfacing top course or as directed by the
Engineer in the field. However, where cuts have been made in an
asphalt concrete pavement section to be overlayed, the Contractor
shall reconstruct the trench with a 2 inch thick asphalt concrete
patch with a 2 inch asphalt overlay for a total of 4 inches of
asphalt concrete pavement over 6 inches of crushed surfacing top
course.
In all cases, the asphalt and crushed surfacing thickness for the
patch shall meet or exceed the existing pavement section. Upon
approval of the Engineer, Controlled Density Fill may be used to
back fill the narrow trenches where it is difficult to compact
crushed surfacing. In these cases the asphalt concrete layer shall
increase to a minimum of 2 inches greater than the existing
section.
Where cuts have been made in cement concrete pavement, the
Contractor shall reconstruct the trench area with a 6 inch thick
cement concrete patch placed on a 6 inch thickness of crushed
surfacing top course. In all cases, the cement concrete and
crushed surfacing thickness for the patch shall meet or exceed the
existing pavement section.
Where there is an existing asphalt overlay over cement concrete
pavement, the cement concrete shall be patched to original grade
as above and then overlaid with an asphalt concrete patch to
existing grade.
All gravel shoulders shall be restored to their original condition and
shape. The Contractor shall spread a 2 inch thick layer of crushed
surfacing on the shoulder. The shoulder shall be finished with a grader
after backfilling and compacting and before spreading the crushed
surfacing.
Permanent surface treatments and pavements shall not be placed until
an as-built survey and testing of the new underground utilities have
been completed. Verification that utility construction conforms to the
line and grade requirements of Section 7-08.3(2)B of the WSDOT
Standard Specifications shall be made by the Engineer prior to
authorizing paving to begin. Also, each new utility must pass all
appropriate tests specified herein for the type of utility prior to paving.
SECTION 7-08.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FIRST PARAGRAPH AND
REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING:
7-08.4 Measurement
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 12 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Gravel backfill for foundation and gravel backfill for pipe zone bedding
shall be measured by the ton, including haul.
SECTION 7-08.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-08.5 Payment
The unit contract price per ton for “Pipe Zone Bedding” constitutes
complete compensation for all labor, material, tools, supplies, and
equipment necessary or incidental to furnish and place bedding material
as shown on the plans and described in the specifications. This includes
but shall not be limited to: excavating, loading, hauling, mixing,
placing, shaping, and compacting. Reference WSDOT Standard Plan
B-55.20-00.
The unit contract price per ton for “Foundation Material, Class I and II”
constitutes complete compensation for all labor, material, tools,
supplies, and equipment necessary or incidental to furnish and place
foundation material as shown on the plans and described in the
specifications. This includes but shall not be limited to: excavating,
loading, hauling, mixing, placing, shaping, and compacting.
The unit contract price per ton for “Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill”
constitutes complete compensation for all labor, material, tools,
supplies, and equipment necessary or incidental to furnish and place
the bank run gravel for trench backfill as shown on the plans and
described in the specifications. This includes but shall not be limited to:
excavating, loading, hauling, mixing, placing, shaping, and compacting.
The actual quantity for bank run gravel for trench backfill is unknown
since selected materials will be used wherever possible. The City has
entered a quantity in the proposal for the purpose of providing a
common proposal for all bidders.
7-09 WATER MAINS
SECTION 7-09.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-09.2 Materials
All water main pipe shall be ductile iron and shall meet the
requirements of the following sections of the Kent Special Provisions:
Ductile Iron Water Pipe .............. 9-30.1(1)
Fittings for Ductile Iron Pipe........ 9-30.2(1)
The following aggregates shall meet the requirements of the following
sections of the Kent Special Provisions:
Bedding Material ....................... 9-03.12(3)
Foundation Material ................... 9-03.17
7-09.3 Construction Requirements
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 13 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
SECTION 7-09.3(8) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-09.3(8) Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Materials
Where required or where directed by the Engineer, stabilization of the
trench bottom shall be in accordance to Section 7-09.3(8) of the
WSDOT Standard Specifications except that the foundation material
shall meet the requirements of Kent Special Provisions 9-03.17.
Excavation and disposal of the unsuitable material shall be considered
as trench excavation. The unsuitable material shall be disposed of by
the Contractor.
SECTION 7-09.3(9) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
7-09.3(9) Bedding the Pipe
In most cases, imported bedding is not required for water main
installations. The native material shall be worked to form a continuous
and uniform trench bottom for all buried pipe. Bedding material shall be
tamped in layers around the pipe and to a sufficient height above the
pipe to adequately support and protect the pipe, compaction shall be 95
percent of maximum dry density per ASTM D-1557. The Contractor
shall use compaction equipment approved by the Engineer to obtain
adequate compaction of the bedding material, so as to provide firm and
uniform support for the full length of the pipe, valves and fittings. Care
shall be taken to prevent any damage to the pipe or its protective
coatings.
Material larger than 1 1/2 inch diameter found in the trench shall be
removed for a depth of at least two inches around the pipe.
When specified, imported bedding material shall be used. All bedding
material prior to use shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer.
The responsibility for obtaining said approval shall rest solely with the
Contractor.
NOTE: Pea gravel will not be allowed as a bedding material.
Bedding shall be placed 6 inches under and 6 inches over the pipe
where, in the opinion of the Engineer, existing material is found to be
unsuitable.
SECTION 7-09-3(13) IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING TO THE LAST
PARAGRAPH:
7-09.3(13) Handling of Pipe
In addition, all installed lengths of pipe shall have a suitable swab or
“pig” drawn continuously through them to remove all possible debris
prior to flushing and disinfection.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 14 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
SECTION 7-09.3(19)A IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains
Connections to existing mains which require turning off the water, shall
not be made without at least five (5) working days notice to the
Engineer, the City Water Department, and affected water customers.
Prior to purchase of materials, the Contractor shall field inspect the
connection points to verify the exact fittings, adaptors, etc. required to
make an approved connection. The Contractor shall furnish and install
materials approved by the City. The City shall not be responsible for
incorrect or unapproved materials purchased by the Contractor. Where
various methods are possible, or if doubt exists as to what is required,
the Contractor shall coordinate with the City prior to construction.
The Contractor shall not make a connection to a live water main until
after satisfactory pressure and purity tests.
SECTION 7-09.3(19) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
7-09.3(19)C Connection to Existing Concrete Cylinder Mains
The connections to an existing concrete cylinder water main shall be
made in accordance with the Kent Standard Plans 3-5 and 3-6 and
these Kent Special Provisions.
The connection shall be made by the installation of a hat flange with
tapping valve onto the existing main paying particular attention to the
following:
1. All welding is to be done by a certified welder.
2. The hat flange shall have a special connection flange welded to the
connection end (end connecting to existing main) as shown on the
details.
3. The connection flange and end of the hat flange shall be checked
for proper contour of its mating surface to the existing main. Any
connections required shall be made before installations.
4. The outer concrete coating on the existing main shall be cleaned
away to expose the steel portion of the pipe. The extent of
concrete removal shall be no more than two inches from the outer
weld of the hat flange ring in its installed position. Before cutting
the concrete reinforcing wire mesh the mesh shall be secured by
welding it to the pipe.
5. The weld to the existing main shall be made with the main shut
down and pressure released.
6. After the weld has been accepted and the reinforcing wire mesh
reconnected to the pipe and hat flange, the joint area and exposed
portion of the existing pipe shall be recoated with cement
concrete.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 15 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
SECTION 7-09.3(20) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
7-09.3(20) Detectable Marking Tape
Instead of tracer tape, 12 gage solid copper wire protected with plastic
shall be installed over all non-metallic water lines including service
lines. The tracing wire shall be placed as shown on Standard Plans and
shall extend the full length of the line.
SECTION 7-09.3(23) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-09.3(23) Hydrostatic Pressure Test
Hydrostatic pressure tests shall be made at a minimum pressure of 250
psi.
SECTION 7-09.3(24) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-09.3(24) Disinfection of Water Mains
Following the pressure test, flushing procedure and disinfection of the
pipe, the Contractor shall arrange with the Public Works Inspector for
coliform (purity) tests to be taken by the Water Department. Two
samples taken 24-hours apart, with no flushing between samples is
required to be taken from each apparatus. The Contractor may elect to
contract with a City-approved lab for the tests. Contractor shall pay for
purity tests as required by the City.
The Contractor shall install corporation stops at all locations required to
take bacteriological test samples. If the original test sample proves
unsatisfactory, an additional charge will be assessed to the Contractor
for processing each additional sample.
SECTION 7-09.3(24)A IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-09.3(24)A Flushing
The Contractor shall be responsible for disposal of treated water flushed
from mains. The sanitary sewer shall be the preferred option for
disposal of all flushed water. The City shall approve disposal into
available sanitary sewers, provided that the rate of disposal will not
overload the sewer.
All discharges to the storm system shall be tested for total residual
chlorine using a portable “HACH” kit or equivalent, prior to discharge.
NO DISCHARGE TO SURFACE WATERS OR THE STORM SYSTEM IS
ALLOWED AT CONCENTRATIONS OF TOTAL RESIDUAL CHLORINE
ABOVE 20 UG/1 (.02 MG/1). (Because the minimum detection limit for
this test is about 10 ug/1 (.01 mg/1) under ideal conditions, field
testing may lack precision.)
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 16 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
If no acceptable discharge for the treated water is identified, the
Contractor shall be required to dechlorinate the water prior to
discharge.
Water for testing and flushing, when taken from the City water mains
shall pass through an approved reduced pressure backflow valve
assembly. This activity must be coordinated with and approved by the
City.
SECTION 7-09.3(24)B IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-09.3(24)B Requirement of Chlorine
All new, cleaned or repaired water mains shall be disinfected in
accordance with AWWA Standard C651. This Specification includes
detailed procedures for the adequate flushing, disinfection, and
microbiological testing of all water mains.
SECTION 7-09.3(24)M IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-09.3(24)M Chlorinating Connections to Existing Water Mains and Water
Service Connections
After the new piping has been flushed, pressure tested, disinfected, and
all purity test sample results are satisfactory, connections to the
existing main can be made. All closure pieces and fittings shall be
swabbed with an appropriate chlorine solution (5-6 percent Cl), in
accordance with AWWA Standard C651. Maximum length of swabbed
section of water main pipe shall be less than 18 feet (1 section of pipe).
SECTION 7-09.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FIRST PARAGRAPH AND
REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING:
7-09.4 Measurement
Measurement for payment of pipe for water mains will be by the linear
foot of pipe laid, tested and approved and shall be along the pipe
through fittings, valves, and couplings.
SECTION 7-09.5 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
7-09.5 Payment
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the
following bid items when they are included in the Proposal:
The unit contract price per lineal foot for “Remove and Replace 8 Inch
Diameter Ductile Iron, Cl 52 Water Main Pipe” shall be complete
compensation for all labor, materials, tools, supplies and equipment
necessary to remove the existing pipes and fittings while not disturbing
the connection to the watermain and fire vaults, furnish and install the
water line as shown on the plans and described in the specifications.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 17 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
The bid item price includes but is not limited to: removal and disposal,
trench excavation; unsuitable material excavation, hauling, dewatering;
backfill and compaction (when native material is to be used), surface
restoration, and cleanup. The bid price shall also include fittings,
cement concrete thrust blocking, risers, elbows, disinfecting, flushing,
testing, temporary blowoffs, tapping and corporation stops required for
testing, and additional costs for overtime work when working on
weekends.
The cost to coordinate this work with the City Water Department and to
notify affected users of the system such as adjoining businesses and
property owners shall be included as part of this bid item. Also included
shall be any costs resulting in work that is required to be performed at
other than normal working hours.
DIVISION 7 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION:
7-11 DOUBLE CHECK DETECTOR ASSEMBLY
7-11.1 Description
This Work consists of removing and disposing of the existing double
detector check valve assembly and below ground vault and installing an
above ground double check detector assembly at the location shown on
the Plans and as shown in Kent Standard Plan 3-18a.
7-11.2 Materials
The Double Check Detector Assembly shall be listed on the latest
Approved Backflow Prevention Assemblies List from the Washington
State Department of Health, comply with fire code requirements, and
be acceptable to the City of Kent Cross Connection Control Program.
Non-rising stem valves are not acceptable.
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Water Distribution Material .................. 9-30
Foundation Material ............................ 9-03.17
Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding .... 9-03.12(3)
The double check detector assembly shall include the following:
a) Certified to NSF/ANSI 372, UL Listed, ASSE Listed 1015, AWWA
Compliant C510, and C550, and be supplied with full port gate
valves.
b) The main body and access cover shall be epoxy coated ductile
iron (ASTM A 36, Grade 4), the stem shall be stainless steel
(ASTM A 276) and the seat disc elastomers shall be EPDm (FDA
approved) Buna Nitrile (FDA approved).
c) Valves shall utilize the center stem guided design that
incorporates two torsion springs to bias the check in the closed
position.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 18 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
d) The check valves shall be accessible for maintenance without
removing device from the line.
e) The enclosure shall be ASSE 1060 Class I Certified.
f) System valves shall be lead-free design (0,25% MAX. Weighted
Average Lead Content).
g) The check valves shall be manufactured by the same company
who manufactures the valve setter.
h) The check valves shall be of the “n” pattern construction.
The valve setter shall include the following:
a) Thrust support shall be an integral part of the setter and
present between the elbows.
b) Certified to NSF/ANSI 372*.
c) ANSI B16.1, Class 125 compliant.
d) The valve setter shall be manufactured by the same company
who manufactured the double check valve assembly.
e) The setter body shall be Ductile Iron ASTM A 536 Grade 4 and
the coatings shall be FDA Approved fusion epoxy coated ductile
iron.
The enclosure to house the DCDA shall include the following:
a) The roof, walls, and drain panel to be 5052-H32 marine grade
aluminum (.050/18 gauge), mill finish, ASTM B209 outside, or
approved equal.
b) Insulation shall be 1 ½” (R “9” value) minimum thickness
polyisocyanurate foam laminated to a glass fiber reinforced
facer (each side), and R “18” for the roof, non-wicking.
c) Particle board will be rejected.
d) Enclosures requiring tape to seal the roof seams will be
rejected.
e) The enclosure shall have a fully insulated drain panel designed
to remain closed, except when discharging water. The drain
panel shall be sized to accommodate the maximum discharge
for backflow installations.
f) The enclosure shall be mounted securely to a concrete pad and
remain locked even if outside screws are removed.
g) The enclosure shall withstand winds up to 110 mph.
7-11.3 Construction Requirements
7-11.3(1) General
The Double Check Detector Assembly installation shall be in compliance
with the Washington State Department of Health and the City of Kent
Cross Connection Control Program requirements. The fire department
connection shall be installed per fire code requirements.
The check valves shall be accessible for maintenance without removing
the valves from the line.
The valve assembly shall be installed a minimum of 6” above the
surrounding area flood level and shall be mounted within an enclosure
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 19 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
capable of withstanding freezing temperatures. The installation location
must be kept above 320 F.
The double check detector assembly and enclosure shall be tested and
checked per the manufacturer’s recommendations.
The existing double check detector assemblies shall remain in service
until the new double check detector assemblies have been tested and
approved and are ready for connection to the private water lines.
The Contractor shall coordinate with the Fire Department and the
property owners a minimum of five working days prior to temporarily
interrupting water service to private fire lines.
7-11.3(2) Fire Watch
A fire watch is a temporary measure for the purposes of ensuring the
fire-safety of a building or premises in the event of any act or situation
which creates an increased risk to persons or property.
The term fire watch is also used to describe a dedicated person or
persons whose sole responsibility is to look for fires and other hazards
within a building, specific area, or premises. This requires hourly
inspection.
The contractor shall coordinate with the Puget Sound Regional Fire
Authority and shall meet all requirements outlined by the Fire
Department while the building(s) fire lines are not in service.
A fire watch may be permitted by the Puget Sound Regional Fire
Authority for up to 48 hours using contractor staff. If the fire line is out
of service for more than 48 hours, the contractor will be required to
hire a professional service to conduct the fire watch.
Fire watch personnel shall:
Have access to one approved means of communication; know the
exact address of the property, and how to report a fire or other
emergency condition by calling 9-1-1.
Be familiar with the buildings and property and have an accepted
written plan for patrolling the property.
Be trained in the use of fire extinguishers shall have access to all
facility fire extinguishers and know their location.
Have knowledge of and be trained in the facility’s evacuation plan
in the event of a fire. They shall be able to communicate with
non-English speaking residents well enough to give an
evacuation order.
Not be permitted, while on duty, to perform any other duties.
Not be impaired and shall always remain awake and alert .
Record time and date every hour that fire watch was conducted.
7-11.4 Measurement
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 20 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
“Remove and Replace 8 Inch Double Check Detector Assembly” will be
measured per each installed double check detector assembly.
7-11.5 Payment
The unit contract price per each for “Remove and Replace 8 Inch
Double Check Detector Assembly” shall be complete compensation for
all labor, materials, tools, supplies, and equipment necessary to provide
and install a fully functioning double check detector assembly as shown
on Kent Standard Plans 3-18a and 3-18d and described in these
specifications. The unit contract price shall include, but not be limited to
excavation, removal, disposal, hauling, dewatering, backfill and
compaction, concrete work, double check valves, enclosure, isolation
gate valve at the water main tee, pipes, fittings and detectors,
connection to existing private water line, tamper alarm, and all work
within the double check detector assembly enclosure and the enclosure
footprint area, testing, permits, and inspections from governing
agencies. If the fire line is out of service for 48 hours or less, a fire
watch will be required and associated costs shall be included in this
payment item. If the service outage is greater than 48 hours, the fire
watch will be paid for under the “Fire Watch” bid item. Also included
shall be any costs resulting in work that is required to be performed at
other than normal working hours.
The unit contract price per force account for “Fire Watch” shall be
complete compensation for contracting with a professional fire watch
service as required to meet all Fire Watch requirements as outlined
above and by the Puget Sound Regional Fire Authority.
7-12 VALVES FOR WATER MAINS
SECTION 7-12.2 IS REVISED BY SUPPLEMENTING THE FIRST PARAGRAPH
WITH THE FOLLOWING:
7-12.2 Materials
The following materials shall meet the requirements of the following
sections of the Kent Special Provisions:
Gate Valves ................................. 9-30.3(1)
Valve Boxes ................................. 9-30.3(4)
Valve Marker Posts ........................ 9-30.3(5)
Valve Stem Extensions ................... 9-30.3(6)
SECTION 7-12.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-12.3 Construction Requirements
All valves shall have valve boxes installed with the cover lugs parallel to
the direction of water flow.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 21 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Contractor shall verify valve type and connections prior to ordering
valves.
SECTION 7-12.3(1) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
7-12.3(1) Installation of Valve Marker Posts
Valve marker posts conforming to Kent Standard Plan 3-4 shall be
located opposite each valve as directed by the Engineer. The 18 inches
of exposed post shall be painted with two coats of approved white
concrete paint, and then the size of the valve, the type of valve, and
the distance in feet from the post to the valve shall be painted on the
face of the post, using approved black paint and stencils which produce
letters 2-inches high.
SECTION 7-12.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTIONS:
7-12.3(2) Replace Existing Valve Box Top Section and Lid
See Section 9-30.3(4) of the Kent Special Provisions for material
specifications.
Where shown in the plans or where directed by the Engineer, the
Contractor shall furnish and install new Valve Box Top Section and Lid
on existing water valves in accordance with the details shown in the
plans, these Kent Special Provisions or as directed by the Engineer. Lid
shall be the locking type.
On asphalt concrete paving and/or asphalt resurfacing projects, valve
box top section and similar structures shall not be adjusted and/or
installed until the pavement is completed. The center of each structure
shall be relocated from previously referenced measurements,
established by the Contractor. The pavement shall be cut in a restricted
area and base material removed to permit removal of the old unit. The
new structure shall then be installed to proper grade utilizing the same
methods of construction as specified for new construction in Section
7-12 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications and the Kent Special
Provisions.
All valves covered by new paving shall be uncovered and adjusted to
grade within 72 hours.
7-12.3(3) Adjusting Valve Boxes to Grade
On asphalt concrete paving and/or asphalt resurfacing projects, valve
box top section and similar structures shall not be adjusted and/or
installed until the pavement is completed. The center of each structure
shall be relocated from previously referenced measurements,
established by the Contractor. The pavement shall be cut in a restricted
area and base material removed to permit removal of the old unit. The
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 22 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
new structure shall then be installed to proper grade utilizing the same
methods of construction as specified for new construction in Section
7-12 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications and the Kent Special
Provisions.
All valves covered by new paving shall be uncovered and adjusted to
grade within 72 hours.
SECTION 7-12.4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
7-12.4 Measurement
Measurement of valve marker posts shall be incidental for new valve
installations, and per each for valve marker post installed opposite an
existing valve. Relocation and remarking of existing valve marker posts
shall be incidental to the project.
SECTION 7-12.5 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
7-12.5 Payment
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the
following bid items when they are included in the Proposal:
The unit bid price per each for “Remove and Replace 8 Inch Gate Valve”
constitutes complete compensation for all labor, materials, tools,
supplies and equipment required to remove the existing 8” gate valves
and install the type and diameter of valve complete and in place MJ x
FL, including but not limited to: verifying existing pipe and valve type,
removal and disposal of the existing valve, location and fittings;
furnishing and installing the gate valve and all necessary fitting and
appurtenances; furnishing and installing a new valve box top section,
lid, and base section to finished grade; tapping valve with tapping tee
where shown on the plans; valve nut extenders where needed;
trenching; dewatering; backfilling and compacting selected materials;
jointing; painting; disinfecting; flushing; hydrostatic and purity testing;
running a pig through valve. Water disconnect will be required after
hours or on a weekend. Additional costs for weekend work, removal of
existing valves, cutting and capping existing water mains shall be
included in this item.
DIVISION 7 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION:
7-13 ADJUSTING WATER MAINS
7-13.1 Description
This work shall consist of adjusting water mains where shown on the
plans or as staked by the Engineer to avoid conflicts with existing or
proposed improvements.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 23 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
The Washington State Patrol requires any Contractor designing,
installing, testing and/or maintaining a fire sprinkler system must be
licensed by the Washington State Fire Marshal’s office (see
www.wsp.wa.gov/fire/certcomp.htm for more information). The
Contractor shall have a full-time Certificate of Competency Holder,
holding the same level of certification as the Contractor’s licensing
level. The individual performing the inspection and testing of the fire
protection sprinkler system, shall have a certification as an Inspection
and Testing Technician. No compensation shall be provided to obtain
these certifications.
7-13.2 Materials
All materials shall meet the requirements of Section 7-09 of the WSDOT
Standard Specifications.
7-13.3 Construction Details
Adjusting water mains shall be accomplished by deflecting the joints of
existing pipes where feasible and by standard fittings where deflection
of joints is deemed not feasible by the Engineer. The Contractor shall
provide standard fittings and temporary or permanent blocking when
required by the Engineer to safely accomplish the adjusting of water
mains. Where field conditions require deflections or special fittings not
anticipated by the plans, the Engineer will determine the methods to be
used.
Water mains shall be adjusted to the satisfaction of the Engineer, but
shall generally be provided with a minimum of one-foot clearance
vertically and two-foot clearance horizontally. Use of lesser clearances
will require the approval of the Engineer.
Whenever it becomes necessary to cut the pipe or separate the water
main at a joint, the provisions of Section 7-09 shall be met by the
Contractor.
7-13.3(1) Concrete Steel Pipe
When exposing the concrete steel pipe the contractor shall excavate
and make the bottom of the pipe visible for inspection. The contractor
shall hire a qualified welder who is approved to work on concrete steel
pipe as specified on Kent Standard Plan 3-5. This contractor shall be
under contractor and on-call/available during the pipe uncovering.
7-13.4 Measurement
The actual length of water main to be adjusted as a result of
constructing the new improvements is uncertain. The total length
provided on the proposal or shown on the plans is an estimate based on
the best information available. Measurement by the linear foot for
payment will be for the actual length deemed necessary by the
Engineer.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 24 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
7-13.5 Payment
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the
following bid item when they are included in the Proposal:
The unit contract price per lineal foot for “Expose 16 Inch Diameter
Water Main Pipe” shall be complete compensation for all labor,
materials, tools, supplies and equipment necessary to excavate and
expose the top and bottom of the existing 16 inch water main to
inspect for deflection. The bid item price includes but is not limited to:,
trench excavation; re-bedding the pipe as directed by the engineer;
unsuitable material excavation, hauling, dewatering; backfill and
compaction (when native material is to be used), surface restoration,
and cleanup. The bid price shall also include fittings, cement concrete
thrust blocking, risers, elbows, disinfecting, flushing, testing, temporary
blowoffs, tapping and corporation stops required for testing, and
additional costs for overtime work when working on weekends. The cost
to hire a welder and have the welder available/on-call shall be included
in this bid item. The cost to coordinate this work with the City Water
Department and to notify affected users of the system such as
adjoining businesses and property owners shall be included as part of
this bid item. Also included shall be any costs resulting in work that is
required to be performed at other than normal working hours.
The unit contract price per force account for “Repair 16 inch Diameter
Concrete Steel Pipe” shall be complete compensation for all labor,
materials, tools, supplies and equipment necessary to repair the
concrete steel pipe as directed by the engineer. The cost to have a
welder on call shall be included in the bid item “Expose 16 inch
Diameter Water Main Pipe”. All additional costs for welding shall be paid
for under this bid item.
When special fittings are required to meet field conditions, additional
payment will be made as provided in Section 1-09.6 of the WSDOT
Standard Specifications.
SECTION 7-15 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
7-15 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
7-15.1 Description
This work consists of installing the service connections from the water
main to the customer’s service meter including meter setter; from the
customer’s service meter to the property or easement line; and where
shown on the plans, from the service meter to the customer’s service
line. Service connections for commercial users as well as residential
users are included.
This work also includes replacing existing service lines including new
service connections, new pipe, new meter boxes and setters as required
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 25 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
and relocating meters or combinations thereof. Also included is
abandonment and disconnection of service lines being replaced at the
City main line.
7-15.2 Materials
The following materials shall meet the requirements of the following
sections of the Kent Special Provisions:
Saddles ................................. 9-30.6(1)
Corporation Stops ................... 9-30.6(2)
Polyethylene Tubing ................ 9-30.6(3)B
Service Fittings ....................... 9-30.6(4)
Meter Setters ......................... 9-30.6(5)
Meter Boxes ........................... 9-30.6(7)
Water Meters ......................... 9-30.7(8)
7-15.3 Construction Details
7-15.3(1) General
Service lines from the water main to the meter setter and from the
meter setter to the property or easement line shall be one piece and at
least 1 inch in diameter iron pipe size (IPS). Meter setters shall be of
the appropriate size for the size of the meter to be installed and
reducing bushings shall be installed when the existing meter size is less
than 1 inch.
Pipe materials used for service lines shall be either Type K copper
tubing without sweat-joints, or ultra-high molecular weight, high
density polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe, only.
Pipe materials used for water service lines on private property, and
installed by the customer shall conform to the Uniform Plumbing Code.
It is the customer’s responsibility to install and maintain the service line
between the property or easement line and the facility being served.
The Contractor shall notify all customers affected, the City Water
Department, and the Engineer at least two working days prior to
working on live services. The Contractor is responsible for planning and
coordinating its work such that water service will be resumed with the
least possible inconvenience to the water users.
The location of existing water service laterals and service lines between
the water main and the water meter shall be determined and marked in
the field or otherwise located by the City Water Department.
Unless otherwise approved by the City Water Department, new service
lines from the water main to the meter shall be perpendicular to the
water main, i.e. the meter shall be located directly opposite the
corporation stop.
7-15.3(2) Flushing, Disinfection and Testing
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 26 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
All service pipe and appurtenances shall be prechlorinated prior to
installation. After installation, the service connection shall be flushed
prior to connecting the meter and tested after connection to the meter.
7-15.3(3) Service Connections
This work shall consist solely of connecting 1 inch or greater diameter
service lines to the water main pipe by installing new corporation stops
and service line adaptors at the water main pipe and shall include
saddles. Corporation stops and saddles shall be of the size shown on
the plans and shall be installed with a 22 degree vertical angle from the
water main pipe centerline as shown in the Kent Standard Plans.
Direct taps shall not be allowed, a double strapped saddle must be used
as shown in the Kent Standard Plans.
Particular care shall be exercised to ensure that the main is not
damaged by the installation of the service line.
7-15.3(4) Relocating Existing Water Meter Assembly
This work shall consist solely of disconnecting and removing the
existing meter, setter and meter box (the meter assembly) from their
existing location, cleaning the meter assembly, relocating the meter
assembly to the location shown on the plans, and reconnecting the
used meter assembly to the service line pipe.
7-15.3(5) Water Service Lines
This work shall consist of installing new water service line pipes from
the corporation stop at the water main pipe to the water meter setter
and from the water meter setter to the water service line. Water service
lines shall be the size shown on the plans, but shall in all cases be at
least 1 inch in diameter iron pipe size (IPS). Water service lines shall be
either copper tubing type K or polyethylene plastic (PE) pipe and shall
be installed with a minimum of 2 feet of cover over the top of the line.
Whenever PE pipe is installed, 12 gage solid copper tracing wire with
plastic coating shall be installed over the pipe for its entire length as
shown in Kent Standard Plans 3-10 and 3-11. The wire shall be bared
and connected between the corporation and the angle stop on the
meter setter so as to maintain continuity. Water service line pipes shall
not exceed 60 feet in length from the water main pipe to the meter
setter.
When water services lines are installed for future use, the work shall
include a “tail run” section of service pipe two feet long from the water
meter setter to the property or easement line. This “tail run” section
shall have a union fitting on the end of the “tail run”, shall be indicated
with a 2 x 4 stake marked with the legend “WATER” and shall otherwise
be marked in conformance with Section 7-18.3(5) of the WSDOT
Standard Specifications.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 27 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
When new water service lines are to be connected to existing service
lines smaller than 1 inch in diameter, the new water service lines
behind the meter shall be the same diameter as the service line from
the water main to the meter and shall be suitably reduced at the
connection.
7-15.3(6) Water Meters
Water meters 5/8 inch x 3/4 inch to 2 inch shall be provided and
installed by the City Water Department. All water meters larger than 2
inch shall be provided and installed by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall reinstall existing water meters where shown on the
plans regardless of meter size, unless otherwise stated in the Kent
Special Provisions.
Water meters shall be located behind City sidewalks when sidewalks are
present or scheduled for immediate construction. If in case the water
meter must be located within the sidewalk, as determined by the
Engineer, no portion of the water meter box shall be closer than 6
inches to any edge of the sidewalk. In the case when City sidewalks are
not present or scheduled for immediate construction, new water meters
shall be located 2 feet from the right-of-way or easement line and
inside the right-of-way or easement. In all cases the angle stop shall be
installed 9 inches below finished grade.
7-15.3(7) Compound Meter Assemblies
Compound meter assemblies shall be installed where shown on the
plans. Compound meter assemblies shall conform with Kent Standard
Plan 3-12 in all respects and shall include a water meter of the specified
size unless otherwise stated in the Kent Special Provisions. The utility
vault for the compound meter and by-pass shall be sized to allow
access to all gate valves when the cover is removed, shall be rated for
H-20 traffic loading, and shall otherwise conform to Kent Standard Plan
3-12.
This work includes connection to the customer’s service lateral when
they exist.
7-15.3(8) Excavation, Bedding and Backfilling
Excavating, bedding and backfilling for service connections shall be as
specified in Section 7-09-3(10). Bedding of water service lines is
omitted and backfill material shall consist of selected materials, as
outlined in Section 2-03.3(10), unless otherwise specified in the Kent
Special Provisions or directed by the Engineer.
7-15.3(9) Meter Boxes and Vaults
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 28 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Water meter boxes shall be installed directly opposite the main line
connection; shall be generally perpendicular to the street; and shall be
within City sidewalks when they are present. Meter boxes installed
within City sidewalks shall be located so that no portion of the meter
box is closer than 6 inches to any edge of the sidewalk. Water meter
boxes installed outside of City sidewalks shall be located within the
easement or right-of-way with the near edge of the box being 1 foot
from the property or easement line and set to finished grade.
Water meter boxes are specified for varying meter sizes and for varying
locations. Water meter boxes within driveways or other traffic areas
shall meet the requirement for a H-20 traffic loading. Water meter
boxes within sidewalks shall be concrete or cast iron. Water meter
boxes within planting or similar nontraffic areas may be plastic. Water
meter boxes shall be of sufficient size to contain the water meter. With
the exception of plastic lids for plastic meter boxes, all lids and covers
of meter boxes shall be steel.
Water meter vaults shall be adequately sized to contain the meter
assembly; shall be set flush to the finished grade; and shall be rated for
a H-20 traffic loading unless otherwise shown on the plans.
7-15.3(10) Replace/Abandon Existing Water Service
Where the plans call for an existing water service to be abandoned, the
corporation stop at the water main line shall be exposed and shut off.
The service pipe shall then be removed from the corporation stop and a
plug installed on the corporation stop.
For service being replaced, the procedure specified above shall be used
except that the new service pipe shall be connected to the corporation
stop and the stop turned on. Use appropriate adaptor, when necessary,
for connecting new pipe to existing corporation stop.
Should the existing corporation stop be of the improper size, it shall be
abandoned as specified above and a new corporation stop shall be
installed on the water main line.
SECTION 7-15.4 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
7-15.4 Measurement
Measurement of service connections, relocating existing water meters,
meter setters, compound meter assemblies, water meters, meter boxes
and abandon water service will be made per each. Measurement of new
water service line will be made per linear foot.
SECTION 7-15.5 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
7-15.5 Payment
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 7 - 29 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the
following bid items when they are included in the Proposal:
“Adjust Existing Water Meter Box to Finished Grade”
“Adjust Existing Irrigation Box to Finished Grade”
The unit contract price per each for the above items constitutes
complete compensation for constitutes complete compensation for all
labor, materials, tools, supplies and equipment necessary to raise and
adjust the above to final grade at the locations shown on the plans and
described in the specifications.
The unit contract price per each for “Replace Existing Irrigation Box and
Adjust to Finished Grade” constitutes complete compensation for
constitutes complete compensation for all labor, materials, tools,
supplies and equipment necessary to supply a new irrigation box per
Section 9-30.6(7), raise and adjust to final grade at the locations
shown on the plans and described in the specifications.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 1 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
DIVISION 8 – MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
8-01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
SECTION 8-01.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-01.1 Description
This work consists of temporary erosion and sedimentation control
procedures (TESCP) as shown on the construction plans, specified in
these Kent Special Provisions, and ordered by the Engineer as work
proceeds. The TESCP are intended to minimize erosion and
sedimentation as well as protect waters of the state and the city’s
municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) as required by law.
SECTION 8-01.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-01.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections of the
Kent Special Provisions and the WSDOT Standard Specifications:
Seed ................................... 9-14.3
Fertilizer .............................. 9-14.4
Mulch and Amendments ......... 9-14.5
Tackifier .............................. 9-14.5(7) 8-01.3 Construction Requirements
SECTION 8-01.3(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-01.3(1) General
Preventing and controlling pollution, erosion, runoff, and related
damage requires the Contractor to install temporary stormwater best
management practices (BMPs) as per the plans and as directed by the
City.
As site conditions dictate, additional BMPs may be required. The
Contractor shall anticipate the need for additional best management
practices and propose necessary changes to the City.
Should the Contractor fail to install the required temporary erosion and
sediment control (TESC) measures or to perform maintenance in a
timely manner, or fail to take immediate action to install additional
approved measures, all fines, cost of cleanup, costs for delays and
down time shall be borne by the Contractor.
All cost for this work shall be paid for under the unit contract bid prices.
The upgrading of the TESCP facilities shall not constitute a basis for
additional working days for this project.
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a minimum of two working
days notice prior to clearing adjacent to any wetland, creek or other
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 2 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
sensitive area. During the construction period, no disturbance beyond
the flagged clearing limits shall be permitted. The flagging shall be
maintained by the Contractor for the duration of construction.
The TESC facilities shall be in accordance with and conform to the Kent
Surface Water Design Manual, the WSDOT Standards Specifications,
and the Ecology Construction Stormwater General Permit (if applicable),
except as modified by the Kent Design and Construction Standards or
these Kent Special Provisions.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify the City at once
of any TESC deficiencies or changes in conditions such as rutting and or
erosion that may occur during construction. The Contractor may
recommend possible solutions to the Engineer in order to resolve any
problems that are occurring.
The requirements of this section shall apply to all areas of the site
subject to construction activity as described in the WSDOT Standard
Specifications, the Kent Special Provisions and contract plans, including
Contractor construction support facilities, Contractor personnel parking
areas, equipment and material storage/laydown areas, and other areas
utilized by the Contractor for completion of the work. Nothing in this
section shall relieve the Contractor from complying with other contract
requirements.
SECTION 8-01.3(1)A IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-01.3(1)A Submittals
Prior to the start of any construction activities, the Contractor shall
submit for the Engineer’s review and approval, the following, as
necessitated by the work:
1. Dewatering Plan
2. Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan
3. Stream Bypass Plan for in-water work
4. Name and contact info for Contractor’s CESCL
SECTION 8-01.3(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTIONS:
8-01.3(1)F Applicable Regulations and Criteria
All construction activities are subject to applicable federal, state, and
local permits. The Contractor shall comply with requirements of
applicable state and local regulatory requirements, including, but not
limited to the following:
1. WAC 173-201A Water Quality Standards for Surface Waters of the
State of Washington
2. RCW 90.48.080 Discharge of pollutants in waters prohibited
3. City of Kent 2017 Surface Water Design Manual
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 3 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
4. Construction Stormwater General Permit – WA Department of
Ecology 8-01.3(1)G Water Quality Monitoring
Sampling of site stormwater discharges is only required if the project is
covered under the WA Department of Ecology Construction Stormwater
General Permit or if there is a suspected discharge that exceeds state
water quality standards.
If the project is covered under the Construction Stormwater General
Permit, then the Contractor shall conduct sampling as per the
conditions listed in the permit.
Any results that are outside the appropriate range of compliance will
require immediate implementation of adaptive management as outlined
in applicable permits, stormwater pollution prevention plan, and as
directed by the Engineer.
All sampling records shall be submitted to the Engineer by the last day
of the monitoring period. All necessary adaptive management
requirements shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to implement
and maintain.
All costs for this work shall be included in the various unit contract bid
prices.
SECTION 8-01.3(2)E IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-01.3(2)E Tackifiers
Unless specified otherwise, wood cellulose fiber mulch per Section
9-14(5)10 of the Standard Specifications shall have tackifier
incorporated into the mulch fiber during manufacture. If additional
tackifier is required, the tackifier shall be organic tackifier as specified
in Section 9-14.5(7)A of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. When
specified, tackifiers shall be applied in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
8-01.3(9) Sediment Control Barriers
SECTION 8-01.3(9)D IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-01.3(9)D Inlet Protection
Cleaning and maintenance of inlet protection shall not flush sediment,
or sediment-laden water into the downstream system.
SECTION 8-01.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
8-01.3(17) Vehicle Maintenance and Storage
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 4 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Handling and storage of fuel, oil and chemicals shall not take place
within 50 feet of waterways. Storage shall be in dike tanks and barrels
with drip pans provided under the dispensing area. Shut-off and lock
valves shall be provided on hoses. Fuel, oil, and chemicals shall be
dispensed only during daylight hours unless approved by the engineer.
Fencing shall be provided around storage area. Locks shall be provided
on all valves, pumps, and tanks. Materials used to clean up fuel, oil,
and chemical spills shall be disposed of as directed by the engineer.
Water used for washing vehicles and equipment shall not be allowed to
enter storm drains or other State waters. No processed waste water(s)
of any kind shall be discharged onto the ground, to surface waters, or
to stormwater conveyance systems.
SECTION 8-01.5(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-01.5(2) Item Bids
The unit contract price per each for “Inlet Protection” shall be full pay
for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to
construct, maintain, and remove when no longer required, this
temporary erosion control measure. No other further compensation will
be made.
The unit bid price per square yard for “Straw Mulch” constitutes
complete compensation for all materials, tools, labor and equipment
required for applying straw mulch on exposed soils for erosion control
as directed by the Engineer. Straw shall be in an air-dried condition,
and free of noxious weeds and other materials detrimental to plant life.
The unit price per square yard for “Clear Plastic Covering” (6 mil
polyethylene sheets) shall constitute complete compensation for
furnishing, staking, maintaining and protecting, the material in place
(including sand bags and stakes) on all exposed soils per the WSDOT
Standard Specification and as directed by the Engineer.
The unit contract price per hour for “ESC Lead” shall be full pay for all
duties outlined in Section 8-01.3(1)B (Erosion and Sediment Control
(ESC) Lead) in per hour increments.
8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION
SECTION 8-02.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-02.1 Description
Drawings and Specifications:
Definitions: The word “provide” means “furnish and install” (for
landscaping only).
Dimensions and Measurements: Dimensions govern when shown. Scale
is approximate. Contractor shall check all dimensions in the field and
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 5 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
verify them with respect to adjacent or incorporated work. Any
discrepancies in the drawings shall be brought to the immediate
attention of the Engineer before work proceeds further.
Number of Specified Items Required: Wherever in these Kent Special
Provisions an article, device or piece of equipment is referred to in the
singular number, such reference shall include as many such items as
are shown on drawings or required to complete the installation.
SECTION 8-02.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
8-02.1(1) Submittals
The Contractor shall submit within 20 days after Notice to Proceed date
a list of all plant material indicating source of supply, order invoice, size
and quantity for such species or variety.
All plant materials shall meet requirements of State and Federal laws
with respect to inspection for plant diseases and infestations. Inspection
certificates required by law shall accompany each shipment of plant
material and submitted to the Engineer.
SECTION 8-02.2 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
8-02.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Topsoil Type A, Type B, and Type C ............ 9-14.2(1), (2), (3)
Seed ...................................................... 9-14.3
Fertilizer ................................................. 9-14.4
Mulch and Amendments ............................ 9-14.5
Wood Cellulose Fiber ................................ 9-14.5(10)
Erosion Control Devices ............................ 9-14.6
Plant Materials ........................................ 9-14.7
Street Trees ............................................ 9-14.7(1)A
Stakes, Guys and Wrapping ....................... 9-14.8
Tree Ties ................................................ 9-14.8(1)
Water for Plants....................................... 9-25.2
Botanical identification and nomenclature of plant materials shall be
based on descriptions by Bailey in “Hortus Third” or superseding
editions and amendments.
8-02.3 Construction Requirements
SECTION 8-02.3(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction
The Contractor shall at all times keep the planted areas free from
accumulations of waste materials or rubbish. Upon completion of the
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 6 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
planting work, the Contractor shall immediately remove all refuse and
debris resulting from the planting activities. The project will not receive
either preliminary or final approval if the cleanup does not meet with
the approval of the Engineer.
SECTION 8-02.3(3) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-02.3(3) Weed and Pest Control
During the maintenance period, all weeds are to be removed by hand.
SECTION 8-02.3(5)A IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-02.3(5)A Seeding Area Preparation
The Contractor shall excavate planting pits to a depth of three feet
below the top of adjacent sidewalks, or adjacent ground if trees are not
being planted in sidewalk cutouts. Tree pits shall be about three feet in
diameter, and shall be neat and uniform basins around each tree. The
Contractor shall then place special planting mixture into the tree basins,
bringing to grade about one and one-half foot below the top of the
planter by compaction by repeated watering.
Refer to Section 8-02.3(4) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications.
SECTION 8-02.3(7) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-02.3(7) Layout of Planting, Lawn and Seeding Areas
The location of plantings shall be according to the landscaping details,
unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall layout
tree, shrub and herbaceous plant locations and receive the approval of
the Engineer before planting begins.
SECTION 8-02.3(8) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-02.3(8) Planting
All plants shall be carefully placed in excavated holes to prevent
damage to fibrous root systems during placement and backfilling
operations, with burlap or container removed. Plants shall be set
vertically in the center of the pits, backfilled with native soil, watered
and settled so that the crown of the root ball will have the same
relation to finished grade as it bore to the grade of the ground from
which it was dug. All street trees shall be planted in general
conformance to Kent Standard Plan 6-55.
SECTION 8-02.3(8)C IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-02.3(8)C Pruning, Staking, Guying, and Wrapping
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 7 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Pruning shall be limited to the minimum amount necessary to remove
injured twigs and branches. Only cut injured limbs to the nearest lateral
bud. Do not apply tree wound paint or petroleum product to tree cuts.
The Contractor shall use rootball bracing (triangle method) rather than
staking or guying to support new trees.
8-02.3(9) Seeding, Fertilizing and Mulching
SECTION 8-02.3(9)A IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FIRST THREE
PARAGRAPHS AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING:
8-02.3(9)A Dates for Application of Seed
Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the final application of
seeding, fertilizing, and mulching of slopes shall be performed during
the following periods:
West of the summit of the Cascade Range - March 1 to May 15 and
August 15 to October 1. Where contract timing is appropriate, seeding,
fertilizing, and mulching shall be accomplished during the spring period
listed above. Written permission to seed after October 1 will only be
given when physical completion of the project is imminent and the
environmental conditions are conducive to satisfactory growth.
SECTION 8-02.3(9)B IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
8-02.3(9)B Seeding and Fertilizing
Topsoil and all other unpaved and unsodded areas within easements and
right-of-way disturbed as part of this project shall be seeded. Hydroseeding
shall be the method of seed application. Hydroseed shall consist of a slurry
composed of water, seed, fertilizer, tackifier, and mulch and shall be evenly
broadcast over areas to be seeded. All work shall conform in all respects to
Section 8-01 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications, except as modified
herein.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer not less than 48 hours in
advance of any hydroseeding operation and shall not begin the work
until areas prepared or designated for hydroseeding have been
approved. Following the Engineer's approval, hydroseeding of the
approved slopes shall begin immediately.
Hydroseeding shall not be done during windy weather or when the
ground is frozen, excessively wet, or otherwise untillable.
Hydroseed mixture to be applied by an approved hydro seeder which
utilizes water as the carrying agent, and maintains continuous agitation
through paddle blades. It shall have an operating capacity sufficient to
agitate, suspend, and mix into a homogeneous slurry the specified
amount of seed and water or other material. Distribution and discharge
lines shall be large enough to prevent stoppage and shall be equipped
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 8 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
with a set of hydraulic discharge spray nozzles that will provide a
uniform distribution of the slurry.
The seed and fertilizer cannot be placed in the tank more than 30
minutes prior to application. The seed and fertilizer shall have a tracer
added to visibly aid uniform application. This tracer shall not be harmful
to plant and animal life. If wood cellulose fiber is used as a tracer, the
application rate shall not exceed 25 pounds per acre.
Areas where hydroseeding is not practical, must be seeded by approved
hand methods as approved by the engineer. When seeding by hand,
Contractor shall incorporate seed into the top 1/4 inch of soil.
The hydroseed slurry shall consist of the following materials mixed
thoroughly together and applied in the quantities indicated.
1. Grass Seed: Mixture shall be fresh, clean, new crop seed. Seed to
be mixed mechanically on the site or may be mixed by the dealer.
If seed is mixed on site, each variety shall be delivered in the
original containers bearing the dealer’s guaranteed analysis. If
seed is mixed by the dealer, the Contractor shall furnish to the
Engineer the Dealer’s guaranteed statement of the composition of
the mixture and the percentage of purity and germination of each
variety.
Grass seed shall be purchased from a recognized distributor and
shall be composed of the varieties mixed in the proportions
indicated in the WSDOT Standard Specifications and Kent Special
Provisions. Seed shall meet the minimum percentages of purity
and germination specified in Section 9-14.3 of the Kent Special
Provisions. Seed shall be applied at the rate of 120 pounds per
acre.
The Contractor shall protect seed from hydration, contamination,
and heating during delivery, storage, and handling. Seed shall be
stored in a cool dry location away from contaminants.
Mix A shall be used as the standard hydroseed mix unless
otherwise specified herein or on approved project plans.
Mix B shall be used exclusively for seeded areas adjacent to grass
lawns, within seeded medians, and within seeded traffic islands. In
addition, Mix B shall be used for all seeded areas not specifically
showing Mix A on the plans, or where otherwise directed by the
Engineer.
2. Water: The Contractor shall begin maintenance immediately after
seeding for a minimum of ten (10) weeks or longer as needed.
Water seeded areas before hydroseed slurry has completely dried
out. Water slowly and thoroughly with fine spray nozzle. Water the
hydroseeded areas at least twice daily (in the early morning and
late afternoon) until the grass is well established as determined by
the Engineer. Repeat watering operation as required by climatic
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 9 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
conditions to keep areas moist for a minimum period of 2 weeks
from the day of first watering and as necessary for healthy growth.
3. Mulch: As needed to meet requirements of Sections 8-01.3(11)A
and 9-14.5.
4. Fertilizer: All areas which are seeded shall receive fertilizer of the
following proportions and formulation applied at the rate of 400
pounds per acre. All areas which are seeded shall receive fertilizer
meeting the requirements of Section 9-14.4 of the Kent Special
Provisions.
Fertilizer shall not be applied on any creek sideslopes in order to
avoid contamination of these creeks.
5. Hand Seeding: Seeding shall be applied at the rate of 6 pounds per
1,000 square feet. The seed shall be applied by an approved hand
held spreader. The seed shall be evenly distributed over the
disturbed area. Apply seed mix after fertilizing and rake the seed
into the surface soil to a depth of 1/4-inch.
6. If the slurry is used for temporary erosion control it shall be applied
at the following rates:
EROSION CONTROL:
Seed 170 lbs/acre of “Mix A” unless otherwise directed
by Engineer.
Fertilizer 400 lbs/acre
Wood Fiber 2,000 lbs/ acre
Tackifier 80 lbs/acre
SECTION 8-02.3(9)D IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-02.3(9)D Inspection
Inspection of seeded areas shall be made upon completion of seeding
operations, at the end of the maintenance period, and at any time
during the maintenance period. The Contractor shall reseed, re-mulch
or re-fertilize as required to establish a uniform, thick stand of grass. A
uniform stand of grass shall be defined as any grass area with no spots
greater than one square foot.
Areas failing to show a uniform thick, healthy stand of grass after the
maintenance period shall be reseeded consistent with the Kent Special
Provisions at the Contractor's expense. Reseeded areas will be subject
to inspection for acceptance.
SECTION 8-02.3(9)E IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-02.3(9)E Protection and Care of Seeded Areas
Protect adjacent property, public walks, curbs and pavement from
damage. Do not place soil directly on paved surfaces. Locate all
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 10 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
underground utilities prior to the commencement of work. Keep streets
and area drains open and free flowing. Protect all seeding against wind,
storm, and trespassing. Replace any plants that become damaged or
injured. In seeded areas, treat and reseed damaged spots larger than
one square foot.
SECTION 8-02.3(11)A IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
8-02.3(11)A Mulch for Seeding Areas
Wood cellulose fiber mulch conforming to Section 9-14.5(10) of the
Standard Specifications shall be used where mulch is called for on this
project. The application rate shall be 2,000 pounds to the acre in
accordance with Section 8-01 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications.
Mulch shall be incorporated into the slurry of seed and fertilizer.
Mulch of the type specified in Section 9-14.5 shall be included in the
hydroseeding process. Wood cellulose fiber used as a mulch shall be
suitable for application with hydroseeders as specified in Section
8-01.3(9)B. The application of seed, fertilizer, and mulch shall be
required in a single operation for all seed applications, unless otherwise
directed. Mulch materials, shall be furnished, hauled, and evenly
applied at the rates indicated, and shall be spread on seeded areas
immediately after seeding unless otherwise specified.
Distribution of straw mulch material shall be by means of an approved
type mulch spreader, which utilizes forced air to blow mulch material on
seeded areas. In spreading straw mulch, the spreader shall not cut or
break the straw into short stalks. Straw mulch shall be applied at a rate
to achieve a loose, overall thickness of three (3) inches.
Areas not accessible by mulching equipment shall be mulched by
approved hand methods and shall achieve similar results.
Mulch sprayed on signs or sign structures shall be removed the same
day.
SECTION 8-02.3(11)B IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
8-02.3(11)B Bark or Woodchip Mulch
Revise all references in this section from bark or wood chip mulch to
“wood chip mulch.”
Add “A sample of the wood chip mulch shall be provided to the Engineer
or project Ecologist in a 1-gallon re-closable bag at least seven (7) days
prior to application.”
For “Clean Rock Mulch” reference the plans and KSP 9-14.4(3).
SECTION 8-02.3(13) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-02.3(13) Plant Establishment
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 11 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
The Contractor is responsible for maintaining all trees and shrubs in a
clean and thriving condition for a period of not less than two calendar
years. The period of maintenance shall begin upon final installation and
inspection of work, and subsequent written notification by the Engineer.
Maintenance shall include all necessary cleaning, weeding, pruning,
watering, and one supplemental feeding with approved fertilizer.
The Contractor shall water all trees and shrubs a minimum of once per
week during the months of June through September to establish the
vegetation during the dry summer months. Maintenance of this
watering schedule is critical to the survival of the trees and shrubs.
SECTION 8-02.3(14) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-02.3(14) Plant Replacement
The Contractor shall replace all trees and shrubs which, in the opinion
of the City Nursery Supervisor, have failed to establish themselves
during the maintenance period at its sole expense. All replacement
planting shall be conducted in conformance to these specifications.
SECTION 8-02.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
8-02.3(17) Plant and Site Protection During Entire Construction Period
The Contractor shall:
1. Protect existing trees to remain and new plants against injury and
damage, including but not limited to: cutting, breaking, or
skinning of roots, trunk or branches, or smothering by stockpiling
construction material, or compaction by equipment.
2. Keep all heavy equipment (e.g., backhoe) outside of the drip lines
of all existing trees, so as not to damage the root systems.
3. Notify Engineer immediately if a conflict arises between
construction activity and the protection of trees and shrubs; alter
methods as necessary and as approved by the Engineer.
SECTION 8-02.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-02.5 Payment
The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Topsoil Type A” constitutes
complete compensation for all labor, materials, tools and equipment
necessary to supply and spread the topsoil in the areas shown on the
plans, or where directed by the Engineer. This item includes but is not
limited to the labor required for raking and compacting the topsoil,
cleanup and complete preparation ready for seeding.
The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Wood Chip Mulch” constitutes
complete compensation for all labor, materials, tools and equipment
necessary to supply and spread the wood chip mulch in the areas
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 12 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
shown on the plans, or where directed by the Engineer. This item
includes but is not limited to the labor required for raking the wood chip
mulch and cleanup.
The unit contract price for per square yard for “Clean Rock Mulch”
constitutes complete compensation for furnishing all labor, materials,
tools, supplies and equipment necessary including, but not be limited
to, placing, shaping and compacting rock for a depth of 6 inches to
match existing landscape area. Should the Contractor encounter be
directed by the engineer to place thicker than 6 inches it shall be paid
according to the following formula:
(Required thickness – 6 inches) x inches 6
price bid unit additional compensation
For example, if the is required to place 8 inches thick and its unit bid
price was $2.00/SY then its additional compensation for the extra
thickness would be:
(8 – 6) x 6
$2.00 $0.67/SY in addition to the unit price. No other
compensation shall be allowed.
8-03 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
SECTION 8-03.5 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
8-03.5 Payment
The bid item “Existing Irrigation Systems Removal, Repair and/or
Modifications” shall be paid by force account in accordance with
Section 1-09.6 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications. This payment
shall constitute complete compensation for all labor, tools, materials,
and equipment necessary to repair any irrigation system disturbed
during construction as approved by the Engineer. This item also
includes all costs to submit plans and obtain approval from the City as
required for the work to be completed.
This bid item shall include all costs associated with relocating existing
irrigation boxes and valves.
For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the
City has entered an estimated amount for force account for this item
in the proposal to become part of the total bid by the Contractor.
8-04 CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS
8-04.3 Construction Requirements
SECTION 8-04.3(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters and Spillways
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 13 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
The City will provide control staking in accordance with Section
1-05.8(6) of the Kent Special Provisions.
If the curb and gutter flow line is found to deviate from the flow line
shown on the plans by more than 0.03 foot, the Contractor shall
remove the faulty section of curb and gutter and replace it with a new
section meeting specifications. The removal and replacement shall be at
no cost to the City.
SECTION 8-04.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-04.5 Payment
“Cement Concrete Curb and Gutter”
“Cement Concrete Extruded Curb”
The unit contract price per linear foot for the above items shall be
considered complete compensation for all materials, labor, tools and
equipment required to install the curbs in accordance with the plans,
specifications and as directed by the Engineer. Reinforced curb and
gutter adjacent to the driveways shall be paid for under the Cement
Concrete Driveway, 8 Inch Depth, Reinforced bid item.
8-06 CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCES
SECTION 8-06.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-06.3 Construction Requirements
Cement Concrete Driveways and associated Reinforced Curb and Gutter
shall be installed at the locations indicated on the plans or where
directed by the Engineer. See Kent Standard Plan 6-44.
Cement concrete driveways and associated cement concrete curb drops
shall be constructed using a 3-day mix. In addition, the Contractor shall
immediately implement temporary provisions for access so that no
driveway is out of service. Also the Contractor shall not simultaneously
work on more than one driveway serving a property.
SECTION 8-06.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-06.5 Payment
The unit contract price per square yard for “Cement Concrete Driveway,
8 Inch Depth, Reinforced” constitutes complete compensation for all
materials, labor and equipment required to install 8” thick cement
concrete driveway and associated reinforced curb and gutter adjacent
to driveway in accordance with the plans and specifications. Reinforcing
steel in the driveway, curb and gutter shall be included in this bid item.
Reference Kent Standard Plan 6-44.
8-09 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS
SECTION 8-09.1 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 14 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
8-09.1 Description
This work shall consist of furnishing, and installing new pavement
markers of the type specified in the plans upon the roadway surface in
accordance with applicable Kent Standard Plans and/or WSDOT
Standard Plans at locations shown in the Contract or as directed by the
Engineer. Removal of existing pavement markers shall be included in
the unit bid price for this item unless otherwise specified.
Unless otherwise noted, pavement markings shall be installed in strict
conformance to Kent Standard Plans 6-73.
8-09.3 Construction Requirements
SECTION 8-09.3(1) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
8-09.3(1) Preliminary Spotting
The Engineer will provide control points at the locations and intervals
determined necessary by the City to assist in preliminary spotting of the
lines before the placement of raised pavement markers begins. The
Contractor shall be responsible for preliminary spotting of the lines to
be marked. Approval by the Engineer is required before the placement
of raised pavement markers begins. Preliminary spotting to guide the
placement of raised pavement markers is required for all longitudinal
lines. Preliminary spotting for each lane of raised pavement markers
shall be provided at transition points required by Kent Standard Plan
6-73, RPM Substitution Patterns.
SECTION 8-09.3(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-09.3(2) Surface Preparation
In removing raised pavement markers and plastic traffic buttons, the
Contractor shall:
1. Haul broken-up pieces of raised pavement markers, plastic traffic
buttons and all waste material to an off-project site, unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer, or permitted by the Kent
Special Provisions.
2. Remove all sand, or other waste materials deposited on the
pavement, or within the City’s stormwater management system,
as a result of the removal process selected by the Contractor.
3. Install temporary lane markings at their sole expense, unless the
street is going to be remarked, or overlaid immediately after the
completed removal of raised pavement markers and/or plastic
traffic buttons.
4. Take suitable care so as not to damage the underlying pavement
surface more than necessary, clean all underlying pavement,
including the complete removal of all remaining adhesive, and fill
any surface voids caused by the removal work.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 15 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
SECTION 8-09.4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-09.4 Measurement
Removal of raised pavement markers and plastic traffic markings shall
be paid for under the Permanent Channelization bid item. No specific
unit of measurement will apply, but measurement will be for the sum
total of all items for a complete removal of the subject items.
8-14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
SECTION 8-14.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-14.1 Description
This work shall also consist of constructing wheel chair ramps at all
street intersections, curb return driveways, or other locations in
accordance with these specifications and in reasonable close conformity
to the dimensions and cross-sections shown in the plans and to the
lines and grades as staked by the Engineer.
8-14.3 Construction Requirements
SECTION 8-14.3(3) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
8-14.3(3) Placing and Finishing Concrete
The concrete shall be placed in the forms and struck off with an
approved straightedge. As soon as the surface can be worked, it shall
be troweled smooth with a steel trowel.
After troweling and before installing the contraction joints or perimeter
edging, the walking surfaces of the sidewalk and ramps shall be
brushed in a traverse direction with a stiff bristled broom. The curb face
and top on the monolithic cement concrete curb and sidewalk and the
cement concrete sidewalk with raised edge shall be smooth.
Expansion and contraction joints shall be constructed as shown in the
Standard plans. When the sidewalk abuts a cement concrete curb or
curb and gutter, the expansion joints in the sidewalk shall have the
same spacing as the curb. The expansion joint shall be filled to full
cross-section of the sidewalk with 3/8-inch premolded joint filler.
Sidewalk ramps shall be of the type specified in the plans. The
detectable warning pattern shall have the truncated dome shape shown
in the Standard Plans and may be formed by either embossing the wet
concrete, adding a manufactured material after the concrete has cured,
or installing masonry or ceramic tiles. When masonry or ceramic tiles
are used, the Contractor shall block out the detectable warning pattern
area to the depth required for installation of the tiles and finish the
construction of the concrete ramp. After the concrete has set and the
forms have been removed, the Contractor shall install the tiles using
standard masonry practices. The two-foot wide detectable warning
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 16 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
pattern area on the ramp shall be yellow and shall match the color of
“Standard Interstate Yellow” paint as specified in Formula K-2-83.
Yellow masonry paint for precast curbs, Formula H-3-83, may be used
for truncated dome patterns embossed into the concrete surface.
SECTION 8-14.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-14.5 Payment
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the
following bid items when included in the Proposal:
The unit bid per square yard for “Cement Concrete Sidewalk”
constitutes complete compensation for all materials, labor, tools and
equipment necessary to install cement concrete sidewalk and
wheelchair ramps as shown on the drawings and in accordance with the
Kent Special Provisions. The unit price shall include but not be limited
to: restoration of areas adjacent to sidewalks and ramps that are
disturbed from sidewalk forms; and all other materials, labor, tools and
equipment to fulfill the requirements or as directed by the Engineer.
Crushed Surfacing Top Course and Asphalt Concrete Pavement Patch,
Excavation and Gravel Borrow as required shall be paid for under
separate bid items.
8-20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, INTELLIGENT
TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL
SECTION 8-20.1 IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
8-20.1 Description
THE SECOND PARAGRAPH IS REVISED TO READ AS FOLLOWS:
Unless otherwise noted in the plans, the locations of traffic signal poles,
controller cabinets, and street light standards are exact. The locations
of junction boxes, conduits and similar appurtenances shown in the
plans are approximate; and the proposed locations will be staked or
similarly marked by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.
8-20.2 Materials
SECTION 8-20.2(1) IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING TO PARAGRAPH
3, FOLLOWING ITEM 2:
8-20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings
3. Photometric curve data provided in electronic format IES format
files provided on a 3 1/2 inch diskette or CD-ROM disk.
4. Photometric calculations showing that the proposed luminaire
meets the minimum street lighting requirements of the City.
5. Catalog Cuts and/or ordering information clearly showing selected
luminaire options.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 17 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
8-20.3 Construction Requirements
SECTION 8-20.3(5) IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
8-20.3(5) Conduit
THE SECOND PARAGRAPH IS REPLACED IN ITS ENTIRETY WITH THE
FOLLOWING:
The size of conduit used shall be that size shown in the plans. Conduits
smaller than 2-inch electrical trade size shall not be used. No conduit
run shall exceed 225 degree total bends in any run without prior
approval of the Engineer.
THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH IS ADDED AFTER THE SECOND PARAGRAPH:
The Contractor shall install 1/4 inch diameter nylon pull rope in all
conduit runs. A tracer wire terminating within junction boxes shall be
installed in all conduits intended for future use. The tracer wire shall be
uninsulated #8 AWG stranded copper.
THE FOLLOWING CHANGES APPLY TO THE NUMBERED ITEMS FOLLOWING
THE WORDS “Galvanized steel conduit shall be installed at the following
locations:”
Item 1. Change to read “All State highway roadbed crossings”
Item 3. Contents are deleted, leaving it BLANK
THE THIRD PARAGRAPH OF SECTION 8-20.3(8) IS DELETED AND REPLACED
WITH THE FOLLOWING:
8-20.3(8) Wiring
All splices in underground illumination circuits and induction loops
circuits shall be installed within junction boxes. The only splice allowed
in induction loop circuits shall be the splice connecting the induction
loop lead in conductors to the shielded home run cable. Splices for
illumination circuits, including two way, three way, four way and aerial
splices, and splices for induction loop circuits shall be spliced with
copper crimped solder-less connectors installed with an approved tool
designed for the purpose to securely join the wires both mechanically
and electrically. Splices shall then be wrapped with moisture sealing
tape meeting the requirements of Sections 9-29.12(1) and 9-29.12(2)
of the Kent Special Provisions to seal each splice individually, unless
otherwise specified by the Engineer. In no case shall epoxy splice kits
be permitted.
SECTION 8-20.3(10) IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
8-20.3(10) Service, Transformer, and Intelligent Transportation System
(ITS) Cabinets
THE LAST PARAGRAPH OF THIS SECTION IS DELETED IN ITS ENTIRETY.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 18 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
SECTION 8-20.3(14)C IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
8-20.3(14)C Induction Loop Vehicle Detectors
THE LAST SENTENCE IN ITEM 2 IS REVISED TO READ:
Each additional loop installed in the lane shall be on 12 foot centers.
ITEM 4 IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
4. All content after the first sentence is DELETED.
ITEM 9 AND ITEM 10 CONTENTS ARE DELETED, LEAVING THEM BLANK.
SECTION 8-20.3(14)C IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING TO
THE END OF THIS SECTION:
Loop sealant shall be CrafcoTM Loop Detector Sealant 271, or approved
equal. Installation shall conform to the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
SECTION 8-20.3(14)D IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
8-20.3(14)D Test for Induction Loops and Lead-In Cable
SPECIFIED TESTS ARE REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
Test B – A megger test at 500 volts DC shall be made between the
cable shield and grounding, prior to connection to grounding. The
resistance shall equal or exceed 200 megohms.
Test C – A megger test shall be made between the loop circuit and
grounding. The resistance shall equal or exceed 200 megohms.
SECTION 8-20.3(14)E IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
8-20.3(14)E Signal Standards
ITEM 8 IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
8. All tenons shall be field installed using Astro-BracTM AB-3008
Clamp Kits, or pre-approved equal.
SECTION 8-20.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-20.5 Payment
The unit contract price per each for “Adjust Existing Junction Box to
Finished Grade” constitutes complete compensation for furnishing all
labor, materials, tools, supplies, and equipment necessary to adjust the
specified structure to final finished grade as shown on the plans and
described in the specifications. This work includes but shall not be
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 19 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
limited to: referencing for future locates prior to overlay, excavating,
backfilling, compacting, surfacing and restoration. Adjusting the grade
by adding or removing risers, rings, or sections as required will be
included in this bid item. Any adjustments made prior to the final
finished elevation shall be considered incidental.
The unit contract price per each for “Replace Existing Luminaire
Foundation” shall constitute complete compensation for all materials,
tools, equipment, supplies and labor required to take down and reinstall
the existing luminaire with a new foundation in the same location as
shown on the plans and described in the specifications. This bid item
shall include but is not limited to: removing the existing luminaire,
foundation, wire and conduit; protecting the existing luminaire from
damage during removal and reinstallation, excavation; trenching;
conduit; wiring; backfilling; compacting; new luminaire foundation; and
connection to the existing system, Labor and Industries, electrical and
all other items required for the fully functional illumination system.
Payment under this item shall include compensation for testing and
miscellaneous items necessary to provide a complete and fully
operational lighting system.
8-22 PAVEMENT MARKING
SECTION 8-22.1 IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
8-22.1 Description
THE TEXT UNDER CROSSWALK STRIPE IS REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
A series of pairs of parallel SOLID WHITE lines, 8-feet long, 8 inches
wide, aligned parallel with the direction of traffic, with an 8 inch space
between the lines. Pairs are located as shown in Kent Standard Plan
6-75.
THE TEXT UNDER TWO WAY LEFT TURN STRIPE IS REPLACED WITH THE
FOLLOWING:
A SOLID YELLOW line, 4 inches wide, with a BROKEN YELLOW line, 4
inches wide, separated by a 4 inch space. The broken or “skip” pattern
shall be based upon the City’s 12-foot line and a 30-foot space, except
where the existing paint markings use a different pattern in which case
the existing pattern will be used. The solid line shall be installed to the
right of the broken line in the direction of travel.
THE FOLLOWING NEW PAVEMENT MARKING IS ADDED:
Yellow Painted Curb
A SOLID YELLOW stripe, just wide enough to completely cover the
concrete curbing.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 20 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
SECTION 8.22.2 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
8-22.2 Materials
Material for pavement and curb markings shall be white or yellow paint
as noted in the Proposal and Bid Item Descriptions. All paint, including
the paint for the concrete curbs, shall be described in the Qualified
Products List as “Temporary Pavement Marking Paint – Low VOC
Solvent Based.” Paint and sprayed material shall be applied with a top
dressing of glass beads.
All Paint shall comply with the specifications for no heat, instant dry
pavement markings.
Glass beads shall be AC-110 Highway Street Spheres, or pre-approved
equal.
Material for pavement markings shall be paint, plastic or Raised
Pavement Markings (RPMs) as noted in the bid item. Paint and plastic
shall be selected from materials listed in the Qualified Products list
(QPL). Material for RPMs shall meet the requirements for Section
8-09.2.
8-22.3 Construction Requirements
SECTION 8-22.3(1) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
8-22.3(1) Preliminary Spotting
The Contractor shall be responsible for preliminary spotting of the lines
to be marked and verification that minimum lane widths will result from
the application. Preliminary spotting to guide the placement of
longitudinal lines is required. Preliminary spotting for each lane lines
shall be provided at transition points as required by Kent Standard Plan
6-74M.
Approval by the Engineer is required before the placement of
permanent pavement marking.
SECTION 8-22.3(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING
PARAGRAPH TO THE END OF THIS SECTION:
8-22.3(2) Preparation of Roadway Surfaces
The preparation of roadway surfaces related to the installation of RPMs
shall meet the requirements of Section 8-09.3(1).
SECTION 8-22.3(3) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-22.3(3) Marking Application
The Contractor is responsible for providing traffic control and traffic
control devices as necessary to direct vehicular traffic away from
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 21 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
freshly painted traffic stripes until such time as the marking paint has
completely dried. Failure to ensure reasonable protection for the
undried paint stripes will result in the Engineer’s decision to adjust the
method of payment for damaged paint stripes. The Engineer’s decision
regarding the means of payment adjustment for vehicle damaged paint
stripes is final in this matter.
Type 2 markers may be warmed prior to setting by heating to a
maximum temperature of 120 F for a maximum of 10 minutes.
The second coat of yellow paint applied to concrete curbs shall have
glass beads applied at the rate of 12 pounds per 100 linear feet of
curbing.
SECTION 8-22.3(3)B IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-22.3(3)B Line Patterns
Refer to Standard Plan 6-73 for RPM channelization.
Two Way Left Turn Line (TWLTL) – RPM; A solid yellow line, 4
inches wide, with a broken yellow line 4 inches wide, separated by a 4-
inch space. The broken pattern shall be based on a 30-foot unit
consisting of a 10-foot line and a 20-foot gap. The solid line shall be
installed to the right of the broken line relative to the direction of travel
and for each direction of travel.
Skip Lane Line – RPM; A broken white line 4 inches wide to delineate
adjacent lanes traveling in the same direction. The broken pattern shall
be based on a 30-foot unit consisting of a 10-foot line and a 20-foot
gap.
Edge Line / Solid Lane Line – Paint; A single solid white line 4 inches
wide used for road edge and lane delineation, bike lane delineation,
parking stall and ADA delineation, adjacent lanes traveling in the same
direction or bus pull-outs.
SECTION 8-22.3(5) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-22.3(5) Installation Instructions
RPMs shall be installed per the requirements of Section 8-09.3(4).
SECTION 8-22.3(6) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
8-22.3(6) Removal of Pavement Markings
Where required for the construction of the project or where directed by
the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove pavement markings. The
pavement marking shall be obliterated until blemishes caused by the
pavement marking removal conform to the coloration of the adjacent
pavement.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 22 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Painting is not an acceptable method for obliteration or removal of
pavement markings.
Where the project involves overlay or pavement, paint stripes do not
have to be obliterated unless specifically called for on the Project Plans,
or Traffic Control Plans. All plastic letters, plastic arrows, plastic stripes
of all types, plastic buttons, and plastic lane markers shall be removed
prior to any overlay of pavement or where the roadway is being
rechannelized or where specified on the Plans. Also see Section
8-09.3(1) of the Kent Special Provisions.
The City has not shown the existing pavement markings on the plans.
The bidder shall visit the site to determine the extent, location and type
of items to be removed.
SECTION 8-22.5 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
8-22.5 Payment
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of
the following bid items that are included in the Proposal:
The unit contract price per lump sum for “Permanent Channelization”
constitutes complete compensation for all labor, materials, tools,
supplies and equipment necessary to remove existing, reference
existing, furnish and install permanent channelization matching the
existing channelization as shown on the plans and described in the
specifications. All costs to supply and install temporary pavement
making shall be included in this payment item.
8-23 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKINGS
THE FIRST PARAGRAPH OF SECTION 8-23.1 IS DELETED AND REPLACED
WITH THE FOLLOWING:
8-23.1 Description
The work shall consist of furnishing, installing and removing temporary
pavement markings. Temporary pavement markings shall be provided
where noted in the plans and for all lane shifts and detours resulting
from construction activities. Temporary pavement markings shall also
be provided when permanent markings are eliminated because of
construction operations. Temporary pavement markings shall be
maintained in serviceable condition throughout the project until
permanent markings are installed. Temporary pavement markings that
are damaged shall be repaired or replaced immediately. Edge lines shall
be installed unless otherwise specified in the Contract.
8-28 POTHOLE UTILITIES
8-28.1 Description
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 8 - 23 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
This work shall consist of potholing utilities at the locations shown on
the plans and described in the specifications. The Contractor shall notify
the Engineer, a minimum of 24 hours before the pothole work is
performed, to coordinate the work with Survey. Each pothole shall
include standby time to allow Surveyors to accurately measure the
location and depths of existing utilities.
8-28.2 Materials
Backfill and surfacing material shall match conditions of pothole
location. Pothole work located in asphalt concrete pavement, shall be
backfilled with gravel borrow and crushed rock, then patched with
asphalt cold mix. Pothole work located in cement concrete shall be
backfilled with gravel borrow, then patched with cement concrete.
Pothole work not on paved surfaces shall be backfilled with native
material.
8-28.3 Construction Requirements
The pothole shall be of sufficient size and depth to expose existing
utilities to determine potential conflicts and verify compatibility with
designs. Excavation; hauling, dewatering; backfill, compaction, surface
restoration, and cleanup are included with this work.
8-28.4 Measurement
Pothole utilities shall be measured per pothole work performed.
8-28.5 Payment
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the
following bid items when they are included in the Proposal:
The contract price per each for “Pothole Utilities” constitutes complete
compensation for all labor, materials, tools, supplies, and equipment
necessary to pothole utilities at the locations shown on the plans and
described in the specifications.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 24 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
DIVISION 9 – MATERIALS
9-03 AGGREGATES
9-03.12 Gravel Backfill
SECTION 9-03.12(3) IS REVISED BY DELETING THE GRAVEL SPECIFICATION
AND REPLACING IT WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-03.12(3) Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding
Pipe bedding shall be 5/8 inch minus crushed rock. Pea gravel is not
allowed. All material shall conform with the following gradation:
Sieve Size Passing
3/4 Inch 100%
5/8 Inch 95 - 100%
1/4 Inch 45 - 65%
US No. 40 6 - 18%
US No. 200 7.5 max. %
% Fracture 75 min.
Sand Equivalent 40 min.
L.A. wear 500 rev. 35 percent max., degradation 25 percent min. Free
from wood waste, bark and other deleterious material.
9-03.14 Borrow
SECTION 9-03.14(1) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-03.14(1) Gravel Borrow
Gravel Borrow material shall consist of pit-run granular material
conforming to the following gradation:
Sieve Size Percent Passing
3 Inch* 100
3/4 Inch 65 - 100
U.S. No. 4 25 - 70
U.S. No. 10 10 - 50
U.S. No. 40 0- 30
U.S. No. 200 0 - 5
Sand equivalent 50 min.
The maximum passing the U.S. No. 200 sieve is limited to five percent
(5%) based on the minus #4 inch fraction.
Sieve analysis shall be used to verify that this requirement is met.
Recycled materials such as broken concrete or asphalt, shall not be
allowed unless specifically authorized in advance by the Engineer.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 25 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Where additional materials are required to formulate the street sub-
base to the cross section denoted in the plans, said additional material
shall be Gravel Borrow.
* The maximum size of stone for geosynthetic reinforced walls or slopes
shall be 100 percent passing 1 1/4 inch square sieve and 90 to 100
percent passing 1 inch square sieve. All other sieve values continue to
apply.
SECTION 9-03.17 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-03.17 Foundation Material Class I and Class II
Foundation Material Class I and Class II shall be used to replace
unsuitable material removed from unstable pipe trench bottoms.
Foundation Material Class I and Class II shall conform to the following
gradations:
Percent Passing
Sieve Size Class I Class II
6” square 100 ---
4” square --- 100
2” square 0 65-85
1” square --- 40-70
1/4” square --- 20 max
All percentages are by weight.
In addition, all rock shall be sound, angular ledge rock or recycled
cement concrete pavement meeting the following specifications.
Suppliers of recycled cement concrete products shall have a quality
assurance program reviewed and approved by the City.
Each rock or piece of recycled cement concrete pavement shall have at
least two fractured faces.
Adsorption 3% max
(Corps of Engineers CRD-C-107)
Accelerated Expansion (15) days 15% max
Soundness 5% max loss
Density (solid volume) 155 pcf min
Specific Gravity 2.48 min
9-03.21 Recycled Material
SECTION 9-03.21(1)D IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 26 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
9-03.21(1)D Recycled Glass (glass cullet)
Recycle glass (glass cullet) shall not be used for any purposes.
9-14 EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING
9-14.2 Topsoil
SECTION 9-14.2(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
9-14.2(1) Topsoil Type A
Topsoil Type A (Compost Amended Planting Soil) shall consist of 50 –
67% sand and/or sandy loam and 33 – 50% composted organic
material by volume. Total organic matter shall be at least 5% by dry
weight for areas where turf will be installed, and at least 10% by dry
weight for all other landscape areas. Organic matter shall be
determined by Loss-on-Ignition test. Acceptable tests include the most
current version of ASTM D2974 “Test Methods for Moisture, Ash, and
Organic Matter of Peat and Other Organic Soils,” and TMECC 05.07A
“Loss-On-Ignition Organic Matter Method.”
Compost-Amended Planting soil shall not contain any viable seeds or
roots capable of sprouting any State-listed noxious weed, or invasive
root-propagating plants including but not limited to horsetail, ivy,
clematis, knotweed, Scot’s broom, reed canary grass, Himalayan
blackberry, etc. Soil found to contain these prohibited viable plant
materials shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
A. The soil shall meet the following requirements.
1. The mixed soil shall meet the following gradation:
Screen
Size *
Percent
Passing
2 inch 100
1 inch 99-100
5/8” 90 – 100
1/4" 75-100
*Maximum particle length of 6 inches
B. Shall have a pH range between 5.5 and 8.5. The pH shall be
determined by soil test.
C. Organic material shall consist of composted yard debris or organic
waste material composted for a minimum of 3 months. Compost
shall consist of 100% recycled content and meet all requirements
for compost in Section 9-14.5(8) of the Standard Specifications.
D. Submit a certified laboratory analysis from an accredited soils
testing laboratory indicating the Material source and compliance
with all planting soil and compost specifications to the Engineer or
project Ecologist for approval no less than seven (7) days before
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 27 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
delivery to the Project Site. The analysis shall be with a sample
size of no less than 2 pounds.
E. Site specific soil testing (after placement of material) may be
required for projects requiring more than 50 cubic yards of
compost-amended planting soil A Contractor provided accredited
laboratory approved by the Engineer shall make recommendations
for amendments required for optimum growth at no cost to the
owner. The Contractor will be allowed five (5) Working Days to
complete the testing from the time of written notice given by the
Engineer.
F. A sample of the compost amended planting soil shall be provided
to the Engineer or project Ecologist in a 1-gallon re-closable bag at
least seven (7) days prior to application.
SECTION 9-14.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
9-14.2(4) Sandy Loam
Sandy loam shall consist of soil having a maximum clay content of ten
percent by weight. In addition, soil particles shall meet the following
requirements for grading:
Passing 1 inch sieve (square opening) ......... 100%
Passing 1 mm sieve ................................. 80% minimum
Passing 0.15 mm sieve ............................. 15% maximum
SECTION 9-14.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
9-14.3 Seed
Hydroseed:
Seed shall be “Blue Tag” or certified quality. The Contractor shall
deliver in unopened containers with mixture seed content and inert
material content plainly marked on the outside of the container.
Grasses used shall meet the following specifications:
Mix A (Roadside and Erosion Control Grass):
Weight
Proportion
Seed Mix “A”
Ingredient
Min. %
Pure Seed
Min. %
Germination
Max. %
Weed Seed
40% Perennial Ryegrass 98%90% 0.5%
40% Creeping Red Fescue 98%85% 0.5%
10% Colonial Bentgrass 98% 90% 0.5%
10% White Dutch Clover
(Pre-inoculated)
98% 90% 0.5%
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the manufacturer's
Certificate of Conformance for seed. A complete analysis of the seed
shall be submitted to the City for approval including percent of pure
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 28 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
seed, germination, other crop seed, inert and weed and the germination
test date.
The City reserves the right to reject any or all plant material at any
time until final inspection or acceptance. The Contractor shall remove
rejected plants immediately from site. The Contractor shall produce
upon request sales receipt for all nursery stock and certificates of
inspection.
SECTION 9-14.4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
9-14.4 Fertilizer
Fertilizer for trees: Fertilizer shall consist of slow-release commercial
fertilizer (6-10-8).
Fertilizer for upland seeded areas: Lilly Miller or approved equal to
provide the following nutrients: All areas which are seeded shall
receive fertilizer of the following proportions and formulation:
Total available Nitrogen ........... 16% of weight (of which 50% is
derived from ureaform)
Total available Phosphorous...... 16% of weight
Total available Potassium ......... 16% of weight
Fertilizer for wetland seeded areas: All areas which are seeded in
wetlands or in detention ponds shall receive fertilizer of the following
proportions and formulation:
Total available nitrogen............ 21%
(Analyzed as N)
Available phosphorous ............. 0%
(Analyzed as P205)
Available potassium ................ 10%
(Analyzed as K20)
Above percentages are proportioned by weight.
The Contractor shall deliver fertilizer to the site in original unopened
containers bearing manufacturer's chemical analysis, name, trade
name, trade mark, and indication of conformance to state and federal
laws. Instead of containers, fertilizer may be furnished in bulk with
certificate indicating the above information.
SECTION 9-14.4(3) IS SUPPLEMENTED AS FOLLOWS:
9-14.4(3) Clean Rock Mulch
Clean Rock Mulch shall not contain hot mix asphalt, concrete rubble,
recycled glass or steel furnace slag or recycled material. Mulch shall be
placed after planting is complete.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 29 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Clean Rock Mulch shall conform with the following gradation:
Sieve Size Passing
3/4 Inch 100%
5/8 Inch 95 - 100%
1/4 Inch 20 - 65%
US No. 40 0 - 15%
US No. 200 7 max. %
% Fracture 75 min.
9-14.5 Mulch and Amendments
SECTION 9-14.5(8) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
9-14.5(8) Compost
Compost shall not contain any sawdust, straw, green or under-
composed organic matter, under-sterilized manure or toxic or otherwise
harmful materials.
SECTION 9-14.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
9-14.5(10) Wood Cellulose Fiber
Wood cellulose mulch shall be specially processed 100 percent virgin
wood fiber containing no growth or germination-inhibiting ingredients.
It shall be manufactured in such a manner that after addition and
agitation in slurry tanks with water, the fibers in the material will
become uniformly suspended to form a homogenous slurry. When
hydraulically sprayed on the ground, the material shall allow the
absorption and percolation of moisture.
Wood cellulose fiber shall be Weyerhaeuser Silva-Fiber Plus w/Tackifier
or approved equal.
Organic matter content shall be at least 93 percent on an oven-dry
basis as determined by ASTM D 586. The moisture content shall be no
more than 15 percent as determined by oven dried weight. Each
package of the cellulose fiber shall be marked by the manufacturer to
show the dried weight content.
9-14.7 Plant Materials
9-14.7(1) Description
9-14.8 Stakes, Guys, and Wrapping
SECTION 9-14.8 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
9-14.8(1) Tree Ties
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 30 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Tree ties shall be patent “Tre-Ties” sufficient in size and number to
adequately support the trees as determined by Quentin Poil, Nursery
Supervisor at 253-856-5127.
9-28 SIGNING MATERIALS AND FABRICATION
SECTION 9-28.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
9-28.1 General
All signs shall be reflectorized except for City Project Signs. ALL
PERMANENT SIGNS, EXCEPT “NO PARKING ANYTIME” SIGNS SHALL
HAVE VIP SIGNS AND CLASS A TEMPORARY DIAMOND GRADE RETRO-
REFLECTORIZED SHEETING, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE
PLANS. “NO PARKING ANYTIME” signs shall have engineer grade retro-
reflectorized sheeting.
9-28.14 Sign Support Structures
SECTION 9-28.14(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
9-28.14(2) Steel Structures and Posts
Truss chords, struts, and diagonals, end posts, and end post struts and
diagonals for sign bridge structures and cantilever sign structures shall
conform to either ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 53 Grade B Type E or S. The
nominal pipe diameter and the pipe wall thickness shall be as specified
in the plans or Standard Plans. All other structural steel for sign bridge
structures and cantilever sign structures shall conform to ASTM A 36.
Truss member connection hardware shall conform to Section 9-06.5(3).
Pipe members for bridge mounted sign brackets shall conform to ASTM
A 53 Grade B Type E or S, and shall be Schedule 40 unless otherwise
specified. All other structural steel for bridge mounted sign brackets
shall conform to ASTM A 36. U bolts, and associated nuts and washers,
shall be stainless steel conforming to Section 9-28.11, and shall be
fabricated hot.
Anchor rods, nuts and washers for sign bridge structure foundations
shall conform to Section 9-06.5(4). Anchor rods for cantilever sign
structure foundations shall conform to ASTM F 1554 Grade 104,
including the appropriate supplemental requirements for grade and
manufacturer’s identification, and charpy impact testing (15 foot-
pounds minimum at 40F). Nuts and washers for cantilever sign
structure foundations shall conform to AASHTO M 291 Grade DH and
AASHTO M 293, respectively.
Anchor rods for sign bridge structures and cantilever sign structures
shall be galvanized after fabrication a minimum of 1’-0” at the exposed
end in accordance with AASHTO M 232. Anchor rod templates shall
conform to ASTM A 36, but need not be galvanized.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 31 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Steel sign structures and posts shall be galvanized after fabrication in
accordance with AASHTO M 111, unless noted otherwise in the plans.
All bolts, nuts, and washers shall be galvanized after fabrication in
accordance with AASHTO M 232. Unless otherwise specified in the plans
or Kent Special Provisions, metal surfaces shall not be painted.
Minor fabricating and modifications necessary for galvanizing will be
allowed if not detrimental to the end product as determined by the
Engineer. If such modifications are contemplated, the Contractor shall
submit to the Engineer, for approval six copies of the proposed
modifications, prior to fabrication.
9-29 ILLUMINATION, SIGNAL, ELECTRICAL
SECTION 9-29.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING
PARAGRAPH TO THE BEGINNING OF THIS SECTION:
9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct
Unless otherwise specified on the Street Lighting or Traffic Signal Plans,
all conduits for street lighting, traffic signals and traffic signal
interconnect cables for projects within the city limits of Kent shall be
Schedule 80 PVC conduit, minimum size 2 inches.
9-29.2 Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes
SECTION 9-29.2(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING
SENTENCE TO THE END OF THESE SECTIONS:
9-29.2(1)A Standard Duty Junction Boxes
Box frame and lid shall be hot dip galvanized only.
9-29.2(1)B Heavy-Duty Junction Boxes
Box frame and lid shall be hot dip galvanized only.
9-29.3 Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors, and Cable
SECTION 9-29.3(2)I IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
9-29.3(2)I Twisted Pair Communication Cable
Replace “AWG 22” with “#AWG 19”.
THE LAST SENTENCE IN THE FIRST PARAGRAPH HAS BEEN REVISED TO READ
AS FOLLOWS:
This cable shall be filled with a gel compound to resist water
penetration and migration unless otherwise specified by the plans.
9-29.6 Light and Signal Standards
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 32 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
SECTION 9-29.6(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING
PARAGRPH AT THE BEGINNING OF THIS SECTION:
9-29.6(2) Slip Base Hardware
Unless otherwise specified on the Street Lighting Plans, street light
standards shall not have slip bases.
SECTION 9-29.6(5) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING
PARAGRAPH TO THE END OF THIS SECTION:
9-29.6(5) Foundation Hardware
Breakaway supports for street light standards shall conform to
Precisionform Inc. model PFI 200-1A Breakaway Supports, or approved
equal.
SECTION 9-29.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
9-29.6(6) Aluminum Light Standards
Pole shafts shall be constructed of seamless extruded tubes of 6063
aluminum alloy per ASTM B221 and shall be full-length heat treated
after welding on the base flange to T-6 temper. The shaft shall be free
of longitudinal welds. The pole shaft cap, when required, shall be cast
aluminum 443 or 356F aluminum alloy and attached utilizing stainless
steel screws.
Pole base flanges shall be one piece cast socket of aluminum alloy 356
per ASTM B 26 or B108. The base flange shall be joined to the pole
shaft by means of complete circumferential welds; externally at the top
of the flange and internally at the bottom of the shaft tube.
Single arm members shall be tapered and ellipsized from 6063-T6
aluminum alloy tubing. Arms shall be welded to an extruded mounting
plate of 6063-T6 aluminum alloy and attached to the pole shaft by
means of four 1/2 inch diameter stainless steel bolts, nuts and washers.
A grommeted 1 1/4 inch cable entry (1 inch I.D. rubber grommet) shall
be provided in the pole shaft at the arm mounting location. Arms shall
have 2 inch N.P.S. slipfitters at least 8 inches in length.
9-29.10 Luminaires
SECTION 9-29.10(1) IS REVISED BY REPLACING THE FIRST SENTENCE OF
THE FIRST PARAGRAPH WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-29.10(1) Conventional Roadway Luminaires
All luminaires shall come equipped for IES type III, medium cutoff light
distribution unless otherwise specified on the Street Lighting Plans
and/or Traffic Signal Plans when those signals include street lighting
luminaires.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 33 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE ADDED TO THE END OF THIS SECTION:
The only pre-approved street lighting luminaires for this project are as
follows:
For LED Equivalent of the 400 Watt HPS Luminaire:
ATBM H MVOLT R3 NL P7
For LED Equivalent of the 250 Watt HPS Luminaire:
ATBM D MVOLT R3 NL P7
For LED Equivalent of the 200 Watt HPS Luminaire:
ATBM C MVOLT R3 NL P7
For LED Equivalent of the 100 Watt HPS Luminaire:
ATBS E MVOLT R3 NL P7
For LED Equivalent of the 100 Watt HPS Lumec DSX Luminaire:
S56C1-55W32LED4K-R-ACDR-LE3-240-SFX-FN1-GN8TX
For LED Equivalent of the 100 Watt HPS King Luminaire:
K118R-B2PR-III-60-SSL-1042-120-K18-PEBC-SST-GN-#1
Other street lighting luminaires may be submitted for approval,
PROVIDED that they possess the same serviceability characteristics as
the pre-approved models, and the submittal is accompanied by
photometric calculations showing that they are photometrically
equivalent to the approved products.
9-29.12 Electrical Splice Materials
SECTION 9-29.12(1) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-29.12(1) Illumination Circuit Splices
Aerial splices may employ split bolt connectors. Below grade splices and
taps shall be made with solderless crimp connectors to securely join the
wires both mechanically and electrically. They shall employ the
following moisture-blocking insulation. ScotchTM 2200/2210 Vinyl Mastic
products, followed by an overwrap with a minimum of two half-lapped
layers of vinyl plastic electrical tape, and a final layer of consistently-
applied ScotchkoteTM 054007-14853 Electrical Coating.
SECTION 9-29.12(2) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-29.12(2) Traffic Signal Splice Material
Induction loop splices shall be made with solderless crimp connectors to
securely join the wires both mechanically and electrically. Equipment
and methods shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the
splicing materials. Each solderless crimp connector splice shall be
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 34 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
wrapped with Scotch™#06147 Electrical Moisture Sealant, or
approved equal.
SECTION 9-29.13 IS REVISED BY REPLACING THE LAST SENTENCE WITH THE
FOLLOWING:
9-29.13 Control Cabinet Assemblies
Traffic Signal Control Cabinet Assemblies shall meet the requirements
of NEMA TS2 Specification.
SECTION 9-29.13(1) IS REVISED BY REPLACING THE THIRD SENTENCE WITH
THE FOLLOWING:
9.29.13(1) Environmental, Performance, and Test Standards for Solid-State
Traffic Controller Assemblies
NEMA control assemblies shall meet or exceed current NEMA TS 2
Environmental Standards.
SECTION 9-29.13 (2) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9.29.13(2) Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing
Each traffic signal controller assembly shall be tested as follows. The
Contractor shall:
1. Prior to shipping, arrange controller cabinet testing with City of
Kent Transportation.
2. If the traffic signal control assembly passes all testing, the
Contractor will be notified the cabinet is ready for pick-up.
3. If the traffic signal control assembly fails testing, the Contractor
has 7 calendar days to repair or replace the failed components.
Once all repairs are completed, the testing will resume.
SECTION 9-29.13(3) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9.29.13(3) Traffic Signal Controller
The traffic-actuated controller for all City traffic signals shall be a
Econolite Corp. Cobalt Controller.
SECTION 9-29.13(4) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9.29.13(4) Traffic-Signal Controller Software
Controller shall be provided with the most current software release that
operates fully with the City’s Cental System Software.
Current version of controller maintenance and operation documentation
shall be provided with each controller in an electronic format.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 35 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
SECTION 9-29.13(5) IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
9-29.13(5) Flashing Operations
ADD THE FOLLOWING TO THE END OF THE FIRST PARAGRAPH:
When the cabinet is commanded to Flashing mode, the DC supply
voltage shall be removed from all loadswitches. The flash transfer
relays shall be de-energized during flashing operations.
REPLACE THE LAST SENTENCE IN ITEM 2 WITH THE FOLLOWING:
When the flash-automatic switch is changed to the automatic position,
the controller shall resume normal automatic operation with the display
and timing as it existed before the flash mode was enabled.
DELETE THE SECOND SENTENCE IN ITEM 3.
DELETE ITEM 4 IN ITS ENTIRETY.
REVISE ITEM 5 BY DELETING “at the beginning of major street green” IN THE
LAST SENTENCE.
SECTION 9-29.13(7) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING TO THE
END OF THE SECTION:
9-29.13(7) Wiring Diagrams
The cabinet wiring drawing shall also be provided in AutoCAD v2008
file. All cabinet wiring, and layout shall fit on (1) E1 size sheet, multiple
pages shall not be allowed. Component cut sheets and equipment
operating manuals shall be provided for devices used within the
controller cabinet.
SECTION 9-29.13(10)A IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
9-29.13(10)A Auxiliary Equipment for NEMA Controllers
ITEM 2 IS REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
2. Type P-1 controller cabinets shall include a fully-wired 16-position
back panel / load bay. Printed circuit-type load bay design is
not acceptable. The load bay shall be of the tilt down style
requiring no tools to swing it down; giving access to the back of
the load switches and all wiring behind the load bay. The cabinet
shall include the following additional components: twelve solid-
state load switches that conform to NEMA TS-2 specifications,
sixteen 4 channel half width detectors (Eberle Design, Inc Model
LMD624H or Reno A+ETM Model Y/2-200-ss or approved equal),
one TS2 Cabinet Power Supply rated at 5Amps (Eberle Design, Inc
Model PS250 or approved equal), six TS2 half width Bus Interface
Units (Eberlie Design, Inc Model BIU700H or approved equal), One
Opticom phase selector (Global Traffic Technologies Model 764 or
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 36 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
approved equal), twelve red output jumpers to short pin 1 to pin 3
on the loadswitch sockets and auxiliary accessories to provide a
complete and functional traffic signal control system.
ITEM 3c. IS SUPPLEMENTED AT THE END WITH THE FOLLOWING:
A minimum of twenty AC neutral termination points shall be available
for field wire termination in the lower portion of the cabinet.
ITEM 3f. IS SUPPLEMENTED AT THE END WITH THE FOLLOWING:
A minimum of ten earth ground unused termination points shall be
available for field wire termination in the lower portion of the cabinet.
ITEM 4 IS REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
4. A police panel located behind the police panel door shall be
equipped with a flash-automatic switch. See Section 9-29.13(5)
(above) for operational requirements.
ITEM 5 IS REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
5. An auxiliary control panel located inside the controller cabinet with
a Flash-Automatic switch, a Controller On-Off switch, and a Stop
Time switch. The Flash-Automatic switch shall put the signal on
Flash without applying Stop Time. The Stop Time switch shall
provide for application of stop time or disabling ALL other stop
time inputs. A ground fault interrupter-protected double outlet
shall also be provided on the panel. The panel shall be side or
bottom-hinged.
ITEM 6 IS REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
6. The conflict monitor shall be a Eberle Design Inc. EDI MMU2-
16LE(ip), or approved equal. See Section 9-29.13(2) of the Kent
Special Provisions for operational requirements. The unit shall
monitor conflicting signal indications at the field connection
terminals. The unit shall be wired in a manner such that the signal
will revert to Flash if the conflict monitor is removed from service
and the cabinet door is closed. Supplemental resistor loads, not to
exceed 10 watts per monitored circuit, shall be provided to prevent
monitor actuation caused by dimming or lamp burnout.
Supplemental loads shall be installed on the control side of the
field terminals, for the odd numbered phases and overlaps.
DELETE ITEM 7 IN ITS ENTIRETY.
ITEM 10 IS SUPPLEMENTED WITH THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH AT THE END:
10. No more than one wire shall be permitted per crimped terminal
lug. All terminals shall be identified in conformance to the cabinet
wiring diagram. All equipment input and output functions shall be
terminated on terminal blocks for easy access. The cabinet shall
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 37 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
contain a spare door indicator switch (normally closed contacts)
which will be wired to a terminal block for future use.
SECTION 9-29.13(10)C IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
9-29.13(10)C NEMA Controller Cabinets
ITEM 1 IS REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1. The controller cabinet shall be a 44-inch wide Type P-1 and shall
be constructed of aluminum. Cabinets shall be finished inside with
an approved finish coat of exterior white enamel. The outside of
the aluminum cabinet shall be unfinished.
ITEM 2 IS REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
2. The cabinet shall contain shelving, brackets, racks, etc., to support
the controller and auxiliary equipment. All equipment shall set
squarely on shelves or be mounted in racks and shall be removable
without turning, tilting, or rotating or relocating one device to
remove another. The cabinet shall be provided with two (2) shelves
that are reinforced with a welded V channel, fabricated from 5052-
H32 0.125-inch thick aluminum with double flanged edges rolled
front to back. Slotted or round holes shall be provided on front and
back flanges for the purpose of tying off wire bundles. One
detector rack shall support (16) channels of loop detection, (1)
Buss Interface Unit (BIU) and (4) channel of Opticom™. This rack
shall be capable of using half width 4-channel loop amplifiers, half
width Buss Interface Unit (BIU) and both two channel or four
channel Opticom™ cards. The other three detector racks shall
support (16) channels of loop detection using half width 4-channel
loop amplifiers and one (1) half width Buss Interface Unit (BIU).
9-29.16 Vehicular Signal Heads, Displays, and Housing
SECTION 9-29.16(2)A IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-29.16(2)A Optical Units
1. Light emitting diode (LED) light sources are required for all signal
displays.
a. Wattage (maximum): 35 watts.
b. Voltage: The operating voltages shall be between 85 VAC and
130 VAC.
c. Temperature: Temperature range shall be –35 C to +70 C.
d. LED Types: Red balls shall be DialiteTM, part number 433-
1210-003XL15, or approved equal; red arrows shall be
DialiteTM, part number 432-1314-001XOD15, or approved
equal; green balls shall be DialiteTM, part number 433-2220-
001XL15, or approved equal; green arrows shall be DialiteTM,
part number 432-2324-001XOD15, or approved equal; yellow
balls shall be DialiteTM, part number 433-3230-901XL15, or
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 38 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
approved equal; yellow arrows shall be DialiteTM, part number
431-3334-901XOD15 or approved equal.
e. Enclosure: The enclosure for the LEDs and associated
circuitry shall be dust and water-resistant.
f. Lens: The lens shall be a polycarbonate lens. The lens shall
be free from bubbles, flaws, and other imperfections and shall
not be diffused.
g. Warranty: A fifteen-year written manufacturer’s warranty
from date of installation on parts and materials will be
provided.
h. Label: A label shall be provided on the LED housing. The
Contractor shall mark the label with a permanent marker to
note the installation date.
SECTION 9-29.16(2)B MODIFIES THE 3RD AND 4TH SENTENCES IN THE FIFTH
PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS:
9-29.16(2)B Signal Housing
In the third sentence of paragraph 5, all words following the words
“stabilized polycarbonate plastic” shall be deleted.
The fourth sentence in paragraph 5 is replaced with “Visors shall be flat
black in color inside and shall be dark green on the outside.”
SECTION 9-29.16(3) POLYCARBONATE TRAFFIC SIGNAL HEADS IS DELETED
IN ITS ENTIRETY.
SECTION 9-29.19 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-29.19 Pedestrian Push Buttons
Where noted in the contract, pedestrian push buttons of substantially
tamper-proof construction shall be furnished and installed. They shall
consist of a 2-inch nominal diameter plunger and be ADA compliant.
ADA push buttons shall be Campbell Company, AdvisorTM (AGPS) or
Campbell Company, GuardianTM type assemblies or approved equal.
The pedestrian push button assembly shall be constructed as shown in
the plans. The assembly shall be constructed so that it will be
impossible to receive an electrical shock under any weather conditions.
SECTION 9-29.20 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-29.20 Pedestrian Signals
Pedestrian signals shall be (filled in) Hand/Man with Countdown
Display, containing LED type optics only. Countdown pedestrian signals
shall be (Gelcore part number PS7-CFF1-01A-18 or approved equal).
SECTION 9-29.21 IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
9-29.21 Flashing Beacon
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 39 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Delete the words “12 inch yellow displays shall be dimmed 50% after
dark”.
SECTION 9-29.24 IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
9-29.24 Service Cabinets
ITEM 9. IS REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9. All service enclosures shall be fabricated from 0.125 inch
(minimum) 5052 H 32 ASTM designator or B209 aluminum. The
exterior of the aluminum service panel shall be unfinished.
SECTION 9-29.24(2) IS REVISED AS FOLLOWS:
9-29.24(2) Electrical Circuit Breakers and Contactors
REPLACE THE SECOND PARAGRAPH WITH THE FOLLOWING:
Mercury contactors shall not be permitted.
SUPPLEMENT THE END OF THIS SECTION WITH THE FOLLOWING THREE
PARAGRAPHS:
Electrical service will be 120 / 240 volts, 60 Hz. AC where and as noted
on the Street Lighting and/or Traffic Signal Plans, and include a meter
base to allow installation of a power meter. Service conductors shall be
stranded copper wires. The smallest service wire shall be #2 AWG USE
from the Puget Sound Energy (PSE) connection to the service cabinet.
The electrical service cabinet and service point shall be installed by the
Contractor where shown on the Street Lighting and/or Traffic Signal
Plans. The service panel shall consist of a 2 pole, 240 VAC, 100 amp
Main Breaker for control of all power. The panel shall be equipped with
a single 1 pole, 120V, 30 amp branch breaker for a traffic signal, four 2
pole, 240 VAC, 20 amp branch breakers for the lighting circuits, a
single 1 pole, 120 VAC, 15 amp lighting control breaker, and a single 1
pole, 120 VAC, 20 amp breaker for the GFI receptacle. See Kent
Standard Plan 6-96 for service cabinet information. The service panel
shall include a switch to bypass the photocell for street light testing.
The electrical service cabinet shall be weather tight. The cabinet shall
be equipped with a blue core BestTM lock in the cabinet door. See Kent
Standard Plans 6-96 for additional information.
SECTION 9-29 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
9-29.26 Traffic Signal Battery Backup Power Unit
1. Features:
Insert new feature specifications.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 40 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
9-30 WATER DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS
9-30.1 Pipe
SECTION 9-30.1(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
9-30.1(1) Ductile Iron Pipe
Pipe for water mains shall be cement mortar lined ductile iron Class 52
and conforming to the latest revisions to the ANSI specifications.
Connections shall be mechanical or push-on joint with rubber gaskets
unless otherwise specified on the plans.
9-30.2 Fittings
SECTION 9-30.2(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
9-30.2(1) Ductile Iron Pipe
Cast or ductile iron pipe fittings shall have the same coating, lining and
strength as the pipes to which they are connected. Fittings shall be
flanged or mechanical joint. Mechanical joint fitting gaskets shall be
vulcanized styrene butadiene rubber gaskets (SBR) in accordance with
the most current version of AWWA standard C111/A21.11. Flanged joint
fitting gaskets shall be full face synthetic rubber gaskets appropriate to
meet the required pressure rating in accordance with the most current
versionof AWWA standard C115/A21.15.
9-30.3 Valves
SECTION 9-30.3(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
9-30.3(1) Gate Valves (3 to 16 Inches)
Gate valves shall be resilient wedge gate type as manufactured by
Clow, American Darling, Waterous, Dresser M&H, Mueller or an
approved equal, with epoxy-coated valve interiors. They shall conform
to AWWA specifications C-509, and shall have a working pressure rating
of 250 psi, unless otherwise specified in the Kent Special Provisions.
They shall be iron bodied bronze mounted, non-rising stem, and
counterclockwise opening. Valve stems shall be provided with O-ring
seals.
SECTION 9-30.3(4) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-30.3(4) Valve Boxes
Valve boxes shall be installed on all buried valves and conform to Kent
Standard Plan 3-7. The box shall be of cast iron, 2-piece design with a
base corresponding to the size of the valve and the top section. The box
shall be coal-tar painted by the manufacturer using industry standards.
The valve box top section shall be an Olympic Foundry No. 940. The
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 41 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
cover shall be an Olympic Foundry deep skirt No. 940 DS, have the
word “WATER” cast into it, and shall be of the non-locking type, unless
a locking cover is specifically called for in the Kent Special Provisions or
shown on the plans. The bottom section shall be an Olympic VB-1C or
approved equal.
A 3 feet x 3 feet x 6 inches concrete pad, flush with finish grade, shall
be poured around each valve box top section not located within asphalt
or concrete finished areas.
Valve box covers shall have the lugs or stainless cap screws
installed parallel to the direction of water flow.
SECTION 9-30.3(5) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-30.3(5) Valve Marker Posts
Valve marker posts shall be constructed of Class 3000 cement
concrete; shall be 4-inches by 4-inches by 42-inches long with a 6-1/4
inch by 4-inch base; shall contain one number 3 reinforcement bar; and
shall otherwise conform to Kent Standard Plan 3-4.
The exposed portion of the marker posts shall be coated with two coats
of WHITE concrete paint.
The FOG-TITE valve marker post is the pre-approved marker post.
SECTION 9-30.3(6) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-30.3(6) Valve Stem Extensions
Valve stem extensions shall conform to Kent Standard Plan 3-7. Valve
stem operating nuts shall be no shallower than one and one-half
(1 1/2) feet. Valves with an operating nut more than 3 feet below
finished grade shall have a solid steel valve stem extension rod
assembly, with a rock guard, installed on the operating nut.
SECTION 9-30.5 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FIRST PARAGRAPH AND
REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-30.5 Hydrants
Fire hydrants shall be compression type, break-away (traffic model)
hydrants conforming to AWWA C502 except as modified herein.
Hydrant types shall be, Clow Medallion, M & H 929, or Mueller Super
Centurion.
SECTION 9-30.5(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING:
9-30.5(2) Hydrant Dimensions
Hydrants shall conform with Kent Standard Plan 3-1.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 42 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Valves and Nozzles – Fire hydrants should have a bottom valve size of
at least five inches, one 4-1/2 inch pumper nozzle and two 2-1/2 inch
nozzles shall have NST threads, with 1-1/4 inch pentagonal nuts.
Painting - Public owned hydrants shall be painted with two (2) coats of
Farwest Wonderglow Quickset #1000 (white gloss alkyd enamel).
Private hydrants shall be painted with two (2) coats of Farwest
Wonderglow Quickset #X 3472 (case yellow gloss alkyd enamel).
SECTION 9-30.5(6) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-30.5(6) Guard Posts
Guard posts shall be constructed of Class 3000 cement concrete; shall
be 6-feet long and 9-inches in diameter; shall have 5 equally spaced
number 3 reinforcement bars with a minimum of 1-1/2 inch cover; and
shall otherwise conform to Kent Standard Plan 3-3.
The FOG-TITE hydrant guard post is the pre-approved guard post. All
other posts require the approval of the Engineer.
SECTION 9-30.6 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-30.6 Water Service Connections (2 inches and Smaller)
9-30.6(1) Saddles
The body casting of saddles for service connections shall be of
malleable or ductile iron, extending at least 160 degrees around the
circumference of the pipe at the maximum range and at least 180
degrees when the saddle is tightened on the water main. The saddle
body and/or straps shall be stamped with the size range of the saddle.
The saddle shall have a groove for the neoprene or nitril gasket in order
to prevent gasket movement. The saddle is to be tapped with an I.P.
thread. The “U” straps shall conform to the outside diameter of the
range stamped on the saddle.
The service saddle shall be manufactured by Smith Blair, Romac, or
Mueller. Service saddles shall be either double strapped or stainless
steel full circumference band.
9-30.6(2) Corporation Stops
All corporation stops shall be Ford ballcorp style. The following Ford
model numbers shall be used for the respective sizes stated.
Ford Corporation Stops
Size Ford Model
Number
3/4 inch FB500-3
1 inch FB500-4
1 1/2 inch FB500-6
2 inch FB500-7
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 43 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Connection to service pipes shall be by Ford pack joints (Section
9-30.6(4)) only.
SECTION 9-30.6(3)B IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-30.6(3)B Polyethylene Tubing
Polyethylene tubing shall be iron pipe size (IPS) ultra-high molecular
weight, high density polyethylene plastic meeting or exceeding the
following standards: ID ASTM D-2239, SIDR-7, and PE 3408, AWWA C-
901, AWWA C-800, and National Sanitation Foundation Standards and
conforming to all other applicable standards. This polyethylene tubing
shall be rated at or above a working pressure of 200 psi.
Polyethylene plastic tubing shall have a manufactured stainless steel
insert stiffener at all compression pack joints.
Driscopipe 5100 Ultra-Lien water pipe is an approved product meeting
the above specifications. All other products require approval of the City
Water Department after submittal of a sample length of pipe and the
manufacturer’s product literature. The City is not responsible for the
purchase of materials not meeting the above specifications.
SECTION 9-30.6(4) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-30.6(4) Service Fittings
Ford Pack Joint Couplings (hereinafter Ford Pack Joint Couplings or Pack
Joint Couplings) shall be used to connect the service line pipe to the
corporation stop and meter setter at both ends. When the plans call for
the installation of a new service line from the water main to the setter
and/or new setter, the connection between the new service line on the
private side of the setter and the existing private service line the
Contractor shall use an adaptor. If the existing service line is long
enough to connect to the setter directly without the need of an adaptor,
a pack joint coupling shall be used for the connection to the setter.
Pack joint couplings shall make a tight and permanent joint on type K
copper tubing or polyethylene plastic pipe as appropriate. Pack joint
couplings shall be made of bronze, and shall have a gasket or O-ring.
Fittings used for copper and/or polyethylene tubing shall be Ford pack
joint type only. Ford stainless steel stiffeners shall be used when
utilizing compression fittings on polyethylene tubing.
Insert Stiffeners
The following table is a summary of the insert stiffeners that shall be
utilized for the respective pipe sizes stated.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 44 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
Ford Insert Stiffeners
Size Ford Model Number
3/4 inch Insert-71
1 inch Insert-72
1 1/2 inch Insert-74
2 inch Insert-75
Pack Joint Couplings
The following table is a summary of Ford pack joint couplings that shall
be utilized for the respective pipe sizes and types stated.
Ford Pack Joint for Straight CTS Pipe
Ford Model Number Male Iron Pipe P.J. for CTS
C84-34 3/4 inch 1 inch
C84-44 1 inch 1 inch
C84-66 1 1/2 inch 1 1/2 inch
C84-77 2 inch 2 inch
Ford Pack Joint for Polyethylene Pipe
Ford Model Number Male Iron Pipe P.J. for PEP
C86-34 3/4 inch 1 inch
C86-44 1 inch 1 inch
C86-66-IDR7 1 1/2 inch 1 1/2 inch
C86-77-IDR7 2 inch 2 inch
SECTION 9-30.6(5) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-30.6(5) Meter Setters
Meter setters shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with all
applicable parts of AWWA C800.
Meter setters shall have dual-purpose end connections for iron pipe
thread male adapters on both ends. The meter setter shall have a brace
pipe eye to hold the setter vertical. The setter shall be equipped with an
angle shut off valve with padlock wings, and on the outgoing side a
check valve to prevent backflow. The check valve shall be spring
loaded, of brass and stainless steel construction with a removable back
for maintenance purposes. In no case shall residential meter stops be
equipped with a bypass.
The following meter setters shall be used for the respective size meter
setter listed:
Meter Setter Size Type
3/4 inch Ford VH72-15W-11-33
1 inch Ford VH74-15W-11-44
1 1/2 inches Ford VBH76-15B-11-66
L/BP
2 inch Ford VFH77-15B-11-77
L/BP
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 45 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
SECTION 9-30.6(7) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING:
9-30.6(7) Meter Boxes
Meter box requirements vary with respect to water meter size and
location of the meter box. Meter boxes shall be as follows:
Meter Box
Meter Size Location Type
3/4 inch 1Planters Carson 1220-12
Sidewalks,
driveways,
pavements or
adjacent to vehicle
turning areas
Olympic Foundry
#SM29
Meter Box
Meter Size Location Type
1 inch 1Planters Carson 1220-12
Sidewalks,
driveways,
pavements or
adjacent to vehicle
turning areas
Olympic Foundry
#SM30
1 1/2 inch to 2
inch
1Planters Carson 1730-15
Sidewalks,
driveways,
pavements or
adjacent to vehicle
turning areas
Olympic Foundry
#SM30
3 inch and larger Concrete vaults per Kent Standard Plan 3-
12
1 All plastic boxes shall be constructed of black polyethylene.
Irrigation Box
DCVA or PRV Size Type
3/4 inch to 1 inch and
all PRV’s
Carson 1324-15G
Green solid lid 1324-2L
Extension Boxes - 6
inch
Carson 1324B-1L
1 1/4 inch to 2 inch Carson 1730C-1B for 15 inch high
Carson 1730D-1B for 18 inch high
Green solid lid 1730-P2L
SECTION 9-30.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW
SECTION:
9-30.6(8) Water Meters
Water meters 5/8 inch x 3/4 inch to 2 inch shall be provided and
installed by the City Water Department. The City Water Department will
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb 9 - 46 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
not provide or set the water meter(s) until the Contractor has obtained
the necessary permit(s), paid all associated fees, and receives a
request from the project inspector. All water meters larger than 2 inch
shall be provided and installed by the Contractor.
All 5/8 x 3/4 and full 3/4 meters shall be the short pattern.
All water meters regardless of their respective size shall register in
cubic feet. The following table is a list of respective meter sizes and
meter types.
Meter Size Type
5/8 inch x 3/4 inch Invensys SR
3/4 inch Invensys SR
1 inch Invensys SR
1 1/2 inch Invensys SR
2 inch Invensys SR
3 inch to 6 inch Invensys SRH Compound
Compound meters for service connections 3 inches and larger shall be
installed within a concrete vault and be constructed in accordance with
Kent Standard Plan 3-12. After installation of the compound meter, a
certified testing laboratory shall certify the accuracy of the meter. A
copy of the certification report shall be provided to the Kent Water
Department.
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb A - 1 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
KENT STANDARD PLANS
The following Kent Standard Plans supplement all other plans, which have been
prepared for this project and are considered to be a part of the project plans.
WATER
3-1 Standard Fire Hydrant
3-2 Temporary Hydrant Connections
3-3 Guard Post
3-4 Valve Marker Post
3-5 Connection to Concrete Cylinder Main (4” to 12”)
3-6 2” Connection to Concrete Cylinder Main
3-7 Valve Box and Operating Nut Extender
3-8 Not used
3-9a Concrete Blocking (sheet 1 of 2)
3-9b Concrete Blocking (sheet 2 of 2)
3-10 Service Connection 1” Service
3-11 Service Connection 1 ½” and 2” Service
3-12a Compound Water Meter with By-Pass (sheet 1 of 2)
3-12b Compound Water Meter with By-Pass (sheet 2 of 2)
3-13 New or Retrofit Pressure Reducing Valve with Box for ¾”, 1”, 1-1/2”, or
2” Service Lines
3-14a Premises Isolation Reduced Pressure Backflow Assembly Less Than 3”
Diameter
3-14b Premises Isolation Reduced Pressure Backflow Assembly 3” Diameter and
Larger
3-15 Irrigation Service Installation
3-16 Single-Family Residential Domestic Waterline/Fireline
3-17 Multi-Family Residential Domestic Waterline/Fireline Up to 2” Demand
Size
3-18a Double Check Detector Assembly Above Ground (Demand Greater than
2”) (sheet 1 of 5)
3-17b Double Check Detector Assembly and Vault (Demand Greater than 2”)
(sheet 2 of 5)
3-18c Double Check Detector Assembly Inside Building (Demand Greater than
2”) (sheet 3 of 5)
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
3-18d Double Check Detector Assembly and Vault Parts List (sheet 4 of 5)
3-18e Double Check Detector Assembly and Vault notes (sheet 5 of 5)
3-19 Standard 6” Blowoff Assembly
3-20 2”, 4” and 6” Combination Air/Vacuum Valve and Vault
3-21 Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assemblies
3-22 Typical Water Main Trench
3-23 Combination Air Valve and Enclosure
3-24 Water Main Crossing Other Utilities
3-25 Water Pipe Encasement Requirements
3-26 Sampling Station
SEWER
4-1 Sanitary Sewer Manhole Type 1 48” & 54”
4-2 Special Shallow Manhole
4-3 Not used
4-4 Private Sanitary Sewer Manhole Cover
4-5 Manhole Grade Ring, Safety Steps & Ladder
4-6 Ductile Iron Drop Connection
4-7 6” Cleanout
4-8 Side Sewer Stub Connection
4-9 Residential Side Sewer Connection
4-10 Low Pressure Grinder Pump
4-11 1,500 Gallon Grease Interceptor
4-12 Inside Drop Sanitary Sewer Manhole
4-13 Adjustment of New and Existing Utility Structures to Finish Grade
4-14 Deflected Water Main installation for Gravity Sewer Only
STORM
5-1 Catch Basin Type I
5-2 Catch Basin Type II
5-3 Misc. Details for Drainage Structures
5-4 20”x24” Catch Basin Frame
5-5 20”x24” Vaned Grate
5-6 20”x24” Bi-Directional Vaned Grate
5-7a Through–Curb Inlet Frame
5-7b Through-Curb Inlet Installation
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
5-8 18”x24” Solid Catch Basin Cover
5-9 20”x24” Solid Catch Basin Cover
5-10 Not used
5-11 Private Round Catch Basin Cover
5-12 15”x22” Rolled Curb Frame and Grate
5-13 Beehive Grate
5-14 20”x24” Rectangle Beehive Grate and Catch Basin Frame
5-15 Debris Cage
5-16 Extended Debris Cage
5-17 Catch Basin with Oil/Water Separator
5-18 Not used
5-19 Beveled End Pipe Section
5-20 Trash Screen
5-21a Shear Gate (sheet 1 of 2)
5-21b Shear Gate (sheet 2 of 2)
5-22 Chain Link Fence, Type I for Ponds Only
5-23 Driveway and Walk Gate for Ponds Only
5-24 Tree Planting
5-25 Shrub Planting
5-26 Trench Infiltration System
5-27 Flow Spreader Option Catch Basin with Beehive Grate
5-28 Critical Area Sign
5-29 Split Rail Fence
5-30 Sample TESC Site Plan 1 Acre and Smaller
5-31 Filter Fabric Fence
5-32 TESC Sediment Trap Earth Berm
5-33 TESC Interceptor Ditch with Rock Check Dams
5-34 TESC Pipe Slope Drain
5-35 Temporary Stockpiling
5-36 Pond Illustration
5-37 Storm Drain Markers
5-38 Sidewalk Drain for Building Downspout Type 1
5-39a Sidewalk Drain for Building Downspout Type 2 (sheet 1 of 2)
5-39b Sidewalk Drain for Building Downspout Type 2 (sheet 2 of 2)
5-40 Stormwater Pond Sign
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
STREET
6-1 Intersection Geometry Reference
6-2 Principal Arterial Street 7 Lane Section
6-3 Principal Arterial 5 Lane Section and Minor Arterial Street
6-4 Industrial Collector Arterial Street
6-5 Residential Collector Arterial Street
6-6 Residential Collector
6-7 Industrial / Commercial Local Street
6-8 Downtown Overlay – Minor Arterial Street
6-8a Downtown Overlay District Boundary Map
6-9 Downtown Overlay Residential Collector Arterial Street
6-10 Downtown Overlay Industrial/Commercial Local Street
6-10b Naden Avenue from Meeker Street to Willis Street
6-11 Residential - Parking One Side Local Street
6-12 Residential - Parking Both Sides Local Street
6-13 Public Residential Half-Street
6-14 Alley
6-15 Private Street
6-16 Porous Pavement Cross-Section
6-17 Street Median
6-18 Standard Cul-de-Sac Bulb on Residential Street
6-19 Urban Eyebrow on Residential Street
6-20 Typical Elbow on Residential Street
6-21 Standard Hammerhead Private Street Only
6-22 Temporary Cul-de-Sac
6-23 Intersection Landing
6-24a Traffic Calming Traffic Circle (sheet 1 of 2)
6-24b Traffic Calming Traffic Circle (sheet 2 of 2)
6-25 Traffic Calming Gateways
6-26 Traffic Calming Residential Intersection Neckdowns
6-27 Traffic Calming Arterial/Residential Intersection Neckdowns
6-28 Traffic Calming Chokers
6-29a Traffic Calming Speed Cushion (sheet 1 of 2)
6-29b Traffic Calming Speed Cushion (sheet 2 of 2)
6-30 Traffic Calming Raised Intersection
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
6-31 Bike Route
6-32 Trail
6-33 Cement Concrete Curbs
6-34 Curb and Sidewalk Joint Example
6-35 Expansion and Contraction/Control Joints
6-36 Downtown Sidewalk
6-37 Downtown Overlay District Crosswalk
6-38 Curb Ramp Locations
6-39 Cement Concrete Sidewalk Transition to Asphalt Shoulder
6-40 Sidewalk Thickened Edge and Raised Back of Sidewalk
6-41a Pedestrian Railing (sheet 1 of 3)
6-41b Pedestrian Railing Notes (sheet 2 of 3)
6-41c Pedestrian Railing Base Plate Details (sheet 3 of 3)
6-42 Residential Cement Concrete Driveway Approach
6-43 Commercial Cement Concrete Driveway Approach
6-44 Industrial Cement Concrete Driveway Approach Depressed Sidewalk
6-45 Alternate Driveway or Private Road Approach
6-46 Private Street Approach Serving 9 Lots or Less
6-47 Joint Use Driveway Tract
6-48 Driveway Slope
6-49 Example Site Plan
6-50 Clear Zones
6-51 Clearance of Roadside Obstacles for Utilities on Existing Shoulder Type
Road
6-52 Intersection/Driveway Sight Triangle
6-53 Pedestrian Sight Lines
6-54 Street Tree Locations
6-55 Street Tree Planter
6-56 Sidewalk Bollard with Receptacle
6-57 Site Grading
6-58 Minor Fills Around Trees
6-59 Cuts or Fills Around Trees
6-60 Walls in Cut Section Public ROW
6-61 Walls in Fill Section Public ROW
6-62 Walls Under Sidewalk Public ROW
6-63 Height Measurement for Perimeter Wall Location
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
6-64 Flexible Pavement Patching Transverse Cut
6-65 Portland Cement Pavement Patching Transverse Cut
6-66 Flexible Pavement Patching Longitudinal Cut
6-67 Portland Cement Pavement Patching Longitudinal Cut
6-68 Not used
6-69 Pavement Restoration for Window Cuts or Pot Holing
6-70a Mailbox Installation Type 1 (sheet 1 of 3)
6-70b Mailbox Installation Type 2 (sheet 2 of 3)
6-70c Mailbox Installation Type 1 and 2 (sheet 3 of 3)
6-71a Roadway Barricades (sheet 1 of 2)
6-71b Roadway Barricades (sheet 2 of 2)
6-72a Standard Monument, Monument Case, Cover and Riser
6-72b Alternate Diameter Monument Case Riser
6-73 Typical RPM Lane Markings
6-74 Typical Lane Markings
6-75 Thermoplastic Crosswalk Markings
6-76 Thermoplastic Arrows, Stop Bars & Only Legend
6-77 Fire Lane Marking
6-78 Railroad Warning Pavement Markings
6-79 Typical Pavement Markings
6-80 Symmetrical Left Turn Pocket Layout
6-81 Left Turn Pocket at End of Two Way Left Turn Lane Layout
6-82a Sign Post Installation Type A
6-82b Sign Post Base Plate Installation Type B
6-83 Street Name Sign Post Installation
6-84 Ground-Mounted Street Name Signs
6-85 Mast Arm Mounted Street Name Sign
6-86 City Light Standard
6-86a Strain Relief Detail
6-87 City Post Top Fixture Light Standard
6-88 Downtown Overlay District Gullwing Fixture Light Standard
6-89a Light Standard Foundation and Junction Box
6-89b Eccentric Light Standard Foundation and Junction Box
6-90 Junction Box and Street Light Wire Runs
6-91 Street Light Trench for Conduit Runs
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
6-92 Example Street Light Schedule
6-93 Not used
6-94 Not used
6-95 Not used
6-96 Service Cabinet, Concrete Base and One-Line Diagram
6-97 Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet Base
6-98 Induction Loop Details
6-99 Induction Loop Installation Notes
6-100 Induction Loop Placement
6-101 Turning Template AASHTO Type P Vehicle
6-102 Turning Template AASHTO Type SU Vehicle
6-103 Turning Template AASHTO Type BUS-40 Vehicle
6-104 Turning Template AASHTO Type WB-62 Vehicle
EVH Slump Repair/Holcomb A - 2 November 18, 2021
Project Number: 15-3009
PREVAILING WAGE RATES
84TH AVE. S. (EAST VALLEY HIGHWAY) ROADWAY SLUMP REPAIR
COST ESTIMATE
Prepared By: ASH Date 8/12/2021
ITEM
NO.ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT
QUANTITY UNIT COST TOTAL COST
CONSTRUCTION
1000 Mobilization LS 1 83,000.00$ 83,000.00$
1005 Clearing and Grubbing LS 1 1,500.00$ 1,500.00$
1010 Remove Existing Asphalt Concrete Pavement SY 65 50.00$ 3,250.00$
1017 Remove Existing Cement Concrete Driveway (Reinforced) SY 100 55.00$ 5,500.00$
1020 Remove Cement Concrete Sidewalk SY 70 40.00$ 2,800.00$
1025 Remove Cement Concrete Curb and Gutter LF 185 35.00$ 6,475.00$
1030 Remove Cement Concrete Extruded Curb LF 90 25.00$ 2,250.00$
1050 Saw Cut Existing Asphalt Concrete Pavement LF 400 13.00$ 5,200.00$
1075 Gravel Borrow, Including Haul and Compaction TON 50 55.00$ 2,750.00$
1080 Crushed Surfacing Top Course, 5/8 Inch Minus TON 100 65.00$ 6,500.00$
1095 HMA Class 1/2", PG 58V-22 TON 245 160.00$ 39,200.00$
1100 HMA for Full Width Overlay Class 1/2", PG 58V-22 TON 60 150.00$ 9,000.00$
1110 Planing Bituminous Pavement SY 300 45.00$ 13,500.00$
1118 Hot Plant Mix for Temporary Pavement Patch TON 15 190.00$ 2,850.00$
1140 Cement Concrete Driveway, 8 Inch Depth, Reinforced SY 90 185.00$ 16,650.00$
1145 Cement Concrete Sidewalk SY 70 135.00$ 9,450.00$
1205 Cement Concrete Curb and Gutter LF 185 85.00$ 15,725.00$
1210 Cement Concrete Extruded Curb LF 90 70.00$ 6,300.00$
1225 Adjust Existing Manhole Cover to Finish Grade EA 1 750.00$ 750.00$
1230 Adjust Existing Irrigation Box to Finished Grade EA 4 400.00$ 1,600.00$
1235 Replace Existing Irrigation Box and Adjust to Finished Grade EA 1 500.00$ 500.00$
1240 Adjust Existing Water Meter Box to Finished Grade EA 3 500.00$ 1,500.00$
1245 Adjust Existing Junction Box to Finished Grade EA 2 600.00$ 1,200.00$
1270 Replace Existing Luminaire Foundation LS 1 3,000.00$ 3,000.00$
1315 Pothole Utilities EA 8 600.00$ 4,800.00$
1355 Minor Changes FA 1 10,000.00$ 10,000.00$
TOTAL SCHEDULE I 255,250.00$
SCHEDULE II - WATER
2020 Remove and Replace 8 Inch Diameter Ductile Iron Cl 52 Water Main Pipe LF 250 135.00$ 33,750.00$
2030 Remove and Replace 8-Inch Double Check Detector Assembly EA 2 45,000.00$ 90,000.00$
2035 Fire Watch FA 1 5,000.00$ 5,000.00$
2040 Remove and Replace 8 Inch Gate Valve EA 2 2,000.00$ 4,000.00$
2050 Expose 16 Inch Diameter Water Main Pipe LF 100 250.00$ 25,000.00$
2060 Repair 16 inch Diameter Cement Concrete Pipe FA 1 25,000.00$ 25,000.00$
2255* Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B SF 880 5.00$ 4,400.00$
2260* Foundation Material, Class I and II TON 20 75.00$ 1,500.00$
2275* Pipe Zone Bedding TON 140 65.00$ 9,100.00$
2285* Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill TON 140 55.00$ 7,700.00$
TOTAL SCHEDULE II 205,450.00$
SCHEDULE IV - STORM SEWER
4015 Storm Sewer Pipe, 12 Inch Diameter LF 120 175.00$ 21,000.00$
4080 Catch Basin, Type 1 EA 1 1,500.00$ 1,500.00$
8/12/2021
84TH AVE. S. (EAST VALLEY HIGHWAY) ROADWAY SLUMP REPAIR
COST ESTIMATE
4120 Vaned Catch Basin Frame and Grate EA 1 950.00$ 950.00$
4125 Remove Existing Catch Basin or Manhole EA 1 750.00$ 750.00$
4135 Remove Existing Storm Sewer Pipe or Culvert LF 120 250.00$ 30,000.00$
4145 Replace Existing Manhole Circular Frame and Cover and Adjust to Finished Grade EA 1 1,500.00$ 1,500.00$
4150* Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B SF 585 5.00$ 2,925.00$
4155* Foundation Material Class I and II TON 20 75.00$ 1,500.00$
4170* Pipe Zone Bedding TON 100 65.00$ 6,500.00$
4180*Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill TON 75 55.00$ 4,125.00$
TOTAL SCHEDULE IV 70,750.00$
SCHEDULE V - TRAFFIC CONTROL
5005 Traffic Control Labor HR 500 80.00$ 40,000.00$
5010 Construction Signs, Class A SF 420 35.00$ 14,700.00$
5015 Traffic Control Supervisor HR 125 90.00$ 11,250.00$
5020 Temporary Traffic Control Devices LS 1 3,000.00$ 3,000.00$
5030 Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS) DAY 45 120.00$ 5,400.00$
5035 Sequential Arrow Sign (SAS) DAY 30 100.00$ 3,000.00$
5075 Permanent Channelization LS
1 3,000.00$ 3,000.00$
TOTAL SCHEDULE V 80,350.00$
SCHEDULE VII - TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
7015 Inlet Protection EA 4 120.00$ 480.00$
7020 Straw Mulch SY 100 1.00$ 100.00$
7025 Clear Plastic Covering SY 50 1.50$ 75.00$
7030 ESC Lead HR 80 75.00$ 6,000.00$
7055 Erosion/Water Pollution Control FA 1 7,000.00$ 7,000.00$
7090 Street Cleaning HR 70
90.00$ 6,300.00$
TOTAL SCHEDULE VII 19,955.00$
SCHEDULE VIII - ROADSIDE RESTORATION
8010 Topsoil Type A CY 10 70.00$ 700.00$
8015 Wood Chip Mulch CY 10 45.00$ 450.00$
8020 Clean Rock Mulch SY 30 50.00$ 1,500.00$
8030 Existing Irrigation Systems Removal, Repair and/or Modifications FA 1 2,000.00$ 2,000.00$
TOTAL SCHEDULE VIII 4,650.00$
SUMMARY
Total Schedule I (Street) 255,250.00$
Total Schedule II (Water) 205,450.00$
Total Schedule IV (Storm Sewer) 70,750.00$
Total Schedule V (Traffic Control) 80,350.00$
Total Schedule VII (Erosion and Sediment Control) 19,955.00$
Total Schedule VIII (Roadside Restoration) 4,650.00$
CONSTRUCTION COST $636,405.00
ENGINEERING & CONTINGENCY
15% CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING 95,460.75$
10% CONTINGENCY 63,640.50$
ENGINEERING & CONTINGENCY TOTAL 159,101.25$
TOTAL PROJECT COST $795,506.25
8/12/2021